REHAB PRODUCTS CATALOG

Transcription

1 REHAB PRODUCTS CATALOG

2 MOVING TO CHANGE MOtion1 is a unified alliance of independent physical rehabilitation equipment and supply dealers throughout the United States and Canada. MOtion1 agents offer personal, on-site service and technical support to physical therapists, occupational therapists, chiropractors, athletic trainers and other rehabilitation professionals. As members of MOtion1, agents are able to offer the broadest choice of quality rehabilitative products at competitive prices. MOtion1 is a division of NDC, Inc., the largest network of independent healthcare distributors in North America. NDC services over 1,000 distributors and 400 manufacturers, delivering value to all customers. Through a unique collection of business services, master distribution and logistics capabilities, NDC allows distributors to serve locally and compete nationally. The Pro Advantage by NDC brand offers healthcare professionals quality choices at a value price. Pro Advantage products are carefully screened to meet high quality standards. Product performance and consistency are essential. You can be confident selecting from the expanding Pro Advantage family of products. Look for Pro Advantage products throughout this catalog, distributed exclusively by NDC distributors. MOtion1 and NDC represent the industry s most reputable manufacturers whose products you trust. We are committed to bringing you the latest technology and keeping you informed of advancements in our industry. We appreciate each of our manufacturing partners and are proud to feature the following in this catalog:

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Clinical Supplies... 3 Clinical Equipment Therapeutic Modalities Exercise Equipment Patient Care Diagnostic Evaluation Hydrotherapy Orthopedics Index FEATURED VENDORS Formthotics GOJO Be sure to check out the Pro Advantage by NDC products throughout the catalog IontoPatch Mettler PDI Performance Health Pro Advantage...2 Torex...287

4 Quality Products for Healthcare Professionals The Pro Advantage by NDC brand offers healthcare professionals quality choices at a value price. Pro Advantage products are carefully screened to meet high quality standards. Product performance and consistency are essential. You can be confident selecting from the expanding Pro Advantage family of products: BLOOD PRESSURE PRODUCTS DIAGNOSTIC PRODUCTS EXAM PAPER PRODUCTS FIRST AID KITS FURNITURE GLOVES HAND HYGIENE PRODUCTS NEEDLES & SYRINGES ORTHOPEDIC PRODUCTS PERSONAL CARE PRODUCTS PT/REHAB PRODUCTS PLASTIC PRODUCTS POINT OF CARE TESTING PROTECTIVE APPAREL SKIN & WOUND CARE SPECIMEN COLLECTION STERILIZATION PRODUCTS STETHOSCOPES SURGERY/MINOR PROCEDURE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS SUTURES WOODENWARE

5 ULTRASOUND GELS AND LOTIONS Pro Advantage Ultrasound Gel A medium viscosity gel designed for use in therapeutic ultrasound, diagnostic imaging and other external procedures requiring a viscous yet easy-to-use conductive medium Case of (12); 8 oz. Bottles Liter Container Case of (4); 5 Liter Containers Pro Advantage Ultrasound Lotion Hypoallergenic, water soluble and non-staining Case of (24); 8 oz. Bottles Liter Container Case of (4); 5 Liter Containers Bacteriostatic, hypoallergenic and non-staining. Clinical Supplies Clear Ultrasound Gel A medium viscosity gel designed for use in therapeutic ultrasound, diagnostic imaging and other external procedures requiring a viscous yet easy-to-use conductive medium Case of 4, 5 Liter Containers (Clear) Liter Container (Clear) An excellent conductive medium for use in therapeutic ultrasound as well as other procedures when a lotion is preferred to a gel. Polysonic Ultrasound Lotion Original, multi-purpose ultrasound lotion. Completely aqueous, hypoallergenic, non-irritating, and non-staining One Gallon with Pump Case of (4); One Gallon Aquasonic 100 Ultrasound Gel Acoustically correct for a broad range of frequencies Case of (12); 8 oz. Bottles Liter Container Case of (4); 5 Liter Containers Acoustically correct for a broad range of frequencies. Polysonic W/ Aloe Ultrasound Lotion Rich moisturizing formula Comfortable and pleasing to patient and ultrasound practitioner. Acoustically correct for the broad range of frequencies used. Will not damage equipment or stain clothing. Hypoallergenic, bacteriostatic No Formaldehyde With Aloe Vera Gallon Bottle Hypoallergenic, bacteriostatic, non-irritating and non-staining Smaller container not included. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 3

6 Clinical Supplies Gel and Lotion Warmers keep massage lotions and ultrasound gels at a comfortable temperature Easily attaches to any treatment table or wall Stainless Steel non-electric GEL & LOTION WARMERS Electric Lotion Warmer Keeps massage lotion and ultrasound gel at a comfortable temperature. UL Listed Electric Lotion Warmer Hanging Gel Warmer Hangs on any non-insulated hot pack heating unit Holds up to 3 refillable bottles Handy for sanitary tong storage Stainless steel hang-on tray Stainless Gel & Lotion Warmers Stainless Steel Construction One Tube; 8 oz. Bottles Two Tubes; 8 oz. Bottles Three Tubes; 8 oz. Bottles Four Tubes; 8 oz. Bottles oz. Empty Gel and Lotion Bottle - Dozen Thermasonic Multi Bottle Gel Warmer Hospital grade plug and power cord UL and CSA listed Maintains constant temperature Low electrical demand High density, impact-resistant composite Heat indicator lamp Adjustable thermostat Illuminated power ON/OFF switch Multi Bottle Gel Warmer Thermasonic Single Bottle Gel Warmer Hospital grade plug and power cord UL and CSA listed Maintains constant temperature Low electrical demand High density, impact-resistant composite Heat indicator lamp Single Bottle Gel Warmer 4 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

7 PAIN RELIEVERS Biofreeze Pain Relievers Applies easily and penetrates quickly. Colorless (dye-free) options. Proprietary herbal blend. 100% paraben-free and propylene glycol-free. Effective skin conditioners. Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent. Manufactured in the USA fl oz Roll-on oz Gel Tubes oz Pump fl oz Gel Pump One Gallon (with Pump) Gram Gel Packet; (100) Packs/Box oz Spray Singles 10 Per box fl oz Roll-on, Colorless oz Gel Tubes, Colorless fl oz Gel Pump, Colorless oz 360 Spray Sombra Gel Relieves minor aches and pains of muscles and joints associated with arthritis, simple backaches, strains, bruises and sprains. Alcohol free, non-greasy and non-staining to clothes. Cool Sombra oz. jar oz. jar oz. Roll-on oz. tube One Gallon Warm Sombra oz. jar oz. jar One Gallon oz. Roll-on oz tube Clinical Supplies Works from any angle and eliminates the need to pump. Provides uniform focused spray Biofreeze Pain Reliever is the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic. Biofreeze delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, sports injury pain, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, arthritis and tendonitis Cool (lemon scent) for acute injuries that just occurred Warm (orange scent) for chronic conditions and basic aches and pains. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 5

8 Clinical Supplies Requires less reapplications than typical lotions so you can keep a smooth flow to your session. Offers higher friction and less glide than oil, yet it won t absorb as fully or as fast as lotions. Perfect for longer massage sessions For deep-tissue, stimulating and neuromuscular massage techniques. Gives you complete control without the drag or tackiness that can limit workability Combines the features of an oil and lotion in one, leaving skin soft and moisturized with no greasy feel Formulated to calm, heal, help ease skin disorders and moisturize very dry skin. MASSAGE THERAPY Contains Vitamin E, a skin revitalizer proved to help improve skin texture, softness and firmness. Dual Purpose Massage Crème Arnica and Ivy Extracts help circulation and heal bruising. Gentle drag, excellent versatility, and features of oil and lotion One Gallon /2 Gallon oz oz. Advanced Therapy Massage Products Hypoallergenic, unscented and paraben-free. No nut oils, mineral oils, or drying alcohols. Contains Apricot, Grapeseed, Sesame oils to soothe and Moisturize Leaves no greasy residue. Massage Crème /2 Gallon One Gallon Massage Gel One Gallon /2 Gallon oz. with Pump Massage Lotion One Gallon /2 Gallon oz. with Pump Deep-Tissue Massage Lotion Non-greasy texture for minimum glide and maximum friction One Gallon /2 Gallon oz. Herbal Select Massage Products, Body Therapy Satiny texture is non-greasy and penetrates quickly to moisturize and condition the skin while assuring an easy glide and consistent workability. Contains intensive hydrating Sea Kelp and Aloe Vera plus fragrant, soothing botanicals to melt away stress One Gallon Herbal Select Massage Products, Foot Therapy Satiny texture is non-greasy and penetrates quickly to moisturize and condition the skin while assuring an easy glide and consistent workability. Botanicals of cooling Peppermint eases burning, Rosemary stimulates circulation, Bay Laurel helps inhibit bacteria and Lemon Peel add healing comfort oz. with Pump Revitalizing Massage Oil Ideally suited to a wide range of massage techniques. Vegetable derived water dispersant helps minimize staining of linens One Gallon /2 Gallon oz. 6 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

9 Nutri-Naturals Massage Crème Provides ideal glide that leaves skin smooth and nourished. Blended with deep-moisturizing avocado oil, vitamin fortified carrot oil (Beta Carotene/Vitamin A), wheat germ oil (Vitamin E), Vitamin C, health sunflower oil, and healing Jojoba Oil. Perfect for full body massage One Gallon Clinical Supplies Myossage Lotion Non-Alcoholic, Non-Greasy, and Non-Staining One Gallon Case of (4); One Gallon Combines skin healthy, vitaminrich ingredients to create a rich, luxurious crème that goes beyond basic moisturizing Helps you give a soothing, effective massage. Ultra Myossage Lotion One Gallon Case of (4); One Gallon Free Up Soft Tissue Massage Cream Hypo-allergenic and bacteriostatic. No beeswax Unscented, 8 oz Scented, light almond, 8 oz Unscented, 16 oz Scented, light almond, 16 oz. Therapure Deep Tissue Massage Cream Melts to provide optimal resistance in deep tissue techniques Provides excellent emolliency and leaves skin silky oz. with synthetic bees wax Formulated with aloe vera, an ideal lotion for massage or as an ultrasound coupling agent Achieves great glide, tissue perception and lubricity without slipperiness. Soft Touch Deep Tissue Massage Wax Ideal for therapeutic soft and deep tissue mobilization, myofasical, and trigger-point massage. Excellent lubrication and perception. Moisturizing. Unscented. No beeswax; hypoallergenic oz Ideal for trigger-point massage. Deep Prep Massage Cream With Beeswax Deep Prep ; 15 oz. Without Beeswax Deep Prep II; 15 oz Formulated for soft tissue massage and deep tissue mobilization. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 7

10 Clinical Supplies MASSAGE THERAPY (CON T) Palmers Cocoa Butter Excellent for softening rough, dry skin areas oz. Jar A unique formulation of pure Cocoa Butter in a skin softening emollient base enriched with Vitamin E A Natural formula with botanical ingredients that help facilitate a controllable glide for area-specific therapies. Not an all -body massage oil. Prossage Heat A natural warming ointment formulated for orthopedic and deep tissue massage therapies oz oz oz. Oil And Jar Holsters Holsters come with a strap or can easily be attached to your belt Oil Holster with (1) Bottle Double Oil Holster with (2) Bottles Jar Holster with 4 oz. Jar Pump For Bottle Pump for Gallon Bottle ATHLETIC TAPING SUPPLIES Athletic Tape Other sizes available upon request x 15 Yd. Roll; (32) Rolls/Case White, bleached, hospital grade tape features high tensile strength with excellent tackiness and conformability For treating strains, sprains or conditions that require immobilization and support. Easy to unwind and tear without scissors Molds to body contours while stretching to permit movement without displacement. Tensoplast Tan Athletic Tape Helps control and reduce edema by providing excellent compression and support. It allows for flexibility of joints without lossening. Requires no clips or extra tape. Features a 100% cotton backing that gives the patient comfort while the highly twisted crepe yarn provides elasticity. Tan x 5 Yd. Roll; (32) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (24) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (16) Rolls/Box Zonas Porous Tape High-strength porous adhesive allows skin to breathe x 10 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box x 15 Yd. Athletic Tape; (32) Rolls/Box x 10 Yd. Roll; (6) Rolls/Box 8 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

11 Prewrap Helps to prevent skin irritation and blistering when applied prior to tape. Also useful for securing cold packs x 30 Yd. Roll x 30 Yd. Roll; (48) Rolls/Case Clinical Supplies Tuf-Skin Taping Base Prevents skin irritation and blistering oz Flexi-Wrap Provides compression while clear film allows inspection of injury. Each roll contains 650 of.80 mil film Width; (6) Rolls/Box with Roller Width; (6) Rolls/Box Skin-Lube Higher melting point than petroleum jelly for long-lasting protection and prevention of blisters and chafing of friction prone areas oz. Tube lb. Jar lb. Jar Cold Spray Coolant Non-Staining oz plastic film on a roller makes wrapping a one-handed task Helps to secure tape For effortless tape removal, apply to the tips of scissors and tape cutters. TAPING SUPPLIES Bandage Scissors Stainless Steel ; Bandage Scissors Pro Advantage Bandage & Utility Scissors carry a lifetime guarantee. Rescue Shears Heavy-duty stainless steel shears ; Rescue Shears Shark Tape Cutter Made of the highest quality Valox, resin, fiberglass-reinforced for durability Shark Tape Cutter Replacement Cartridges; 10/Pack Fast, temporary cooling in a spray that evaporates from the athlete s skin, lowering the surface temperature Easily Cuts through clothing and padding Cuts through tape and bandage material with ease. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 9

12 Clinical Supplies Use for patellofemoral and shoulder taping A self-adhesive, non-woven bandage Water resistant with a non-irritating adhesive that acts as an excellent secondary dressing This hypoallergenic water repellent tape is soft and stretchy. Used under Endura Sports Tape to help protect the skin A rigid and highly adhesive tape designed to support joints in specialized taping techniques Porous to promote breathability which reduces skin irritation Low tack adhesive tape that removes gently which is ideal for frequent dressing changes. TAPING SUPPLIES (CON T) Cover-Roll Stretch Tape Hypoallergenic, air-permeable and cross elastic x 10 Yd. Roll x 10 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box x 10 Yd. Roll x 10 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box Leukotape P Rayon-backed tape with an aggressive adhesive that is used specifically with Cover-Roll Stretch tape x 15 Yd. Roll x 15 Yd. Roll; (30) Rolls/Box Hypafix Dressing Retention Sheets Non-woven dressing retention tape that stretches for easy application and patient comfort x 10 Yd. Roll x 10 Yd. Roll Endura Fix Compares to Hypafix Roll Endura Tape Compares to Leukotape x 45 roll Elastikon Elastic Tape Adhesive-backed tan tape supplies constant, controlled pressure on wounds x 5 Yd. Roll; (6) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (4) Rolls/Box Micropore Paper Tape Hypoallergenic for sensitive skin, latex free and porous for breathability and improved healing x 10 Yd. Roll; (24) Rolls/Box x 10 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box x 10 Yd. Roll; (6) Rolls/Box 10 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

13 Transpore Plastic Tape Transparent, perforated plastic tape that offers strong adhesion and is hypoallergenic x 10 Yd. Roll; (24) Rolls/Box x 10 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box x 10 Yd. Roll; (6) Rolls/Box Wet Pruf Waterproof Tape Waterproof and oil resistant with aggressive zinc-oxide adhesion and high tensile strength x 10 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box x 10 Yd Roll; (6) Rolls/Box Heel And Lace Pads Helps prevent pinching and blistering in friction prone areas. For added protection apply Skin-Lube ointment under pads. 3 in. x 3 in. x 1/16 in. pads in a snap-off dispenser. 2,000 Pads per Box (2,000) Pads/Box Durapore Cloth Tape Silk-like with hypoallergenic adhesive that offers high strength and adhesion x 10 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box x 10 Yd. Roll; (6) Rolls/Box Clinical Supplies Tensoplast Elastic Adhesive Bandage Helps control and reduce edema by providing excellent compression and support. Pure virgin cotton backing promotes comfort; highly twisted crepe yarn provides elasticity. White x 5 Yd. Roll; (36) Rolls/Box x5 Yd. Roll; (36) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (36) Rolls/Box Knit Elastic Bandages W/ Self Closure x 5 Yd. Roll x 5 Yd. Roll x 5 Yd. Roll x 5 Yd. Roll Woven Elastic Bandages Woven with standard clip x 4.5 Yd. Roll x 4.5 Yd. Roll x 4.5 Yd. Roll x 4.5 Yd. Roll Easy to tear into thin strips Strong adhesive eliminates the need for clips or extra tape Helps prevent pinching and blistering in friction-prone areas A general purpose tape that is easy and economical to use Traditional elastic bandages for compression, restric-positioning and other applications. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 11

14 Clinical Supplies KINESIO TAPING PRODUCTS Kinesio Tex Classic Hypoallergenic and latex free. Utilizes a high grade cotton for breathability and comfort. Provides entry level pricing point which enables ALL to use authentic Kinesio Tex tape. Available to both Medical Care Professionals and Patients. 2 Bulk Rolls x ; White x ; Beige x ; Blue x ; Red x ; Black 2 Rolls x 13.1 ; White x 13.1 ; Beige x 13.1 ; Blue x 13.1 ; Red x 13.1 ; Black Kinesio Tex Gold Fp Brings Nano-touch stimulation to epidermis and layers beneath. Mimics gentle human touch yet provides a more effective hold. Micro-grip deep set adhesive manufacturing process provides better grip and hold with less adhesive surface area. Higher grade cotton with more breathability. Features a new protected weave process for improved comfort. Core properties remain for all Kinesio Taping specifications. Hypoallergenic and latex free for all patient populations. Exclusively available to Medical Care Professionals. 1 Rolls x 16.4 ; Beige; Pair 2 Bulk Rolls x ; Beige x ; Blue x ; Red x ; Black x ; White 2 Rolls x 16.4 ; Beige x 16.4 ; Blue x 16.4 ; Blue x 16.4 ; Black x 16.4 ; White 3 Rolls x 16.4 ; Beige This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

15 Clinical Supplies Fan taping is used for lymphatic draining and to treat swelling The most complete and comprehensive Kinesio Taping Manual offered in the United States Provides the reader with a step-by-step approach to getting started with positions critical for Kinesio Taping Conditions covered include Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, Plantar Fasciitis, Patella Femoral, Low Back Strain/Spasm, etc. Kinesio Pre-Cuts Adjustable and designed for easy application Ideal for personal use or when there is extended time between practitioner visits Low Back Neck Shoulder Knee Wrist Foot Kits Starter Set with Display Kinesio Fan-Cuts Available in 2 convenient sizes that can be cut down for specific application Beige 5cm x 30cm w/ 5 legs Blue 5cm x 30cm w/ 5 legs Red 5cm x 30cm w/ 5 legs Black 5cm x 30cm w/ 5 legs Beige 8cm x 30cm w/ 8 legs Clinical Therapeutic Application of The Kinesio Taping Method - 3rd Edition Over 100 clinical applications for the advanced KT practitioner. Now in full color format Clinical Therapeutic Applications Illustrated Kinesio Taping Manual Covers the functions, insertions and origins, nerves and clinical applications related to the major muscles of the body Illustrated Kinesio Taping Book Kinesio Taping Perfect Manual Targeted for the advanced professional who already has a good grip on the concepts and basic application of the Kinesio Taping method Kinesio Taping Perfect Manual This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 13

16 Clinical Supplies KINESIO TAPING PRODUCTS (CON T) Kinesio Taping For Lymphoedema And Chronic Swelling Full Color Manual Kinesio Taping In Pediatrics, Fundamentals Full Color Manual Clinical Kinesio Taping Dvd Approved by the NATABOC for (2) contact hours of CEUs. For other medical professionals, continuing education credit can be applied for by the individual practitioner to their state organization Clinical Kinesio Taping DVD Kinesio Pro Scissors Kinesio Pro Scissors with Holster Holster only Kinesio Pro Scissors with Holster, Left Handed WOUND CARE Band-Aids x 4 ; (50) Bandages/Box Sheer /4 x 3 ; (100) Bandages/Box Sheer x 3 ; (100) Bandages/Box Sheer Flexible Fabric 1 x 3 100/Box Coverlet Fabric Bandages Latex free /4 x 3 Strip; (100) Strips/Box x 3 Strip; (100) Strips/Box Knuckle Bandage; (100) Bandages/Box Fingertip Bandage; (100) Bandages/Box Pro Advantage Stockinette Cotton x 25 yd/bx x 25 yd/bx x 25 yd/bx Full color instruction of over 108 applications associated with lymphoedema, chronic swelling and scar management Covering conditions from infant to adolescent, focusing on necessary foundation needed of kinesio applications that will enable children to live more productive lives Includes basic theory, functions and application principles of the Kinesio Taping method Premium adhesive for added security Specially coated with black carbon, and fluorine resin which enables the blades to cut clean, quick and easy without leaving any residue. Blade stays razor sharp for years #1 choice of medical professionals in U.S. hospitals. Central, absorbent island wound pad limits dirt and contamination This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

17 Tubular Compression Bandage Covered elastic threads within the bandage provide continuous pressure for post casting, sprains and securing dressings. Latex Free Surgigrip Size Width Circumference B to C to D to E 4 9 to F 4 12 to G to 16 Tubigrip w/ Latex B to C to D to E to F 4 12 to G to 16 Coflex Self-Adherent Wrap Self-adherent elastic tape that sticks only to itself. Latex Free x 5 Yd. Roll; (30) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (48) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (36) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (24) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (18) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box Non-Sterile x 5 Yd. Roll; (30) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (48) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (36) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (24) Rolls/Box x 5 Yd. Roll; (18) Rolls/Box Coban Self-Adherent Wrap Secures and protects primary dressings from dirt and moisture without clips or tape. Non-Sterile x 5 Yd. Roll; Tan; (30) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Tan; (36) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Tan; (24) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Tan; (18) Rolls/Case Pro Advantage Cohesive Wrap Provides non-slip support. Individually wrapped. Non-Sterile x 5 Yd. Roll; Tan; (30) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Tan; (36) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Tan; (24) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Tan; (18) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Asst. Colors; (30) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Asst. Colors; (36) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Asst. Colors; (24) Rolls/Case x 5 Yd. Roll; Asst. Colors; (18) Rolls/Case TUBULAR ELASTIC SUPPORT BANDAGE USAGE: SIZE B: For Small Arms, Hand and Limbs SIZE C: For Adult Hands, Arms, Legs and Small Ankles SIZE D: For Large Arms, Legs, Medium Ankles or Small Knees SIZE E: For Legs, Small Thigh, Medium Knees and Large Ankles SIZE F: For Large Knee, Medium Thigh SIZE G: For Large Thigh Use to secure, protect, compress and support Thin, Lightweight and porous wrap that provides even pressure to control finger and hand edema, strains, sprains and injuries Each box contains an assortment of colors Blue, Purple, Red, Green and Pink Clinical Supplies This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 15

18 Clinical Supplies ply sponges that are ideal for use in wound cleaning or as a dressing Provides fast wicking action, superior aeration and excellent absorbing. 6-ply construction with finished edges reduces loose ends and lint % Cotton. Soft and absorbent; virtually lint free. The flexible, stretchable comfortable bandage that stays where you put it! Artiflex bandages can be used as a padding under plaster or synthetic casts. WOUND CARE (CON T) Conforming Gauze Bandage Non-Sterile Bandage, Conforming, 2 x 4.1 yds, Non-Sterile, 12/box Bandage, Conforming, 3 x 4.1 yds, Non-Sterile, 12/box Bandage, Conforming, 4 x 4.1 yds, Non-Sterile, 12/box Bandage, Conforming, 6 x 4.1 yds, Non-Sterile, 6/box Sterile Bandage, Conforming, 3 x 4.1 yds, Sterile, 12/bag Bandage, Conforming, 4 x 4.1 yds, Sterile, 12/bag Bandage, Conforming, 2 x 4.1 yds, Sterile, 12/bag Bandage, Conforming, 6 x 4.1 yds, Sterile, 12/bg, 4 bg/cs Gauze Sponges Non-Sterile x 2 ; 12 Ply; (200) Sponges/Bag x 3 ; 12 Ply; (200) Sponges/Bag x 4 ; 12 Ply; (200) Sponges/Bag Sterile x 2 ; 12 Ply; (100) Sponges/Box x 3 ; 12 Ply; (100) Sponges/Box x 4 ; 12 Ply; (100) Sponges/Box Kendall Kerlix Rolls Made of prewashed, fluff-dried 100% woven gauze with unique crinkle-weave pattern for loft and bulk to cushion and protect wound areas. Sterile x 3 Yd. Roll x 4 Yd. Roll Elastomull Precision fit lasts in areas of constant movement (elbows and knees). Superior performance and stretchability in controlling edema and lymphedema. Non-Sterile x 4 Yd. Roll; (24) Rolls/Box x 4 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box x 4 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box x 4 Yd. Roll; (12) Rolls/Box x 4 Yd. Roll; (6) Rolls/Box Artiflex Multi-purpose padding bandage that ensures even distribution of pressure as in phlebological or lymphedema applications cm x 3m; (30) Rolls/Box cm x 3m; (20) Rolls/Box 16 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

19 Clinical Supplies % cotton; ends sealed with latex to prevent unraveling b Medical grade silicone gel sheeting for scar management; softens and reduces the appearance of scars Refined zinc oxide/calamine formulation helps promote healing of ulcerated or irritated skin The complete kit for softer, less noticeable scars Comprilan Provides gradient compression for treatment of venous ulcers, venous insufficiencies and lymphedema cm x 5m Roll; (1) Roll/Box cm x 5m Roll; (1) Roll/Box cm x 5m Roll; (1) Roll/Box cm x 5m Roll; (1) Roll/Box 3pp Gel Mate Silicone Gel Easy-to-apply self-adherent gel stays in place without tape or wraps. Ideal for Keloid or Hypertrophic scars resulting from surgery, injury or burns. Silky cloth cover prevents clothing from sticking. Trim to desired size or shape. Washable and reusable. For use on healed scars. Do not use on open wounds x 6 Gel Sheet x 5 Gel Sheet Gelocast Provides gradient compression therapy for the management of venous ulcers, venous insufficiencies as well as minor orthopedic problems x 10 Yd. Roll x 10 Yd. Roll 3pp Scar Rx Use for covering hypertrophic and keloid scars as a means of reducing the size and erythema of scars resulting from burns, trauma and surgery. Massage with the Skin Sational to prevent adhesions, improve mobility and aid the healing process Scar Rx contains everything for clinical or at home scar care programs. For use on healed scars. Do not use on open wounds Scar Management Kit Cica-Care Silicon Gel Sheets x 6 Sheet; (10) Sheets/Box This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 17

20 Clinical Supplies WOUND CARE (CON T) Alcohol Prep Pads Sterile (200) Medium Pads/Box Cotton Tipped Applicators Non-Sterile ; 100/bag; 10 bags/box Sterile (Individually Wrapped) ; 100/box; 10 box/cs Tongue Depressors Non-Sterile Adult; (500) Depressors/Box Sterile Adult; (100) Depressors/Box Latex Exam Gloves Powdered Non-Sterile Small; (100) Gloves/Box Medium; (100) Gloves/Box Large; (100) Gloves/Box Latex Exam Gloves Powder-Free Ideal for caregivers with sensitive skin. (100 per box) Helps protect against disease and contamination Small; (100) Gloves/Box Medium: (100) Gloves/Box Large; (100) Gloves/Box Multipurpose wooden tongue depressors. Vinyl Exam Gloves Powdered Non-Sterile Small; (100) Gloves/Box Medium; (100) Gloves/Box Large: (100) Gloves/Box Fits right or left hand Gloves are washed inside and out to eliminate powder. Vinyl Exam Gloves Powder-Free Ideal for caregivers with sensitive skin. (100 per box) Non-Sterile Small; (100) Gloves/Box Medium; (100) Gloves/Box Large; (100) Gloves/Box Can be used as a precaution against contamination and diseases This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

21 Clinical Supplies Sterile gloves with excellent sensitivity and tactile perception Highly-visible, red plastic container for safe disposal of contaminated sharps Debridement Kit is designed for single use Suture Removal Kit contains a pair of straight scissors, (1) forceps, and (1) gauze pad. Sterile Latex Exam Gloves Rolled bead adds strength to cuff during donning, holds glove securely to wrist S Small; (50) Pairs/Box M Medium; (50) Pairs/Box L Large; (50) Pairs/Box Debridement Kit Debridement Kit Sharps Container Locks permanently once rotor opening is closed Quart Container Gallon Container Gallon Container Staple Removal Kit Staple Removal kit Suture Removal Kit Suture Removal Kit (Sterile) DISINFECTANTS/CLEANERS Cavicide An intermediate-level disinfectant which is effective against TB, HBV, viruses, bacteria and fungi. 3-in-1 surface disinfectant, decontaminant and cleaner One Gallon oz. Spray Bottle Citrace Hospital Germicide Reacts with, and destroys odors in the air and at their source by killing germs that cause odor oz. Spray Safe for all areas of the facility and on non-porous surfaces Fresh citrus scent provides instant odor relief and disappears after 10 minutes. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 19

22 Clinical Supplies DISINFECTANTS/CLEANERS (CON T) Citrus II Germicidal Deodorizing Cleaner Cleans and disinfects. Fresh citrus fragrance oz. Spray Gallon Refill Bottle Precise Unique, non-corrosive cleaner disinfectant that is ideal for hard-to-reach surfaces; safe for any surface. For thorough cleaning and disinfecting of all types of environmental surfaces and medical equipment. Foam Foam; 20 oz. Spray Precise QTB Unique, low-toxicity liquid cleaner disinfectant. For thorough cleaning and disinfecting on hard, non-porous environmental surfaces. Liquid Liquid; 32 oz. Spray Sani-Cloth HB Wipes Effective against HIV and TB, contains no alcohol, and safe for vinyl fabric. Pre-moistened and pre-measured for convenience x 6.75 Wipe (160) Wipes/Container Sani-Cloth Plus Wipes Disinfects environmental surfaces x 6.75 Wipe; (160) Wipes/Container Sani-Hands ALC Instant Hand Sanitizing Wipes Minimize cross contamination while helping to prevent dry skin problems associated with excessive washing and gels x 7.5 Wipe (135) Wipes/Container Pro Advantage Antibacterial Soap Active ingredient Triclosan is an effective germ killer. Strong on bacteria yet mild on hands oz. Pump bottle Gallon Pro Advantage Hand Sanitizer Killls germs with 62% alcohol. Quickly absorbs into skin. Contains conditioners to prevent skin from drying out oz. Oval Bottle, Flip Cap oz. Pump bottle Disinfects environmental surfaces Contains 15% alcohol, pre-moistened and pre-measured for convenience Formulated with aloe vera and pre-saturated with the antimicrobial surgical scrub PCMX and alcohol Ready-to-use formula that disinfects, cleans and deodorizes without the use of toxic chemicals such as phenols, glutaraldehydes and harsh alcohols Cleans and disinfects in one step; no precleaning required; rarely needs rinsing Cleans and disinfects in one step; no precleaning required; rarely needs rinsing Mild on hands Cleans and sanitizes skin 20 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

23 Your total solutions partner. PDI covers all of your environmental hygiene needs. Use Sani-Cloth AF3 for alcohol free, fragrance free protection. Use Sani-Cloth Bleach to disinfect high risk areas. Use Super Sani-Cloth in high-paced environments that require short contact times and broad spectrum coverage. Sani-Cloth AF3 Large Canister Sani-Cloth AF3 X-Large Canister Reorder # P13872 P63884 Sani-Cloth Bleach Large Canister Sani-Cloth Bleach X-Large Canister Reorder # P54072 P25784 Super Sani-Cloth Large Canister Super Sani-Cloth X-Large Canister Reorder # Q55172 Q86984 For more information, visit: PDI. M1 SC PT001

24 Clinical Supplies Nourishing Foam Dispenser Refill Chrome/Black Dispenser. Also available in White. DISINFECTANTS/CLEANERS (CON T) White Touch-Free Dispenser. Also available in chrome/black Pillowcases are quality spunbond material, sewn seams and fluid resistant Medical use paper provides the finest protection for patients. LTX Advanced Instant Hand Sanitizer Refills for dispensers ml Green, Gel ml Green, Foam ml Foam Purell ADX Manual Dispensers High capacity 1250mL dispenser is ideal for high traffic areas. Large sight window, skylight and crystal clear refill bottles make it easy to check fill status. Lock dispenser by simply removing key from inside the dispenser ml white/white ml brushed chrome/black The ultimate in chiropractic and massage therapy patient protection Soft, disposable covers that offer the comfort of fabric, with sanitary, throw-away ease. Purell LTX Touch-Free Dispensers Patent-pending technology optimizes energy use. No need to change batteries during the life of the dispenser in most installation. Batteries are included and pre-installed ml white/white ml brushed chrome/black PAPER PRODUCTS Disposable Pillowcases 21 x 30 ; White Non-woven; (100) Pillowcases/Case Tissue/Poly; (100) Pillowcases/Case Face Favors Protect face cradles from makeup and facial oils. Fits all cradles (100) Covers/Pack Exam Table Paper Rolls Crepe Paper x 125 Roll; (12) Rolls/Case x 125 Roll; (12) Rolls/Case x 125 Roll; (12) Rolls/Case Smooth Paper x 225 Roll; (12) Rolls/Case x 225 Roll; (12) Rolls/Case x 225 Roll; (12) Rolls/Case Chiropractic Headrest Rolls/Sheets High quality medical grade papers, fits a variety of table styles and preferences. Crepe Headrest Rolls x 125 Roll; (25) Rolls/Case Smooth 12 x 12 Headrest Sheets Without Face Slot; (1,000) Sheets/Box With Face Slot; (1,000) Sheets/Box Smooth Headrest Rolls x 225 Roll; (25) Rolls/Case x 225 Roll; (12) Rolls/Case 22 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

25

26 Clinical Supplies PAPER PRODUCTS (CON T) Exam Drapes 2-Ply Tissue White; 40 x 48 ; (100) Drapes/Box White; 40 x 60 ; (100) Drapes/Box Capes Reversible front/back opening. T/P/T x 21 ; White; (100) Capes/Case Exam Gowns 3-Ply Tissue x 42 ; White; (50) Gowns/Case T/P/T x 42 ; White; (50) Gowns/Case Exam Shorts Dark blue nonwoven provides modest coverage Large; (100) Shorts/Case Extra large; (100) Shorts/Case Medium; (100) Shorts/Case CLOTH PRODUCTS Cloth Patient Gowns Back Tie Cloth Gown; (12) Gowns/Case Sheets, Pillowcases And Draw Sheets White Twin Flat; (12) Sheets/Case Twin Fitted; 36 x 80 x 9 (12) Sheets/Case Pillowcase; Standard (12) Pillowcases/Case Draw Sheet; Muslin White; 54 x 81 ; (12) Sheets/Case Zippered Pillowcase Covers; Vinyl Standard Soft Surechek Pillow x 27 Pillow Ideal for procedures where patient or equipment draping is required Excellent for exams and routine office procedures Back Tie Cloth Gown Capes offer comfort and absorbency Fabric-like softness, strength and durability Roominess that allows full range of motion. Latex-free waist band Towels Bright white, super soft and extra absorbent 100% terry cotton towels Bath Towel; (1) Dozen Towels/Case 20 x Hand Towel; (1) Dozen Towels/Case Wash Cloth; (1) Dozen Cloths/Case Simplified maintenance, antibacterial and self-deodorizing, flame resistant, antistatic and non-absorbent This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

27 Easy to use, can order in semi-automatic mode where you press the shock button or fully-automatic version where the AED device delivers the shock for you. Clinical Supplies Life-Saving AED Defibrillator. EMERGENCY Zoll AED Plus AED Plus Defibrillator with Professional Cover, (1) CPR-D Padz, (1) Sleeve of Batteries, LCD Screen (displays voice prompts & device advisory messages, elapse time, shock count & chest compression graph), Voice Recording, Operator s Guide, Carrying Case (NDC Exclusive), Wall Mount, & 5-Year Warranty Zoll AED Plus Options Wall Mounting Bracket CPR-D-padz One-Piece Adult Electrode (5 year shelf life) Philips Heartstart On Site 5 year manufacturer warranty. Clear Voice instructions. Philips Onsite Long Life 4 year Lithium Battery. Philips Demonstration Device CD and User s Manual. CPR and AED Rescue Kit Scissors AED Defibrillator Medtronic Lifepak 8 Year Warranty, one of the highest in the industry. Includes two sets of Quick-Pak electrodes. Clear Voice instructions. One lithium Ion battery charge pak. Rugged AED carry case. Semi and fully automatic options LIFEPAK CR Plus AED Defibrillator AED Wall Cabinet With Alarm AED Storage and Emergency Awareness with Alarm. Fits all AED Model sizes. Made of sturdy metal construction to protect and display your AED. Door-activated audible alarm alerts everyone the AED has been deployed AED Wall Cabinet with Alarm Gentle Stim Control Electrodes Reusable, self-adhesive, foam backed electrodes are ideal for electrotherapy Reusable, self-adhesive, foam backed electrodes are ideal for electrotherapy. The border around the printed pattern allows for an intentional current drop off resulting in stimulation comfort A patented conductive printed grid pattern assures a uniform current dispersion over the surface of the electrode. ELECTRODES Gentle Stim Control Electrodes - Foam Backed Cutting edge, patented current controlled technology delivers stimulation comfort. Provides a safe and optimized electrical stimulation. The same contraction or fasciculation can be achieved using less power than needed for conventional electrodes. Oval x 2.5 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg Z 1.5 x 2.5 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg.; (10) Pkg./Case x 4 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg Z 2 x 4 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg.; (10) Pkg./Case Rectangle x 4 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg Z 2 x 4 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg.; (10) Pkg./Case Round ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg Z 1.25 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg.; (10) Pkg./Case ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg Z 2 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg.; (10) Pkg./Case ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg Z 2.75 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg.; (10) Pkg./Case Square x 2 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg Z 2 x 2 ; (4) Electrodes/Pkg.; (10) Pkg./Case This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 25

28 Clinical Supplies ELECTRODES (CON T) Gentle Stim Select A quality value packed electrode Available in a variety of sizes Multiple usage Use for TENS as well as professional electrotherapy devices Cloth Backed x 2 Square (4) pack z 2 x 2 Square (4) pack; (10) pkg/case Round (4) pack z 2 Round (4) pack; (10) pkg/case Round (4) pack z 3 Round (4) pack; (10) pkg/case x 3.5 rectangle (4) pack Z 2 x 3.5 rectangle (4) pack; (10) pkg/case x 3.5 rectangle (4) pack z 1.5 x 3.5 rectangle (4) pack; (10) pkg/case Foam Backed x 2 square (4) pack z 2 x 2 Square (4) pack; (10) pkg/case Round (4) pack z 2 Round (4) pack; (10) pkg/case Round (4) pack z 3 Round (4) pack; (10) pkg/case x 3.5 Rectangle (4) pack z 2 x 3.5 rectangle (4) pack; (10) pkg/case x 3.5 rectangle (4) pack z 1.5 x 3.5 rectangle (4) pack ValuTrode X cloth Round (4) pack X 2.0 Square (4) pack ValuTrode X foam Round (4) pack X 2.0 Square (4) pack Pals Platinum Blue Electrodes Used over hairy areas - ability to reach down to the skin. For sensitive skin. Rectangle x 3.5 ; Rectangle; (4) Electrodes/Pack Z 1.5 x 3.5 ; Rectangle; (10) Packs/Case Square x 2 ; Square; (4) Electrodes/Pack Z 2 x 2 ; Square; (10) Packs/Case Pals Platinum Electrodes Designed for all FES and TENS applications. Round Round; (4) Electrodes/Pack Z 1.25 Round; (10) Packs/Case Round; (4) Electrodes/Pack Z 2 Round; (10) Packs/Case Round; (4) Electrodes/Pack Z 2.75 Round; (10) Packs/Case Valutrode Cloth Backed Round (4) pack X 2.5 Oval (4) pack X 3.5 rectangle (4) pack Round (4) pack X 4.0 Oval (4) pack X 2.0 Square (4) pack X 3.5 Rectangle (4) pack Round (4) pack X 5.0 Rectangle (2) pack Foam Backed Round (4) pack X 2.5 Oval (4) pack X Round (4) pack X 2.0 Square (4) pack X 3.5 Rectangle (4) pack X 4.0 Oval (4) pack Round (4) pack X 5.0 Rectangle (2) pack ValuTrode Lite X 2.0 Square (4) pack X 4.0 Rectangle (4) pack Woven stainless steel is used to create a more durable fabric for added comfort and longer electrode life Reusable electrodes combine a pliable stainless steel knit fabric with a 2-layer adhesive gel for maximum conforming and adhesion to even the most irregular surfaces. 26 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

29 Ultrastim Garment & Pad Electrode System Convenient, One-Person Home Application Garment configured so electrodes easily lift from skin and remain on garment. Kits Include Garment, Electrodes, and Snap Adaptors S/M Back Garment (waist ) XL Back Garment Kit (waist ) x 2 UltraStim 4 Pack Electrodes Black Snap Adapter 4 Pack Bioknit Conductive Garments The conductive fabric properties of the BioKnit conductive garments and pads take the place of traditional adhesive electrodes when used in conjunction with an electrical stimulation device such as TENS or HVPS BioKnit Sports Shoulder Brace BioKnit Knee Brace Carbonflex Electrodes Use for various types of electrotherapy applications. Rectangle x 10 Dispersive; Pin x 10 Dispersive; Banana x 5 ; Black Carbonflex Electrode x 2 ; Red Carbonflex Electrode x 2 ; Black Carbonflex Electrode x 5 ; Red Carbonflex Electrode x 8 ; Gray Carbonflex Electrode Round ; Black Carbonflex Electrode ; Red Carbonflex Electrode ; Black Carbonflex Electrode ; Red Carbonflex Electrode ; Black Carbonflex Electrode ; Red Carbonflex Electrode Clinical Supplies Carbon Rubber Tens Electrodes For use with conductive gel and tape, or adhesive tac gel x x Universal size shoulder brace w/ (4) 2 x 3 fabric electrodes Economical, reusable and long-lasting Universal size knee brace (soft) w/ (4) 2 x 3 fabric electrodes Various sizes to accommodate different areas of the body. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 27

30 Clinical Supplies ELECTRODES (CON T) Electrode Sponges Rectangle x 5 Electrode Sponge x 8 Electrode Sponge x 10 Electrode Sponge Round Electrode Sponge Electrode Sponge Nylatex Wraps Made from a stretchable laminated loop material that is hand washable x 18 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 24 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 36 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 48 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 18 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 36 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 48 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 60 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 18 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 36 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 48 ; (3) Wraps/Pack x 60 ; (3) Wraps/Pack Signaspray Electrode Spray And Skin Prep Highly conductive, economical spray electrolyte and non-gritty skin prep One Gallon oz. Bottle Case of (12); 8.5 oz. Bottles Makes excellent slings and extremity wraps. Ideal for holding cold packs as well as therapeutic electrodes in place, ensuring good contact. Transeptic Cleansing Solution Multi-purpose spray for professional use in cleansing ultrasound transducer/probe surfaces between procedures oz. Bottle The ideal electrolyte for use with muscle stimulation equipment with no residue build-up Will not cause transducer membrane swelling. 28 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

31 IONTOPHORESIS ELECTRODES Gentle Stim Ionto Iontophoresis Electrode Treatment Kit Case includes 10 Ionto Treatment Kits and 1 Instruction Manual. Each kit includes: 1-Active Drug Delivery Electrode 1-Buffered Return Electrode 2-Alcohol Swabs Small Square; 1.5cc Fill; Case of Medium Square; 2.5cc Fill; Case of Large Square; 4.0cc Fill; Case of Butterfly; 2.0cc Fill; Case of Clinical Supplies Iogel Iontophoresis Electrodes Iogels Disposable Electrodes. Elliptical Shapes follows the line of the tendon. Clear Adhesive allows precise placement on target site. Silver- Silver Chloride conducts more efficiently than carbon. GelSponge ensures complete contact between the electrodes and the skin surface. 12 treatments per box Small; 1/5 cc Fill; (12)/Box Medium; 2.5 cc Fill; (12)/Box Large; 3.5 cc Fill; (12)/Box TransQ Flex Electrodes Unique cloverleaf shape offers the conformity, patient comfort, and optimal drug delivery required by therapists. Features GelSponge and Silver-Silver Chloride (SSC) Conductive Technology and EZ Fill Window. Each individually sealed package includes (1) electrode, (1) large dispersive pad and (1) alcohol wipe (12) Electrode Packages/Box Features GelSponge and Silver-Silver Chloride(SSC ) Conductive Technology TransQe Iontophoresis Electrodes No Chemical buffers necessary. Improve your drug delivery efficiency. Convenient peel-away window provides for easy-fill, no-stick handling Small; 1.5 to 2.0 cc Fill; (12)/Box Medium; 2.5 to 3.0 cc Fill; (12)/Box Unique cloverleaf shape offers the conformity, patient comfort and optimal drug delivery required by therapists Deliver effective results in as few as (3) treatments. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 29

32 Clinical Supplies IONTOPHORESIS ELECTRODES (CON T) Iomed Optima ph defined electrode adjusts to ideal target to optimize transport. ph buffering agent maintains ideal ph. Oval shape conforms to a wide variety of treatment sites. Adhesive foam stretches and adheres well when under stress Small; 1.5 cc Fill; (12)/Box Medium; 2.0 cc Fill; (12)/Box Large; 3.0 cc Fill; (12)/Box Bio-Dermal Apply pain relieving ingredients to hydrogel pad and place directly to the skin for fast, transdermal pain relief. Roll-on application allows the clinician to custom-modify the patient s treatment plan for the most effective pain relief utilizing transdermal hydrogel pads Bio-Dermal Hydrogel Kit (10) 3 x 5 Hydrogel Pads oz. Roll-On; 1% Hydrocortisone Tape Pads oz. Roll-On; 4% Lidocaine oz. Roll-On; 15% Methyl Salicylate oz. Bottle; 1% Hydrocortisone Lido-Gel 4% Topical Lidocaine Hydrogel oz. squeeze top bottle oz. squeeze top bottle WIRELESS IONTOPHORESIS IontoPatch hour wear time. Lowest current to treat patients with sensitive or fair skin mA-min - includes 6 Saline Vials IontoPatch SP Designed to adhere to smaller anatomical areas mA-min - includes 6 saline vials IontoPatch Stat Same IontoPatch 80 benefits in shorter 4-hour wear time mA-min - includes 6 saline vials IontoPatch Extra Strength Stronger dose for more aggressive, yet safe, treatment mA-min - includes 6 saline vials Iomed Companion 80 Delivers an 80 ma-minute dose over 24 hours. Reserve battery capacity compensates for patients with higher skin resistance. Hypoallergenic adhesive cc Fill On Each Side; (6)/Box Creates uniform current distribution for greater patient comfort while containing the drug from leaking High tech design conforms well to treatment areas and fits comfortable beneath clothing See Product Information on page Kit includes: 1 each of: 2 oz. roll-top applicator bottle of 1% Hydrocortisone, 4% Lidocaine and 15% Methyl Salicylate; 10-3 x 5 hydrogel pads, 10-4 x 6 adhesive hydrogel coverings and instructions. 30 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

33 FDA COMPLIANT LEAD WIRES Combo Lead Wires Clinical Supplies 72 Lead Wire Straight Black Phone Plug to Black Pins; for Dynatronics Units Only Straight Black Phono Plug to Black Pins; For Excel Units Only Black DIN Plug to Black Pins A straight 4-pin DIN plug connector to (4).08 pins Dual sheathed banana plugs to dual pin. Dual sheathed banana plugs to dual pin tips. Dual Channel 4-Pin Din To 4 Pins Compatible with Chattanooga 2 or 4 channel equipment, CPS and Legend Series. 120 Lead Wire Red/Black; Channel 1 and Red/Black; Channel 3 and 4 Dual Sheathed Banana To Dual Pins Compatible with current Rich-Mar and Amrex Equipment 120 Lead Wire Ivory Lead Wire; White Ivory Lead Wire; Red 72 Lead Wire Ivory Lead Wire; Red/Blk to Red/Blk Grey Lead Wire; Red/Blk to Red/Blk Mettler Electronics Right Angle Din To Pins Compatible with current Mettler equipment. 120 Lead Wire Black DIN Plug to Red/Black Pins 72 Lead Wire Black DIN Plug to Red/Black Pins Right Angle 3-pin DIN plug connector to dual.08 pins Right angle female socket to dual pins. Right Angle Din To Pins Compatible with equipment fitted with the Stereo/Mono to 3 pin DIN adaptor. 120 Lead Wire Red DIN Plug to Red Pins Black DIN Plug to Black Pins 72 Lead Wire Red DIN Plug to Red Pins Black DIN Plug to Black Pins Right Angle Female Tens Lead Wire Compatible with most stimulator models Arista 2000, Century 2100, Century 240, TENS 2500, TENS 6000, EMS 5000, EMS 5000, EMS 6500, Micro 850, TENS 3000, ProTENS, Procure and various others. 36 Lead Wire (1) Pair; Black Socket to Red/Black Pins This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 31

34 Clinical Supplies Nickel plated right angle 1/4 stereo plug (non-conductive tip) to dual.08 pins A straight.04 (4) socket connector to dual.08 pins Maintains the versatility and ruggedness of the old stereo phono plug wire A lead wire adaptor that converts a.08 pin to a 4mm banana. FDA COMPLIANT LEAD WIRES (CON T) Nickel plated straight 1/4 stereo plug (non-conductive tip) to dual.08 pins. Right Angle Phono Plug To Pins Compatible with current production Excel equipment as well as the stereo and mono solution adaptors. 72 Lead Wire Black Phono Plug to Black Pins 72 Lead Wires Red Phono Plug to Red Pins Single Channel Sockets To Dual Pins A straight.04 (4) socket connector to dual.08 pins. Black cable for channels 1 and 3, gray cable for channels 2 and 4. Black sockets with red and black pins. Compatible with current Chattanooga models Genesis, XT, and Transport. 120 Lead Wire Black Wire for Channel Grey Wire for Channel Black Wire for Channel Gray Wire for Channel 4 72 Lead Wire Black Wire for Channel Grey Wire for Channel Black Wire for Channel Grey Wire for Channel 4 The Stereo Solution Adaptor Unique adaptor easily converts an old style 1/4 stereo jack for use with a new FDA compliant 1/4 stereo plug (straight or right angle). Compatible with most older units that used a non-compliant 1/4 stereo plug Stereo Adaptor; Black Straight Din To Pins Compatible with equipment fitted with the Stereo/Mono to 3 pin DIN adaptor. 120 Lead Wire Black DIN Plug to Black Pins 120 Lead Wires Red DIN Plug to Red Pins 72 Lead Wire Red DIN Plug to Red Pins Black DIN Plug to Black Pins Straight Phono Plug To Pins Compatible with current production Dynatronics and Excel equipment as well as the stereo and mono solution adaptors. 120 Lead Wires Red Phono Plug to Red Pins Black Phono Plug to Black Pins 72 Lead Wire Red Phono Plug to Red Pins Black Phono Plug to Black Pins Pin To Banana Converter For use on patient end of lead wire cable Pin to Banana Converter; Red Pin to Banana Converter; Black Straight 3 pin DIN plug connector to dual.08 pins. 32 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

35 COLD THERAPY Torex Premium Cold Therapy Roll-On Sleeves Non-toxic and latex-free. Patented, limb encompassing, true radial design surrounds the treatment area. Includes an insulating Compression Sleeve. Glides easily over limb Medium; Hand, Wrist, Arm, Elbow, and Ankle Large; Elbow, Foot, Ankle, Calf, and Knee X-Large; Knee and Thigh Small; Hand, Wrist, Arm, and Elbow Finger; One size fits all Torex MC2 Pro Ankle Non-toxic and latex-free. Patented, limb encompassing, true radial design surrounds the treatment area. Includes an insulating Compression Sleeve Malleolar Cold & Compression Boot Torex Cold Shoulder Therapy Convenient cold therapy. Shapes to your shoulder. Treats many common shoulder injuries. One-handed application, non-toxic, latex-free. Patented U-shaped harness is removable for post-operative use Torex Cold Shoulder Therapy Torex Premium Professional Cold Therapy Packs Does not freeze solid (stays flexible) Re-useable and long lasting Soft touch construction Non-toxic and latex-free Dimensions X 13 (Standard) Black (Cervical) Black x 18.5 (Oversized) Black Clinical Supplies b Ice gel turns into thick, long-lasting frozen paste allowing for extended and uniform delivery of cryotherapy Ice gel turns into thick, long-lasting frozen paste allowing for extended and uniform delivery of cryotherapy Designed for Clinical use without breakage or leaking. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 33

36 Clinical Supplies COLD THERAPY (CON T) Pro Advantage Cold Packs Features polyurethane (rubber) outer material for longer life. Black Polyurethane Standard; 11 x Oversize; 11 x Neck Contour; 23 Blue Vinyl Standard; 11 x Neck Contour; Oversize; 11 x Half Size; 7.5 x Quarter Size; 5.5 x 7.5 Cryocup Ready to use for ice massage, sensory stimulation or splint cooling Cyrocup CP2 Prof. Series Inflatable Cold Compression Packs Effectively applies cold and compression therapy 360 degrees around the injured area. Features durable nylon outer chamber and remains pliable when cold. Reusable and washable. Pump sold separately Large; 24 Max Circ. Inflatable Cold Pack Ankle-Size Inflatable Cold Pack Medium; 18 Max Circ. Inflatable Cold Pack Pump for Inflatable Cold Pack Pressure Point Therapy Ball Packs Combines pressure point therapy with cold therapy. Features the Dual Comfort Pack s, two frost-free surfaces to provide a full-range of treatment. The plush surface provides slow-release treatment, while the rapid release surface provides quicker result for more acute situations Cervical; 6 x x 10 Ice-Up Portable Ice Massager Effective ice treatment in 5 to 7 minutes versus 15 to 20 minutes for passive ice packs Ice-Up Portable Ice Massager Decrease swelling and promote healing Great for elbows ankles and knees. Portable carry cooler keeps Ice-Up stick frozen up to 12 hours Internal pressure point therapy balls work with trigger points to help relieve tension headaches and low-back pain. Cross-linked therapy balls are ergonomically fit to trigger points at the base of the skull or lower back Ensures effective cold therapy regardless of body area or shape. 34 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

37 Clinical Supplies Elastogel Cervical Colla Elastogel Therapy Mitten Elastogel Hand Exerciser Elastogel Wrist Wrap Elastogel Shoulder Sleeve Elastogel Lumbar Wrap Elastogel Multipurpose Wraps HOT AND COLD THERAPY Elastogel Hot/Cold Packs Tough, flexible gel covered with soft, four-way stretch fabric that remains soft and flexible to temperatures as low as -20 degrees F. Heat wraps help to restore flexibility and stimulate blood flow during and after rehabilitation exercise. Elastogel provides moist, warm heat for 20 minutes when heated and remains cold 20 to 40 minutes from freezer. Cervical Products Cervical Collar Hand, Wrist, Shoulder Wraps Therapy Mitten Hand Exercisers; Small Hand Exercisers; Large Wrist Wrap Shoulder Sleeve; Small/Medium Shoulder Sleeve; Large/X-Large Shoulder Wrap; One Size Fits Most Lumbar Wraps Medium; Waist 24 to Large; Waist 36 to 52 Multi-Purpose Wraps x 24 ; Head, Wrist, Ankle x 16 ; Head, Wrist, Ankle x 24 ; Knee, Neck, Upper Arm x 30 ; Knee, Neck, Upper Arm x 24 ; Thigh, Shoulder, Back Foot/Ankle Wrap Dual Comfort CorPaks Straps allow for easy placement. Soft, frost-free surfaces protect your skin. Non-toxic, biodegradable gel holds therapeutic temperatures longer. Store in freezer or heat in microwave Extra Small; 3 x Small; 6 x Large; 10 x Neck Contour; 6 x Tri-Sectional; 9 x 16 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 35

38 Clinical Supplies HOT AND COLD THERAPY (CON T) Soft Comfort CorPaks Hot and Cold Therapy Non-Toxic Biodegradable Gel Soft Frost-Free Covers x x x x 20 Neck Contour TriSectional Offers maximum convenience for home and clinic. Flexipac Hot/Cold Packs Can be microwaved to provide soothing heat, or after freezer storage, provide penetrating cold therapy. The non-toxic, flexible gel and cover conform to any body contour at any temperature x 10 ; Case of (24) x 6 ; Case of (48) x 14 ; Case of (12) HEAT THERAPY Moist Heat Packs by Pro Advantage Standard; 10 x Neck Contour; 24 Long Oversized; 15 x Knee/Should; 10 x x x Foam-Filled Terry Covers by Pro Advantage Washable and reusable. Without Pocket Standard; 10 x Oversized; 24 x Cervical; 9 x 26 Provides up to 30 minutes of deep, soothing moist heat All-Terry Covers by Pro Advantage Standard; 10 x Oversized; 24 x Cervical; 9 x Choice of all-terry or foam filled terry covers 36 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

39 Clinical Supplies The Standard Size is ideal for most parts of the body-shoulders, knees and back The Collar Pack is specially contoured for aching neck and shoulder muscles and is fully adjustable with closure to prevent slippage The Contour design cradles the neck and shoulder area The King Size offers a large coverage area and is ideal for upper and lower back and shoulders The Half Size is great for treating smaller areas. Therabeads Moist Heat Wraps Non-toxic Therabeads provide relief from stress tension, aches and pains without chemicals, boiling water, gels or plastics. Heat packs for 1 to 1 1/2 minutes initially in microwave to supply 30 minutes of moist heat. Delivers uniform moist heat to help relieve soreness and stiffness. The Neck Rest is ideal for neck and shoulder pain Standard; 9 x Cervical Collar; 6.5 x Neck Rest; 13 x King Size; 12 x Half Size; 5 x 12 Medibeads Moist Heat Therapy Through a patent-pending process, Medibeads produce clean moist heat. Remain odor free and will not support mold, bacteria, or fungi growth. Ready after 1-2 minutes in the microwave. Washable and reusable Standard Pad 9 x King Pad 12 x Neck Rest 10.5 x Sinus Wrap 7 x Neck Wrap 8 x Therapy Wrap 7 x 14 with ties Theratherm Digital Moist Heating Pad Digital hand control allows operator to program as well as monitor, the temperature and treatment time. Lockout mode protects against inconsistent changing of the control settings throughout treatment. Allows patient to relax and enjoy therapy without the requirement to maintain contact with a hand-held switch. Therapeutic treatment temperature between 88 and 166 F. Treatment time from 1 to 60 minutes Standard; 14 x Medium; 14 x Small; 7 x Shoulder/Neck; 23 x Allows patient to relax and enjoy therapy without the hassle of maintaining contact with a handheld switch. Time-released moist heat delivers therapeutic levels of treatment for up to 30 minutes. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 37

40 Clinical Supplies HEAT THERAPY (CON T) Thermotech Digital Moist Heating Pads Digital Controls Automatic temperature control - select from 166, 150, 130, or113 degrees Fahrenheit Automatic time control (15, 30, 45, and 60 minute intervals) with auto turn off Provides moist heat treatments by a process of fomentation without adding water, for relief of all types of pain conditions. 3 year warranty King (26 x 14 ) Medium (18 x 14 ) Mini (19 x 7 ) Neck and Shoulder (20 x 20 ) HEAT THERAPY ACCESSORIES Dial Thermometer Makes it easy to monitor the temperature in heating or chilling units. Durable rustproof stainless steel. Available with two temperature ranges: 0 to 220 degrees F and 50 to 100 degrees C Dial Thermometer Hot Pack Tongs 16 long for safe reaching Hot Pack Tongs Hydra-Hot Packs Stable heat source for the entire treatment F. No specialized covers needed. Reduced risk of patient injury and burns. Virtually indestructable. Completely sealed Oversize; 17 x Neck Contour; 17 x Standard; 17 x Universal; 19 x Small; 10 x 6 Hydrocover Drying Racks Stainless steel construction (3) Hooks Fixed Hooks Folding Hooks (6) Hooks Folding Hooks Fixed Hooks Thermotech Digital Moist Heating Pads are the first medical grade electric moist heating pads available to the general public Dial Thermometer Stainless steel tongs Drying rack with folding hooks Hooks extend 12 from base. 38 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

41 Clinical Supplies Adaptive shapes for rolling, rocking movements, positioning and neuro developmental training Designed for gross motor activities such as rolling, tumbling, walking up or downhill Precision-cut foam face down comfort for large-breasted patients. (Black shown, other color options include Gray and Blue.) Provides greater comfort to patients when used on a table with an existing nose hole. WEDGES AND BOLSTERS Bolsters Length Diameter Knee Crescent And Knee Wedge Knee Crescent Knee Wedge Wedges Width Length Elevation Ladies Comfort Cushion Ladies Comfort Cushion; Blue Ladies Comfort Cushion; Black Ladies Comfort Cushion; Gray Naugahyde Face Pillows Face Pillow; Small Face Pillow; Large Pillows Full Size Pillow; 22 x 14 x Small Pillow; 12 x 14 x Flexion Pillow; 7 x 18, Regular Pillow; 14 X Pelvic Sacral Blocks; (1) Pair Sternal Roll; 10.5 x 4.5 Diameter Block Board; 20 x 16 x 1.5 Pron Pillo Pron Pillo, Blue Elevates head and shoulders for added comfort. Allows patients in prone position to breathe easier. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 39

42 Clinical Supplies CANDO SKILLBUILDERS Roll And Crutch Rack Welded steel construction. Grey powder coat finish. (3) hook dimensions: 33 W x 12 D x 4 H. (6) hook dimensions: 66 W x 12 D x 4 H Hooks Hooks Rolls Adaptive shapes for rolling and rocking movements, and for positioning and neurodevelopmental training. No color choice. Latex Free Length Diameter Strap Wedges Includes (2) wrap straps, which provides added flexibility in positioning the child properly. No color choice. Latex Free Width Length Height Incline Wedges These versatile wedges are ideal for gross motor activities such as rolling, tumbling and walking up or downhill. Can be used as an alternative to sitting when a child lacks head control, balance or trunk control. No color choice. Latex Free Width Length Height Incline This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

43 FOAM ROLLS Foam Rollers 6 x 36 Covers Red Blue Half Round Foam - White x x 36 Round Foam - White x x x x 36 Coal Roll Extra Firm Foam Roller Round; 6 x 36 ; Charcoal Half Round; 6 x 36 ; Charcoal Eva Foam Roller Marbled blue finish and firm feel. Perfect for positioning, balance, postural and muscle re-education, spinal stabilization, body awareness and coordination, and ranging and strengthening activities. The EVA rollers are strong enough to be used by large adults and active children. Half Round x x12 Round x x12 Thera-Band Foam Roller Wraps Supports varying degrees of tissue mobilization in 4 successive colors of progressive density Yellow (X-Soft) for extra cushion through Blue (X-Firm) for advanced fascia mobilization. A novel tool for hands-free myofascial release, deep tissue massage and stabilization exercises. Helps increase muscle flexibility and range of motion Yellow; Extra Soft Red; Soft Green; Firm Blue; Extra Firm Rumble Roller Rumble Roller has 200 engineered rumbles that are firm and flexible Harder enough to massage muscle tissue, but soft enough to roll over bones and tendons Helps repair muscle pain, and encourage flexibility does not promote the growth of bacteria water proof and latex free extra firm are black Rumble Roller Original 31 x Rumble Roller Extra firm 31 x Rumble Roller original compact 12 x Rumble Roller Extra firm compact 12 x 5 Cando TufCoat Coated Foam Rollers Half Round x 36 Round x x x 36 Clinical Supplies Adapts to a variety of rehabilitation techniques, including mobilization, aquatics and stabilization Use with any standard 6 round foam roller! This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 41

44 Clinical Supplies Color coded by resistance. Designed to meet a wide range of strengthening needs. Putty can be squeezed, stretched, twisted or pinched. Combine any of the colors to create custom resistance to meet individual needs. * Latex Free Achieve infinite levels of progressive resistance using only one putty. As grip strength increases, work the pliable chips into the base putty to increase the putty s resistance Combine heat therapy and resistance exercise in one with warm, pliable putty. HAND AND WRIST EXERCISE DEVICES Pro Advantage Rehab Putty 1 lb. Container Tan; Super Soft Yellow; Soft Red; Medium Soft Green; Medium Blue; Firm 2 oz. Container Tan; Super Soft Yellow; Soft Red; Medium Soft Green; Medium Blue; Firm 4 oz. Container Tan; Super Soft Yellow; Soft Red; Medium Soft Green; Medium Blue; Firm 5 lb. Container Tan; Super Soft Yellow; Soft Red; Medium Soft Green; Medium Blue; Firm Rehab Putty Containers Empty Containers to 4 oz.; (25) Containers/Pack lb.; (10) Containers/Pack lb.; (10) Containers/Pack Cando Variable Strength Theraputty (4) chip packs are included in each pack. Base Putty oz lb lb. Base Putty with Chips oz lb lb. Chips (4) Pack of Chips Cando Microwaveable Theraputty Blue - Firm oz oz lb lb. Orange - Soft oz oz lb lb. 42 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

45 Puttycise Tools Tools can be pushed, pulled or turned through putty to produce specified exercises. Changing the putty resistance will increase or decrease the difficulty level piece tool set piece tool set with carry bag and cards Clinical Supplies Takes putty beyond Flexion Includes carry case and cards. Power Web #1 all-in-one finger, hand, wrist, forearm and ankle exerciser. 14 in diameter and weighs 16 oz. Unique design allows a variety of exercises to be performed comfortably and effectively. Illustrated manual included (with 30 exercises.) Contains dried natural rubber - not latex! Ultra Light; Tan Light; Yellow Medium; Red Heavy; Green Super Heavy; Blue Ultra Heavy; Black Latex Free Medium; Orange The rubber webbing of each exerciser offers varying degrees of resistance and elasticity to improve strength and range of motion. For everything from on finger to both hands The Power Web, Jr. is great for smaller hands. Power Web, Jr. #1 all-in one finger, hand wrist exerciser. 7 in diameter and weighs 8 oz. Just half the size of the original Power-Web. Delivers many of the same benefits when used in hand and wrist rehabilitation exercise programs. Illustrated manual included. Contains dried natural rubber - not latex Light, Yellow Medium; Red Heavy; Green Latex Free Medium; Orange Features a unique advantage of two resistance levels in one. Power Web Combo #1 all-in-one finger, hand, wrist, forearm and ankle exerciser. Features a unique advantage of (2) resistance levels in one, offering greater flexibility and value. Identical in size and weight as the original Power-Web with the same high quality construction and materials. Illustrated manual included (with 39 exercises) Patented Design Contains dried natural rubber - no latex Heavy and Ultra Heavy; Green and Black Ultralight and Medium; Tan and Red Light and Heavy; Yellow and Green Medium and Super Heavy; Red and Blue This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 43

46 Clinical Supplies HAND AND WRIST EXERCISE DEVICES (CON T) Power Web Flex-Grip 2-sided features. One side features unique button system to improve finger dexterity. Other side features a classic squeeze ball. Able to perform flexion and extension. Latex-free material Light; Yellow Medium; Red Heavy; Green The Power-Web Flex-Grip features two unique sides to create a true all-in-one product! Thera-Band Hand Exerciser Yellow; Extra Soft Red; Soft Green; Medium Blue; Firm Black; Extra Firm Thera-Band Hand Exerciser XL Red; Soft Green; Medium Blue; Firm Black; Extra Firm Cando Gel Ball Hand Exercisers Use to increase grip strength, dexterity, mobility and fine and gross motor skills. Standard Size Tan; XX-Light Yellow; X-Light Red; Light Green; Medium Blue; Heavy Black; X-Heavy Set of Six (1 ea. T,Y,R,G,B,Blk.) Oval-shaped exerciser for larger hands provides almost twice as much material as the original hand exerciser Used for post-surgical hand rehab as wellas hand, finger and forearm strengthening Can be used hot (microwavable) or cold. Doczac Handmaster Plus Soft (Blue) Medium (Red) Firm (Orange) For improving strength, balance, coordination, speed, and general blood flow, stimulates all peripheral nerves to the hand and allows for unattended therapy. Each package contains (1) resistant ball, (2) flexible cords (for varying hand sizes) and complete instructions. 44 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

47 Develops isolated finger Strength, Flexibility and Coordination Cando Digi-Squeeze Exerciser For rehabilitation of carpal tunnel, arthritis, stroke, fractures, tendon injury, nerve lacerations, tennis elbow and more. Comes with exercise pamphlet. 3 different sizes for small, medium and large hands. different resistances for varied strengthening requirements. exercisers sold separate or all 5 resistance with stand. Large Yellow X-light Red Light Green Medium Blue Heavy Black X-Heavy Set of 5 with Stand Medium Yellow X-light Red Light Green Medium Blue Heavy Black X-Heavy Set of 5 with Stand Small Yellow X-light Red Light Green Medium Blue Heavy Black X-Heavy Set of 5 with Stand Clinical Supplies The Hand Xtrainer is the ultimate hand therapy tool available in four progressive densities Use the buttons alone to exercise fingers or the entire unit for complete hand and forearm exercise. Thera-Band Hand Xtrainer Intuitive design with built-in recovery allows for optimal form making it a perfect tool for home exercise. Easy to clean between patients for in-clinic use. The patented formula supports hot and cold therapy. Latex free. Applications ranging from rehab to stretching and strength training Red Beginner Green Intermediate Blue Advanced Black Advanced Sport Training Full set of 4 resistance Cando Digi-Flex Hand Exercisers Develops isolated finger strength, flexibility and coordination as it builds hand and forearm strength. Removable base correctly positions the Digi-Flex in the hand and conforms to the palm lb. Unit; Yellow lb. Unit; Red lb. Unit; Green lb. Unit; Blue lb. Unit; Black Set of (5) with Display This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 45

48 Clinical Supplies HAND AND WRIST EXERCISE DEVICES (CON T) Cando Xtensor Finger Exerciser Blue Cando Fixed ErgoGrip Exerciser Marv Wrist And Elbow Exercise Kit Features 180 degree Rotating handles which allows for pronation and supination exercises Provides patient constant resistance through full range of motion exercises kit includes 2 MarV handles which allows interchangeable tubes that are light, medium and heavy resistance and a door attachment Wrist and Elbow Exercise Kit 5-Pair Complete Set - 5 Resistances Pair Yellow, X-Easy(3lbs) Red, Easy(6lbs) Green, Medium(12lbs) Blue, Hard (24lbs) Black, X-Hard(48lbs) Hand Helper II Seamless, padded handle is contoured to fit the palm and accommodate the thumb web Hand Helper II Thera-Band Flexbar Used for upper extremity stabilization, neuromuscular re-education, massage therapy, martial arts and sports grip strengthening Red Flex Bar ; Light Resistance Green Flex Bar ; Medium Resistance Blue Flex Bar ; Heavy Resistance Yellow Flex Bar ; Extra Light Resistance E-Z Exerboard E-Z Exerboard For latter stages of rehabilitation and general exercise Resistance level is easily changed by altering the number and width of rubber bands Bend It! Twist It! Great for wrist, forearm and hand rehabilitation Use the (7) resistive rollers to provide wrist flexion and tension, forearm supination and pronation, as well as resistive finger flexion, extension and lateral prehension in the clinic or at home. 46 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

49 Clinical Supplies Quick Positioning for any type of workout laminated workout flow carts. 190 page comprehensive training manual. 5 support DVDs that show proper setup and execution of each exercise Unique and versatile balance, core stability training device. Includes a pump Comfortable, portable, a great active seating device Experience many of the same benefits of a gymball. Use to perform lower back, pelvic stabilization, abdominal and weight shift exercises. EXERCISE THERAPY BOSU Pro Balance Trainer Bladder Weight 8 lbs. Dually over-molded platform for extra strength. 65cm Diameter Smooth non-skid, non-marking base. Includes foot pump, training manual, and DVD The Bosu ; Blue BOSU Complete Workout System Includes DVD and charts only Bosu Complete Workout System BOSU Sport 55 cm cm Bosu Sport Step360 Pro The Step360 delivers a balance challenge that stimulates the muscles and nervous system. Enhances the body s reactivity and responsiveness for core building, muscle strengthening, power boosting and extending range motion. Significantly broaden exercise options during group exercise classes, small group sessions, personal training and individual workouts with the unique Step Step360 Pro Cando Vestibular Disc Green; 13.8 (35cm) Diameter Blue; 13.8 (35cm) Diameter Red; 13.8 (35cm) Diameter Yellow; 13.8 (35cm) Diameter Blue; 23.6 (60cm) Diameter Red; 23.6 (60cm) Diameter Yellow; 23.6 (60cm) Diameter Green; 23.6 (60cm) Diameter FitBALL Air Cushion Unique 3-tiered construction promotes active sitting.. Needle pump included to vary degree of movement comfort Red; 12.5 Diameter This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 47

50 Clinical Supplies EXERCISE THERAPY (CON T) Thera-Band Exercise Station Station includes a molded, high impact polyethylene platform with (6) connection points for the resistance tubing, (2) each of Thera-Band Tubing in red, green and blue level resistance cut to 12, 18 and 24 for a total of (18) tubing connectors, 3 Padded Bar, (2) Thera-Band Exercise Handles, (2) thera-band Assist Straps and an Instruction Guide. All tubing is provided complete with snap connectors at both ends for easy connection to accessories or platform pins Thera-Band Exercise Station Thera-Band Rehab & Wellness Station Station includes a complete system of progressive Thera-Band products: 4 Levels of resistance tubing, 3 Pro Series Exercise Balls, 2 levels of Stability Trainers, and a complete Accessories Kit with Waist Belt, Assist Straps, Head Strap, Exercise Bar and 2 Accessory Racks. Multi-dimensional design that provides three planes of movement. Countless attachment options for complex movement patterns needed to replicate functional activities and range of motion. Innovative features like slide tracks, position indicators and one hand lock down to enable easy patient set up, charting and documentation Thera-Band Rehab & Wellness Station Thera-Band Wall Station Comprehensive rehab system for upper and lower extremity strength, balance and core training featuring 3 planes of movement. Includes accessory package of Yellow, red, Green and Blue tubing with connectors, soft grip handles, extremity straps, head strap, soft-grip bar and two instruction posters. Features the familiar colors and resistance levels of Thera-Band clip-connect Tubing Complete Station Platform acts as a connection and integration point for various popular rehab and fitness devices. Use with exercise/fitness balls, elastic resistance tubing and bands, stability trainer pads, rocker boards and wobble boards Compact system, uses only 6 x 6 of space, total body rehabilitation center for inclinic strength, balance and core training Platform acts as a connection and integration point for various popular rehab and fitness devices. Use with exercise/fitness balls, elastic resistance tubing and bands, stability trainer pads, rocker boards and wobble boards. 48 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

51 EXERCISE BALLS Thera-Band Exercise Balls Increase range of motion, strength and as well as active stretching, active exercise and aerobics Comes with two plugs and inflation adapter along with the Thera-band exercise ball guide poster. Latex Free Bagged Color Diameter Patient Height Yellow 18 (45cm) 60 and Under Red 22 (55cm) 60 to Green 26 (65cm) 67 to Blue 30 (75cm) 75 to 78 Polybagged Color Diameter Patient Height yellow 18 (45cm) 60 and under Red 22 (55cm) 60 to Green 26 (65cm) 67 to Blue 30 (75cm) 75 to silver 34 (85cm) 79 and above Thera-Band Pro Series SCP Exercise Ball Increase range of motion, strength and endurance as well as active stretching, active exercise and aerobics. The Thera-Band Pro Series SCP exercise ball creates and exciting new category of premium balls that surpass the performance of previous standard and burst resistant balls. This specially designed professional exercise ball combines: (1) SECURITY: feel more secure with the slow deflate protection of PRO SERIES SCP Ball (2) COMFORT: feel better while you train because PRO SERIES SCP provides superior comfort at body contact points without excessive softness that impedes support (3) PERFORMANCE: train more effectively because PRO SERIES SCP s unique design provides a more responsive surface for consistent results with each exercise. Includes instructional poster with 24 exercises, plug pack, inflation measuring tape. Latex Free Boxed Color Diameter Patient Height Yellow 18 (45cm) 60 and Under Red 22 (55cm) Green 25 (65cm) Blue 30 (75cm) Polybagged Yellow 18 (45cm) 60 and Under Red 22 (55cm) Green 25 (65cm) Blue 30 (75cm) Silver 25 (85cm) Cando Deluxe ABS Ball 600 lb. weight capacity. Non-slip, multi-tone color differentiates these from standard balls. Boxed cm; Yellow cm; Orange cm; Red cm; Blue cm; Green Polybagged cm; Yellow cm; Orange cm; Green cm; Red cm; Blue Ball Chair Deluxe Promotes active sitting while strengthening the back and improving posture. Compact, lightweight and easy to transport. Ball and hand pump included. Ball and Steel Frame are Black. Assembly required Ball Chair Deluxe Inflatable balls used to strengthen muscles to improve posture and help prevent back pain Clinical Supplies Inflatable balls used to strengthen muscles to improve posture and help prevent back pain This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 49

52 Clinical Supplies EXERCISE BALL RACKS Ball Holder Ball Holder FitBALL Stand One size fits all! Unique design holds 45-75cm exercise balls in place. No more rolling around! Ball stand for 45cm-75cm balls Cando Ball Stabilizer Base Ideal for the individuals who are not prepared of the instability for the therapy ball. Plastic base provides extra protection and stability for the ball during use Small Stabilizer Base Medium Stabilizer Base Cando Ball Stacker Stack any size balls (3) Ball Stacker Rings FitBALL Holder Economical inflatable ring sized to keep a 65-75cm ball from rolling away when you stand up. Retail packaged in header card poly for peg hanging and easy up-sell with ball. Ball not included Ball Holder - Inflatable (grey) Stability Ball Storage Free Standing, Light Weight, and Sturdy Hard PVC Tubing Ball Rack - Black/Gray Ball Rack w/ Casters - Black/Gray Ball Rack - Black/Gray Ball Rack w/ Casters - Black/Gray Therapy Ball Storage Racks Stainless Steel 2-Ball Wall Rack Ball Storage Rack w/ all Steel Construction Ball Storage Rack w/ all Steel Construction and Casters Ball Storage Rack w/ all Steel Construction Ball Storage Rack w/ all Steel Construction and Casters Loop style wall mt ball rack, steel tubing construction w/grey powder finish Keeps a 65cm or 75cm ball from rolling around when not in use Put the ball onto the hard plastic disc, push down on it and you ve created enough suction to hold the ball firm in place Efficient way to store balls and conserve floor space Keeps your balls from rolling around This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

53 EXERCISE BALL ACCESSORIES Inflation Devices Clinical Supplies Two-Way Action Power Pump Bellows Foot Pump EXERCISE BANDS Thera-Band Resistive Bands Thera-Band resistive exercise systems include latex bands available in 8 color-coded levels of resistance. Latex-Free Bands are also available in 5 color-coded levels of resistance. Formulated to match the pull forces of our Latex Professional Resistance Bands, the re-formulated Latex-Free Bands are also scent-free and powder-free for ultimate patient comfort and satisfaction. 6 Yd. Roll With Latex Tan; Extra Thin Yellow; Thin Red; Medium Green; Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Black; Special Heavy Silver; Super Heavy Gold; Maximum 50 Yd. Roll With Latex Tan; Extra Thin Yellow; Thin Red; Medium Green; Heavy Blue, Extra Heavy Black; Special Heavy Silver; Super Heavy Gold; Maximum 25 Yd. Roll; Latex Free Yellow; Thin Red; Medium Green; Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Black; Special Heavy 50 Yd. Roll; Latex Free Yellow; Thin Red; Medium Green; Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Black; Special Heavy Manually operated pump inflates on up and down strokes, cutting effort in half Yd. Rolls Positive reinforcement as patients progress from one color-coded level to the next Yd. Rolls Design exercise programs to address your clients specific needs wherever they are - in a children s hospital, nursing home, sports medicine clinic, etc Yd. Rolls Design exercise programs to address your clients specific needs wherever they are - in a children s hospital, nursing home, sports medicine clinic, etc Yd. Rolls Design exercise programs to address your clients specific needs wherever they are - in a children s hospital, nursing home, sports medicine clinic, etc. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 51

54 Clinical Supplies EXERCISE BANDS (CON T) Thera-Band Starter Dispenser Packs 15 individually wrapped 5-foot latex bands each band includes a exercise guide packaged for resale APTA endorsed additional exercises at Yellow 5 L x 5.5 W Red 5 L x 5.5 W Green 5 L x 5.5 W Blue 5 L x 5.5 W Black 5 L x 5.5 W The most convenient way to distribute individually wrapped, pre-cut Thera-Band latex resistance bands. Each band is 5-ft in length Color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking. Color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking. Thera-Band Resistance Band Dispenser Pack Each pack contains (30) individually polybagged 5 bands in a single color. Ideal for home exercise programs. (30) Packages/Dispenser Yellow; Thin Red; Medium Green: Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Black; Special Heavy Color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking Color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking. Color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking. Cando Resistive Exercise Bands These low-powder, exercise bands come in (8) resistance levels. 6 Yd. Roll with Latex Tan; XX-Light Yellow; X-Light Red; Light Green: Medium Blue; Heavy Black; X-Heavy Silver; XX-Heavy Gold; XXX-Heavy 50 Yd. Roll with Latex Tan; XX-Light Yellow; X-Light Red; Light Green; Medium Blue; Heavy Black; X-Heavy Silver; XX-Heavy Gold; XXX-Heavy 6 Yd. Roll; Latex Free Tan; XX-Light Yellow; X-Light Red; Light Green; Medium Blue; Heavy Black; X-Heavy Silver; XX-Heavy Gold; XXX-Heavy 50 Yd. Roll; Latex Free Tan; XX-Light Yellow; X-Light Red; Light Green; Medium Blue; Heavy Black; X-Heavy Silver; XX-Heavy Gold; XXX-Heavy Color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking. Color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking.color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking. 52 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

55 Color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking. Color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking.color-coded dispenser boxes take the guesswork out of restocking. REP Band And Dispenser Non-Latex. No powder; good for aquatic rehab. Materials stretch smoothly, will not snap back when stretched and offer just enough tack for a comfortable, sure grip Rep Bands Dispenser 6 Yd. Roll; Latex Free Peach; Light Orange; Medium Green; Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Plum; Super Heavy 50 Yd. Roll; Latex Free Peach; Light Orange; Medium Green; Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Plum; Super Heavy Clinical Supplies Ideal for group sensory-motor activities. Provide graded resistance for strengthening exercises, proprioceptive stimulation and positioning. Uni-Band Exercise Band Latex-Free Powder and Odor free Available in five resistance colors Non slip surface for better grip engineered for consistent tension and evenly spaced resistance levels. Buoyant and resistant to swimming pool chemicals, excellent for aquatic therapy UV, sunlight and most infection control products resistant convenient dispenser system width of band 100mm, optimal size for grasping without excessive bunching of the band in users hands Peach Level 1 50yds Orange Level 2 50yds Green Level 3 50yds Blue Level 4 50yds Plum Level 5 50yds Made with an elastomeric compound, they are 100% latex free while retaining the dynamic stretch properties of latex preferred by most therapist. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 53

56 Clinical Supplies EXERCISE BAND LOOPS Thera-Band Resistance Band Loops Introducing the first band loop to contain the Thera-Band logo and brand recognition. Contains the same pull forces and color progression as Thera-Band latex resistance bands tied into a loop. Positive reinforcement as patients progress from one colorcoded level to the next. Endorsed by the APTA; ideal for lower extremity, shoulder, neck, core and back applications. Exercise manual supplied along with an extensive online database to create customized exercise program. (10) individually wrapped Band Loops per box. Looped Bands Yellow Band Loop Red Band Loop Green Band Loop Blue Band Loop Yellow Band Loop Red Band Loop Green Band Loop Blue Band Loop Yellow Band Loop Red Band Loop Green Band Loop Blue Band Loop Thera-Band Resistance Band Loops are available in 8, 12 and 18 lay flat lengths. Ideal for lower extremity, shoulder, neck, core and back applications. Cando Exercise Loops Yellow; X-Light Red; Light Green; Medium Blue; Heavy Black; X-Heavy Silver; XX-Heavy Gold; XXX-Heavy Pre-made low-powder exercise loop that can be used to perform almost any upper or lower body exercise. Xercise Bands For Ankle/Knee Exercises x 3/8 ; Beginners and Seniors x 5/8 ; Average Fitness Level x 3/4 ; Above Average Fitness Level x 1 ; Intense Strength Training x 1.5 ; Strong Individual x 2 ; Strong Individual For Hip Exercises x 1/2 ; Average Fitness Level x 3/4 ; Above Average Fitness Level For Movement Activities /2 ; Average Fitness Level x 3/4 ; Above Average Fitness Level Available in a variety of lengths and widths to customize your lower body workout. 54 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

57 Clinical Supplies Great for hand therapy and upper extremity strengthening activities. Tubing can be cut to the desired length Latex resistive exercise tubing Made with an elastomeric compound, they are 100% latex free while retaining the dynamic stretch properties of latex preferred by most therapist Thera-Band Tubing with Handles are available in 6 resistance levels. Cando Exercise Tubing Latex-free exercise cord for upper and lower body resistive programs that correlate with desired resistance. EXERCISE TUBING Thera-Band Resistive Tubing 100 Ft Tan; Extra Thin Yellow; Thin Red; Medium Green; Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Black; Special Heavy Silver; Super Heavy Uni-Band Exercise Tubing Latex-Free Powder and Odor free Available in five resistance colors Non slip surface for better grip engineered for consistent tension and evenly spaced resistance levels. Buoyant and resistant to swimming pool chemicals, excellent for aquatic therapy UV, sunlight and most infection control products resistant convenient dispenser system width of band 100mm, optimal size for grasping without excessive bunching of the band in users hands Peach Level 1 100ft Orange Level 2 100ft Green Level 3 100ft Blue Level 4 100ft Plum Level 5 100ft 100 Ft Yellow; X-Light Red; Light Green; Medium Blue; Heavy Black; X-Heavy Silver; XX-Heavy REP Bands Tubing Non-allergenic and odor free. Non-Latex 100 Ft Peach; Light Orange; Medium Green; Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Plum; Super Heavy Thera-Band Resistive Tubing With Soft Handles Utilizes the recognized Thera-band system of progression and familiar colors pioneered over 30 years ago. Endorsed by the American Physical Therapy Association The system of progression provides for consistent increases in resistance levels to offer a measurable means of tracking progress. Yellow, Red, and Green are 48 long; Blue, Black, and Silver are 50 long. The tubes are provided with soft cushioned foam handles for a comfortable grip during use Yellow; Thin Red; Medium Green; heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Black; Special Heavy Silver; Super Heavy This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 55

58 Clinical Supplies EXERCISE TUBING (CON T) Cando Tubing Exerciser With Handles Tan; XX-Light Yellow; X-Light Red; Light Green; Medium Blue; Heavy Black; X-Heavy Silver; XX-Heavy Cando Bow-Tie Tubing Exerciser Tan; XX-Light Yellow; X-Light Red; Light Green; Medium Blue; Heavy Black; X-Heavy Silver; XX-Heavy ExerBand Pak Includes a pre-cut 6 tube with EzChange handles, standard web anchor strap and instruction book. ExerBand Bilateral Pak Yellow; Thin Red; Medium Green; Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Black; Special Heavy ExerBand Unilateral Pak Yellow; Thin Red; Medium Green; Heavy Blue; Extra Heavy Black; Special Heavy Xertube ; Yellow; Very Light; Soft Handles ; Green; Light; Hard Handles ; Red; Medium; Hard Handles ; Blue; Heavy; Hard Handles ; Purple; Ultra Heavy; Hard Handles Each handle is securely attached to tubing with webbing strap. Each handle is securely attached to tubing with webbing strap ExerBand Pak with Bilateral Tube ExerBand Pak with Bilateral Tube Figure-eight shaped tubing with (2) foam handles for user comfort and for a firm grip. Figure-eight shaped tubing with (2) foam handles for user comfort and for a firm grip ExerBand Pak with Unilateral Loop ExerBand Pak with Unilateral Loop ExerBand Pak with Unilateral Tube Isolates targeted muscle groups and allows for a full range of motion, making it ideal for many types of exercises. Isolates targeted muscle groups and allows for a full range of motion, making it ideal for many types of exercises. 56 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

59 Clinical Supplies Effective single and double arm exercises for total upper body conditioning. Effective single and double arm exercises for total upper body conditioning Will shape your legs and improve overall lower body muscle tone. Includes rubber grips for added comfort. Will shape your legs and improve overall lower body muscle tone. Includes rubber grips for added comfort The soft, padded ankle cuffs provide freedom of motion in all directions without unwanted product movement. SportCords Sportcord uses a bungee-type resistance cord that is constructed from multiple strands of rubber and cover by a tightly woven, high strength nylon jacket nylon jacket makes tubing latex free Available in four resistances: red x-light, green light, blue medium and black heavy SportCords accessories for sportcord Waist Belt Adjustable Strap Handles pair Door Anchor Ultra Toner Yellow; Very Light Green; Light Red; Medium Blue; Heavy Purple; Ultra Heavy Xering Yellow; Very Light Resistance Green; Light Resistance Red; Medium Resistance Blue; Heavy Resistance Purple; Ultra Heavy Resistance Lex Loops Yellow; Very Light Resistance Green; Light Resistance Red; Medium Resistance Blue; Heavy Resistance Purple; Ultra Heavy Resistance RangeMaster Shoulder Fit Resistance tube, Plastic handle and Thera-Loop door anchor Comes in 4 levels of resistance: Peach, Orange, Green or Blue Resistance Exerciser Use the RangeMaster Shoulder Fit to begin restoring strength to the injured shoulder joint The soft, padded ankle cuffs provide freedom of motion in all directions without unwanted product movement. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 57

60 Clinical Supplies BAND AND TUBING ACCESSORIES Application of Elastic Resistance Scientific and Clinical Application Book Strength Band Training Book Extremity Strap Extremity Strap Marv Handle With 3-Position Handle Unique patented channel cradles the tube or cord on the perimeter of the handle MarV Handle Rubber Saddle Web-Strap Triples the life of tubing products over standard web-straps comes in a package of Rubber Saddle Web-Strap The book s 430 photographs show how to perform a variety of exercises using elastic resistance bands and tubing Adjustable velcro strap easily and comfortably anchors tubing to ankle or wrist for upper and lower extremity exercises Maintains proper wrist position during exercise or stretching arm movements. 3-Position Handle includes the Challenge Grip, Vertical Grip and Stirrup Grip. Thera-Band Accessories Thera-Band Handles; One Pair Thera-Band Door Anchor (2) Extremity Straps/Pack The Handles feature comfortable soft foam grips. Theraloop Place between door and frame and close door to provide a sturdy, nonslip anchor for resistive exercise products (10) TheraLoops/Package (50) TheraLoops/Package Cando Rol-Up Exercise Bar Easily anchors tubing/band products to both the Exercise Rail and to any standard door Extremity Strap can be worn on the wrists, ankles, arms or legs The Door Anchor turns any door into an effective simple-to-use workout station Unweighted Exercise Bar lbs. Exercise Bar lbs. Exercise Bar lbs. Exercise Bar lbs. Exercise Bar lbs. Exercise Bar Use for upper and lower body exercises. Resistance can be increased by rotating the bar to shorten the length of the exercise band or tubing Height adjustments are limitless and will not slip up or down. Increases patient compliance with exercise programs at home or during travel. 58 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

61 WEB-SLIDE EXERCISE RAIL SYSTEM Web-Slide Exercise Rails 6 wide x 28 long and contains 5 easy slide anchor point elevations 3 rails create a single 7 door height station with 15 anchor point elevationc Easy Transition from Clinic to Home Stainless, Set of three Galvanized, Set of three Galvanized Steel Galvanized, Single Stainless Steel Single Rail; 28 Length Deluxe Assortment Rail System Utilizes exercise devices that provide resistance, ROM, stretching and traction. Contains 3 set of exercise rails, 16 position storage rack, 14 exercise devices, Poster for each device, and set of six 25 sheet Take Home exercise pads. Available in stainless steel or galvanized components Stainless Steel System Galvanized Steel System Basic Only Assortment Contains (3) Exercise Rails (7 total length); Storage Rack and (12) Rubber Saddle Web Straps may be used with any brand of tubing/band Stainless Steel Assortment Galvanized Steel Assortment Exercise Devices Assortment Exercise Devices; (13) Pieces Web-Slide Safety Slides Use with Web-slide Exercise Rail System Slide in rail slot after inserting anchor strap Secures tubing and anchor strap in exercise Rail pack safety slides Clinical Supplies Spread individual rail sections to create special focus stations or place together in a vertical line to create one 7 station Now available in both stainless and galvanized steel The Web-Slide Exercise Rail System is for regular users of low cost, high use exercise devices such as tubing, bands and pulleys - devices that provide resistance, stretching/traction and range of motion Exercise Rails (12) Rubber Saddle Web Straps Storage Rack Keep patients safe. Secures tubing on exercise rails The Deluxe Assortments ( and ) requires just 3 of wall space and contain everything needed to quickly and effectively train and monitor those in need of rehabilitation and fitness exercise programs Includes 1 Shoulder Pulley, 1 Assisted- Stretching Device, 5 Bilateral and 5 unilateral Tubes (one of each resistance level), 1 Extremity Strap and exercise/instruction book for each device. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 59

62 Clinical Supplies WEB-SLIDE EXERCISE RAIL SYSTEM (CON T) Web-Slide Storage Rack Stainless Steel - 16 positions Galvanized Steel -16 positions Clinic 6 Loop-With Web Anchor For clinical use in professional setting Yellow (Thin) Red (Medium) Green (Heavy) Blue (Extra Heavy) Black (Special Heavy) set Set of 5, one of each color with book Storage Rack has (16) storage positions Prehandled w/ Rubber Saddle Web Strap ExerBand Fitness Bar Easily affixes to any tube or band to increase exercise options ExerBand Fitness Bar Exercise Wall Posters Wall posters for each exercise device in system (Four posters total.) Exercises also appear on Take Home Exercise Sheets. Laminated Resistance Tube and Bands: (50) Exercises Fitness Bar Exercises; (24) Exercises Shoulder Exercises; (6) Exercises Stretching Exercises; (10) Exercises Includes 1 Shoulder Pulley, 1 Assisted-Stretching Device, 5 Bilateral and 5 unilateral Tubes (one of each resistance level), 1 Extremity Strap and exercise/instruction book for each device Metal Grommets and mounting materials included for Exercise Wall Posters 60 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

63 Prescribe home exercise routines and make a copy to chart progress and maintain a patient history. Tear-Off Sheet Exercise Pads Included in Deluxe System Assortments are 6 pad assortments # (25) Sheets per Pad A) Shoulder Exercises B) Hip/Knee Exercises C) Trunk Exercises D) Elbow/Wrist/Ankle Exercises Set of (A, B, C and D); (1) Each Set of (A, B, C, D, E and F); (1) Each E) Home Ranger Exercise Pad F) The Rope Exercise Pad Clinical Supplies ExerBand Portable Home Gym Provides all the versatility of the Web-Slide Exercise Rail System in an easy to use portable, home exercise station. Exercise devices and accessories are lightweight and compact allowing exercise anywhere, anytime. Includes 5 pieces pre-cut tubing, 4 EzChange Handles, anchor strap, assisted stretching device. Around the door web strap, fitness bar, posters and instruction booklet Exerband Portable Home Gym The Home Gym s around the door web strap with its (15) easy anchor loops assures that exercises learned in the clinic can be simply and faithfully replicated in home or office settings. Clinic 3 Single Strand W/Web Anchor Strap For clinical use in professional setting Replacement tubing for Web-slide Deluxe Assortment Yellow (Thin) Red (Medium) Green (Heavy) Blue (Extra Heavy) Black (Special Heavy) Set Set of 5, one of each color with book EZ Change handle & Web Anchor Strap Clinic 6 Bilateral Tubing W/Rubber Saddle Anchor Strap For clinical use in professional setting Replacement Tubing for Web-Slide Deluxe Assortment Yellow (Thin) Red (Medium) Green (Heavy) Blue (Extra Heavy) Black (Special Heavy) Set Set of 5, one of each color w/book EZ Change handles with Rubber Saddle Web Strap This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 61

64 Clinical Supplies STRETCHING DEVICES Stretch Out Strap Multiple-position grips allow deep, gradual stretching of major muscles groups includes an illustrated color guide booklet of 30 stretches Stretch Out Strap with booklet Thera-Band Stretch Strap It supports classic static stretches, plus introduces more effective dynamic stretches. When used with our dynamic stretches, it helps improve flexibility and range of motion during rehabilitation Thera-Band Stretch Strap Corestretch An effective stretching device for your back, shoulders, hips, hamstrings and shins CoreStretch The Rope Helps relieve muscle spasms, improve posture loosen contracted muscles and capsular adhesions, improve elasticity and relax tight muscles. Enhances normal joint play and maximizing mobility of the ribs and chest wall. Includes web strap, custom braided rope, rubber handles and a full-color instruction pamphlet The Rope Stretching Device The Neck Station Facilitates safe, effective stretching of the neck to relieve stress and relax the myofascial soft tissue of the cervical spine The Neck Station Prostretch Flexibility Exerciser Single Double Prostretch Plus rocker bottom holds foot int the optimal position for accurate stretch adjustable heel rest allows you to increase or decrease the degree of stretch removable toe lift delivers maximum toe and plantar fascia stretch. large platform provides increased comfort and stability includes detailed stretching guide Prostretch Plus OPTP Slant Ideal for stretching, strengthening, and rehabilitation at home or in the clinic. Foam incline boards are more affordable and easier to use than wooden, metal, or plastic alternatives Pair Simple stretching device that helps create flexible muscles and joints The multiple-position grips delivers the benefits of stretching without a partner and combines isotonics, isometrics and prolonged stretch Perfect for stretching out the back Fully assembled with cushioned neck and head rests A revolutionary replacement to static stretching devices Rocker design holds the foot securely in place. Effectively stretches the muscles throughout the lower leg and foot This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

65 SHOULDER EXERCISE DEVICES The Original Home Ranger Low cost, simple-to-use device. Helps increase and maintain range of motion in all planes of shoulder motion. Includes Sure Track Pulley, Non-Slip Web Door-Strap, Positive Reinforcement Pulley Rope, Custom Molded Handles, and Exercise Book The Original Home Ranger Features molded handles and web strap. Clinical Supplies Home Ranger 92 Low Cost, simple-to-use device. Used in the home, it allows patients to increase the gains made in the clinic and helps speed the recovery process. Overdoor bracket allows unit to remain in place between sessions. Includes Sure Track Pulley, Over Door Bracket, Positive Reinforcement Pulley Rope, Assisted Grip Handles and Exercise Book Home Ranger Features assisted grip handles and over the door metal bracket. Home Ranger 93 Helps increase and maintain range of motion in all planes of shoulder motion. Used in the home, it allows patients to increase the gains made in the clinic and helps speed the recovery process. Assisted grip handles help those with weak or no grip. Includes Sure Track Pulley, Non-Slip Web Door-Strap, Positive Reinforcement Pulley Rope, Assisted Grip Handles and Exercise Book Home Ranger 93 Economy Pulley Custom molded handles with rope adjustment feature. Easily shorten rope by sliding knotted end through adjustment slot on handle. Includes web strap pulley with rope adjusting handle and rope, web door strap, standard nylon handles and exercise and instruction sheet Economy Pulley Thera-Band Shoulder Pulley designed to assist patients undergoing shoulder rehab in regaining and maintaining range of motion unique rope that is divided into sections by distinct black marks to show patient how much their range of motion is improving shoulder pulley Features assisted grip handles and standard web strap Custom molded handles with easy to use rope adjustment This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 63

66 Clinical Supplies High quality, low-cost shoulder pulley with several innovative features Shoulder pulley with a rapidly adjustable, grip-free hold that is excellent for patients with weak or no grip strength SHOULDER EXERCISE DEVICES (CON T) Bracket fits any size door. Increases shoulder range of motion Features a smooth nylon roller pulley and an adjustable line length makes this pulley perfect for a variety of exercises. Blueranger Shoulder Pulley Adjustable line length on eye catching blue rope. Two molded plastic handles and smooth nylon roller pulley. no exercise guide over door shoulder pulley w/ web door strap RangeMaster Shoulder Pulley Includes a comprehensive exercise guide with extensive exercise options and a custom-made nylon-roller pulley With Non-Slip Webbing Door Strap With Portable Metal Door Bracket Pul-Ez Pulley The grip-free hold and pillow-soft foam wrist support increases exercise effectiveness by eliminating overflow of muscle tension in to the shoulder associated with gripping a standard handle. Includes smooth-action, custom-made nylon-roller pulley and comprehensive exercise guide With Portable Door Bracket With Non-Slip Webbing Door Strap Marv Handle Shoulder Pulley Fits between any door and frame 2 MarV Handles included which allow 3 different grip positions, functional, vertical, stirrup Handle adjusts up or down rope using the handle s ball lock system Overhead Shoulder Pulley system Overdoor Shoulder Pulley A shoulder Range of Motion Exerciser. Pulley mechanism fits over the door Overdoor Shoulder Pulley Accessories With Metal Door Bracket With Portable Webbing Door Strap 64 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

67 RangeMaster Shoulder Kit Shoulder Kit Rx Clinical Supplies Cando Walslide Pulley Exerciser Set contains: top overhead section, wall piece, and sliding anchors for both top and wall pieces. Tubing and handles sold separately. W/ Overhead Pulley System WalSlide WalSlide WalSlide WalSlide Marv handle Shoulder Strength Therapy Kit 3 position Marv handle give your shoulder a core conditioning whether you wish to strengthen your shoulder to avoid surgery, are in rehab, post surgery rehab, or simply exercising your shoulder this versatile kit includes everything you need to build strength and flexibility in your shoulders, elbows and wrists Shoulder Strength Therapy Kit Wall Pulley Durable solid hardwood construction. Mounting hardware NOT supplied. Depth Width Height " 5" 20" Includes the RangeMaster, VersaFlex tubing with Thera-Loop handles and webbing door anchor, the ExBar, a lightweight and portable reaching and stretching wand, an exercise guide and a convenient drawstring bag CanDo WalSlide Pulley Exerciser can be easily attached to any wall surface Consists of wall bracket, pulley rope and (2) handles This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 65

68 Clinical Supplies MEDICINE BALLS AND RACKS Aeromat Deluxe Medicine Balls Textured for better grip and handling. Well balanced, maintains round shape. Exceptionally durable. Synthetic rubber surface. Weight Diameter Color lb 7.75 Black/Red lb 7.75 Black/Orange lb 9 Black/Yellow lb 9 Black/Purple lb 9 Black/Blue lb 9 Black/Green Aeromat Deluxe Low Bounce Medicine Balls Low bouncing structure, great for use with a rebounder. Made of latex-free material. Firm textured surface for better grip and handling. Well balanced, maintains round shape. Exceptionally durable lb; Black/Red lb; Black/Orange lb; Black/Yellow lb; Black/Purple lb; Black/Blue lb; Black/Green lb; Black/Gray lb; Black/Copper lb; Black/Yellow lb; Black/Purple lb; Black/Blue Aeromat Elite Kettlebell Medicine Ball Pliable material structure offers user friendly alternative to traditional cast iron kettlebells. New handle design offers more freedom and comfort during exercise. Mad of latex free material with uniform size for each weight (8 in diameter) lb; Orange lb; Orange lb; Maroon lb; Maroon lb; Maroon lb; Blue lb; Blue lb; Blue lb; Gray lb; Gray lb; Gray Kettlebell medicine balls not included. Aeromat Grip Weight Ball Durable hard molded PVC shell ball structure. Built in handle for easy gripping. Ideal for core strength, range of motion, and flexibility training. Does not bounce or roll after landing lb; Yellow lb; Yellow lb; Yellow lb; Purple lb; Purple lb; Blue lb; Blue lb; Blue Kettlebell Medicine Ball Rack Rubber base on trays protects kettlebells and reduces noise. Can store up to 12 8 diameter kettlebell medicine balls. Mad of durable, lightweight steel. Easy assembly required D x 38 W x 38.2 H. Black Kettlebell Medicine Ball Rack This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

69 Aeromat Elite Mini Kettlebell Medicine Ball Pliable material structure offers user friendly alternative to traditional cast iron kettlebells. New handle design offers more freedom and comfort during exercise. Mad of latex free material with uniform size for each weight (6 in diameter) lb; Red lb; Orange lb; Purple lb; Yellow lb; Light Blue lb; Green lb; Copper lb; Gray lb; Black Clinical Supplies Cando Dual-Handled Medicine Ball lb. 9 /23cm Yellow lb. 9 /23cm Red lb. 9 /23cm Green lb. 9 /23cm Blue lb. 9 /23cm Black Pieces (6, 12, 18, 24, 30 lb.) FitBALL MedBalls W/Straps Large traditional medicine balls with an added twist: Two adjustable strap on each ball. Flexible straps easily adjust to fit small or large hands. Straps can be removed for conventional medicine ball exercise. Great for dexterity challenged patients. Available individually or as a set. Weight Color Diameter lbs Yellow lbs Green lbs Red lbs Blue lbs Orange Set of 5, one of each weight FitBALL MiniMed Adjustable strap on this mini medicine ball lets you strength train without having to grip the ball. Easily adjusts to fit securely onto hands. Great tool for dexterity challenged patients. Available individually or as a set with rack. Weight Color Diameter lb Yellow lb Purple lb Orange lb White lb Red 5 Set One MiniMed of each of 5 weight (1-5 lbs.) and rack Large traditional medicine balls with two adjustable straps on each ball Adjustable strap on mini medicine ball allows for strength training without having to grip ball This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 67

70 Clinical Supplies MEDICINE BALLS AND RACKS (CON T) FitBALL PVC Rack Holds a complete set of FitBALL MedBalls with straps or HeavyMeds White, 5 x 6 x 31 5-Ball Medicine Ball Rack Holds up to 5 medicine balls. Vertical design saves floor space. Made of durable, lightweight steel. Easy assembly required. 12 x 11.8 x Black Ball Medicine Ball Rack Deluxe 6-Ball Medicine Ball Rack Holds up to 6 medicine balls. Vertical design saves floor space. Made of durable, lightweight steel. Easy assembly required. 12 x 11.8 x Champagne Ball Medicine Ball Rack WEIGHTS Cuff Ankle/Wrist Weights Durable vinyl-covered weights are color-coded and marked with pounds. 14 Piece Weight Cuff Set (2) each of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7.5 and 10lbs. Individual Weight Cuffs Weight Cuff Color lb. Walnut lb. Orange lb. Blue lb. Olive lb. White lb. Red lb. Gold lb. Turquoise lb. Black lb. Beige lb. Lemon lb. Orange lb. Red lb. Parchment lb. Brown lb. Olive lb. Tan lb. Blue Deluxe 10-Ball Medicine Ball Rack Holds up to 10 medicine balls. Vertical design saves floor space. Made of durable, lightweight steel. Easy assembly required. 21 x 11.8 x Champagne Ball Medicine Ball Rack A long Velcro extension to assure proper fit and grommeted for hanging on any weight rack This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

71 Cando Adjustable Cuff Weights Includes (5) increment weight packets Red; 1/2 to 2 1/2 lb.; (1/2lb. Increments) Black; 1 to 5 lb.; (1lb. Increments) Brown; 2 to 10 lb.; (2 lb. Increments.) Blue; 4 to 20 lb.; (4 lb. Increments) Clinical Supplies Adjustable Ankle Weights Contour-Foam wrap around Cushioned Fit with padded achilles tendon and instep. Designed to permit full ankle plantar and dorsi flexion and full inversion and eversion lb. with 10 individual 1/4 lb. Weights lb. with 10 individual 1/2 lb. Weights lb. with 20 individual 1/2 lb. Weights Allows you to increase or decrease the amount of the weight while it s still on the patient. Cushioned flaps keep weights secure. Adjustable Wrist Weights Contour-Foam wrap around cushioned comfort padding against wrist. Designed to permit full wrist flexion and extension and full radial and ulnar deviation lb. Unit with (10) 1/5 lb. Weights lb. Unit with (20) 1/5 lb. Weights Power Vest Contour-Foam fully Cushioned Fit with protective padding for chest, shoulders, upper back, spine, waist and entire inside of vest. Useful to increase proprioceptive input to shoulders and trunk. Anterior and posterior mid and low thoracic individual weight slots. Wide range of uses to inhibit trunk flexion or extension, depending on placement of weights lb. Unit with (40) 1/2 lb. Weights lb. Unit with (80) 1/2 lb. Weights Thera-Band Soft Weights Tan; 1.1 lbs Yellow; 2.2 lbs Red; 3.3 lbs Green; 4.4 lbs Blue; 5.5 lbs Black; 6.6 lbs Cushioned flaps keep weights secure Specifically designed for unrestricted movement during exercise. Exclusive design places weights away from wrist, ankle and body. Individual slip in metal weights allow wide range of adjustment for your graded exercise program Cushioned flaps keep weights secure rack only soft weights sold separately Thera-Band Soft Weights Rack Soft Weight Storage Racks Tier; 6 W x 18 L x 12 H Comfortable to hold and fits into any gym bag for remote location workouts. Design supports one or two hand activities. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 69

72 Clinical Supplies WEIGHTS (CON T) FitBALL SoftMeds Size and firmness may be adjusted with basketball pin and pump Yellow; 1.1 lbs Green; 2.2 lbs Red; 3.3 lbs Blue; 4.4 lbs Black; 5.5 lbs. Mini Contour-Weights Sold in Pairs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs. Dumbbells Neoprene Dumbbell Sets Weight to 10 lbs. Neoprene; Sold in Pairs lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb. Vinyl Coated Dumbbell Sets to 5 lbs.; One Pair of Each Weight to 10 lbs.; One Pair of Each Weight Vinyl Coated; Sold in Pairs Weight Color lb. Pink lb. Lime Green lb. Purple lb. Yellow lb. Steel Blue lb. Orange lb. Forest Green lb. Red lb. Black lb. Royal Blue Size and firmness may be adjusted with basketball pin and pump Neoprene Dumbbells (actual colors may vary) Vinyl Coated Dumbbells Perfect for jogging, aerobics, power walking, general exercise and physical therapy Soft, flexible, neoprene covered 6 dumbbell-style tubes conform to your hands providing the perfect grip for upper-body resistance exercises and walking activities. Comfortably secure, stretch elastic handstrap eliminates over-gripping and hand fatigue. 70 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

73 Hex Dumbbells And Rack Dumbbells lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair lb. Dumbbells; Pair Rack Tier Hex Dumbbell Rack Tier Hex Dumbbell Rack Hex Dumbbells 2 Tiered Rack Clinical Supplies Ultra Kettlebells Cast iron bell with rubber plate on bottom to prevent damage to floors and racks. Smooth, solid steel handle for comfortable grip. Handle size varies from 1 to 13/8 depending on the size and weight of the kettlebell. Weight is cast in each for ease of identification. Black lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs Studio Premium Kettlebell Rack Attractive compact design is perfect for the personal training studio or small places. Holds any size kettlebells on 3 shelves. Steel construction. Black/Gray Assembly required Cast Iron Olympic STD Plate Weights lb. Plate Weight lb. Plate Weight lb. Plate Weight lb. Plate Weight lb. Plate Weight lb. Plate Weight Plate Tree Length Width Depth Olympic A-Frame Plate Tree in Black with 7 Pegs This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 71

74 Clinical Supplies DUMBBELL RACKS The Tower Height Width Depth Dumbbell Floor Racks STORAGE WAGONS Dumbbell Wagon Oak laminate finish on all surfaces 3 heavy duty casters. Height Width Depth Tier Floor Rack Height Width Depth Heavy Duty Rack Wall Mount Dumbbell Rack Height Width Depth Weight Wagon Welded steel construction with black frame gray sides, lower storage tray and 4 swivel casters. Height Width Depth Dumbbell Strips Strong polycarbonate rods are inserted on an angle to provide the dumbbells with a backward lean. Height Width Depth Color Gray Oak Tier Floor Rack holds up to (20) vinyl weights + small dumbbells Vertical wall design that holds (10) dumbbells heavy Duty Dumbbell Rack holds up to (20) vinyl weights Wall mounted, heavy duty construction with Formica covering and holds up to (11) dumbbells Holds (2) full sets (1 to 10 lb.) of weights Sturdy A-frame design Upper 34.5 x 22.5 tray work surface accommodates up to (20) various size dumbbells. Includes a lower storage shelf with vertical divider The Weight Wagon holds cuff weights and dumbbells. Now includes a built-in banding storage. 72 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

75 Clinical Supplies Storage space for scissors or other cutting tools Convenient rack for storage and dispensing of exercise band. STORAGE RACKS Cando Band Dispenser Rack Holds five any 50 yard dispenser boxes of exercise band. Bands sold separately Deluxe Wood Band Rack Hold up to (5) 50 Yd. rolls of exercise band. Basic BandRac 5 independent, quick-change positions for holding your choice of exercise band (50 yds. (45.72 m), hollow core center only) and/or tubing. (Tubing spools sold separately. All items shown not included.). Refilling is quick and easy. Holder mounts to the wall. Easy-clean all laminate construction. Depth Width Height Double Band/Tubing Rac 6 independent, quick-change positions for holding your choice of exercise band (50 yds. (45.72 m), hollow core center only) and/or tubing. (Tubing spools sold separately. All items shown not included.). Refilling is quick and easy. Open design permits visual inspection of inventory. Storage area for various items. Can be used on a tabletop or wall mounted (pre-drilled mounting holes included). Depth Width Height Can store and dispense Thera-Band Rep Band and other exercise bands Horizontal Band/Tubing Rac 5 independent, quick-change positions for holding your choice of exercise band (50 yds. (45.72 m), hollow core center only) and/or tubing. (Tubing spools sold separately. All items shown not included.). Refilling is quick and easy. Open design permits visual inspection of inventory. Storage area for various items. Can be used on a tabletop or wall mounted (pre-drilled mounting holes included). Easy-clean all laminate construction. Depth Width Height Tall BandStand Dimensions: 7 W x 40 G x 7 D Tall Bandstand; Wood finish Vertical Band/Tubing Rac 5 independent, quick-change positions for holding your choice of exercise band (50 yds. (45.72 m), hollow core center only) and/or tubing. (Tubing spools sold separately. All items shown not included.). Refilling is quick and easy. Open design permits visual inspection of inventory. Storage area for various items. Can be used on a tabletop or wall mounted (pre-drilled mounting holes included). Depth Width Height Vertical Band/Tubing Rac with Gray color finish. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 73

76 Clinical Supplies STORAGE RACKS (CON T) Vertical Band/Tubing Rac With Shelves Depth Width Height Vertical Double Band/Tubing Rac 6 independent, quick-change positions for holding your choice of exercise band (50 yds. (45.72 m), hollow core center only) and/or tubing. (Tubing spools sold separately. All items shown not included.). Refilling is quick and easy. Open design permits visual inspection of inventory. Storage area for various items. Can be used on a tabletop or wall mounted (pre-drilled mounting holes included). Depth Width Height Astoria MaxRac Occupies very little floor space. Door conceals interior storage space. 4 swivel casters, (2) locking, for easy mobility. With Mirror Depth Width Height Without Mirror Zeus SuperRac 6 independent quick-change positions. Uses all 4 sides for greater storage capacity. Minimum floor space requirement. Depth Width Height The Double Storage Rack Height Width Depth The Combo Storage Rack Height Width Depth The Double Storage Rack includes built-in banding storage, pegboard on two sides with (24) hooks and heavy duty swivel casters The Combo Storage Rack includes builtin banding storage, pegboard on two sides, (24) hooks and two built-in racks for (20) dumbbells and dual wheel casters Vertical Band/Tubing Rac with Gray color finish and storing area Open design permits visual inspection of inventory Mirror on the door provides visual feedback during activities. Holds up to (64) cuff weights, (22) dumbbells and (5) 50 Yd. rolls of exercise band Raised edge on top provides additional storage space and prevents items from rolling off Holds up to (22) dumbbells, (20) weight bars, (4) 25 Yds. rolls of Velcro, (6) rolls of exercise band and (48) cuff weights. Removable Velcro Rac included. 74 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

77 Mobile Cuff Weight And Band Rac Solid surface. No pegboard. 3 swivel casters, (2) locking, for easy mobility. UPS-ABLE Depth Width Height Clinical Supplies Constellation DualRac 5 independent, quick-change positions for holding your choice of exercise band (50 yds. (45.72 m), hollow core center only) and/or tubing. (Tubing spools sold separately. All items shown not included.). Solid surface no pegboard to chip. Cuff weight sliding hook system makes lateral positioning easy. Strong polycarbonate dumbbell rods are angled for added stability. Protective bumper molding around base ends. 3 swivel casters/2 locking. Depth Width Height Holds up to (32) cuff weights and includes (2) rods to store up to (6) hollow core 50 yds. band rolls. The Deluxe Storage Rack Height Width Depth Mega Rack Durable Black laminate finish with Oak laminate Door and Drawer fronts. 32 x 32 base plate with bumper T molding. Built-in dispensers for up to (6) REP Bands (11) Pegboard safety hooks. Almond coated pegboard for (16) optional Hugger weights. (3) sets of hooks for optional THERA-P Bars. (20) sets of dumbbells hooks. Full view distortion-free glass mirror with ANSI shatter-stop safety backing. Built-in dispenser for VELCRO rolls (VELCRO not included). Convenient drop lid work counter with lock. 2 swiveling locking casters. Height Width Depth Holds up to (64) cuff weights, (16) dumbbells and (5) 50 Yd. rolls of exercise band The Deluxe Storage Rack includes built-in banding storage, positioning mirror on one side and pegboard on the other side, (12) hooks and two built-in racks for (20) dumbbells and heavy duty swivel casters. Multi-Purpose Combination Rack Includes built-in dispensers for 5 rolls of therapy bands, 11 pegboard hooks, and 3 swivel casters. Durable black laminate rack finish and base plate with bumper tee-molding on all 4 sides. Height Width Depth Full view distortion-free glass mirror with ANSI safety backing. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 75

78 Clinical Supplies STORAGE RACKS (CON T) Mobile Cuff Weight/Dumbbell & Band Rac 2 rods hold up to 6 hollow core 50 yds. band rolls. (All items shown not included.). Solid surface, no pegboard to chip. Cuff weight sliding hook system makes lateral positioning fast and easy. Easy-clean, all laminate construction. Protective bumper molding around base. 3 swivel casters. Strong polycarbonate dumbbell rods are angled for added stability. Depth Width Height Combo Weights/Dumbbell Mobile Rack Oak Laminate frame and base and 2 swivel casters. Dumbbells and weights not included. Height Width Depth Multi-Purpose Weight/Storage Rack Includes 11 pegboard hooks, 2 adjustable shelves, 1 fixed shelf, and 3 swivel casters. Durable black laminate rack finish and base plate with bumper tee-molding on all 4 sides. Height Width Depth Double Weight Rac Solid surface. No pegboard. 3 swivel casters, (2) locking for easy mobility. Full length glass mirror. Depth Width Height Mobile Weight Rac Solid surface. No pegboard. 3 swivel casters. UPS-ABLE Depth Width Height Two-door storage cabinet with lock on reverse side. Doors have 165 degrees self-closing Euro-hinges Holds up to (32) cuff weights, (22) dumbbells and includes (2) rods to store up to (6) hollow core 50 yds. band rolls Almond pegboard panel on front of rack for storage of (16) CUFF WEIGHTS, INCLUDES (11) HOOKS. Black laminate panel on back equipped with hooks for (20) dumbbells Holds up to (64) cuff weights 76 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

79 Cuff And Dumbbell Kiosk Minimal amount of floor space required. Adjustable cuff weight shelves. Holds up to (22) cuff weights and (22) dumbbells. Gray Finish Depth Width Height Oak Finish Clinical Supplies Combo Weights/Dumbbell Mobile Rack W/ Dumbbells Oak Laminate frame and base and 2 swivel casters. Includes all dumbbells and hugger weights. Height Width Depth Economy Wall Mount Storage Racks Single; Wall Mount Cuff Rack Double; Wall Mount Cuff Racks Foam Roller Rack Available in 3 or 6 roll capacity. Black Roll Rack Roll Rack Almond pegboard panel on front of rack for storage of (16) CUFF WEIGHTS, INCLUDES (11) HOOKS. Black laminate panel on back equipped with hooks for (20) dumbbells. Club Rack 7 layers of ball racks, one prop stand for tubes, and three rings for gym balls. Organzie and store all your fitness equipment. Mesh shelves support and allow for ventilation. Assembly required D x 37.8 W x 78.7 H. Black Club Rack Stainless steel base, 33 W x 3 D x 2 H; can hold up to (6) cuff weights, 15 lbs. each Foam rollers not included Fitness equipment not included. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 77

80 Clinical Supplies Allows true flexion of the gliding joint of the hand to be observed and studied Portions of tibia and fibula This flexible spine is specially designed and reinforced for heavy use Complete pelvis, sacrum, occipital bone, vertebral artery and nerve branches Skeleton Size: 5 6 tall Demonstrates anteversion, retroversion and rotation. Consists of portion of femur, tibia and portion of fibula. Consists of portion of humerus, complete ulna and radius as well as joint ligaments. Consists of shoulder blade, collar bone, portion of humerus and joint ligaments. ANATOMICAL MODELS Flexible Spine Comes with full pelvis, fully flexible mounting, L3 and L4 disc prolapse, spinal nerve exits and cervical vertebral artery Optional Stand Spine Model Budget Vertebral Column 29 tall, life-size model that features vertebral body, spinous and transverse processes, vertebral notch and spinal canal Spine Model with Stand Standard Skeleton This life-size articulated adult plastic skeleton is ideal for teaching the basics of anatomy. Stand included Standard Skeleton with Stand Flexible Hand Skeleton Highly accurate and detailed skeletal reproduction flexibly mounted with hightensile elastic in its natural position allows true flexion of the gliding joint of the hand to be observed and studied Flexible Hand Skeleton Flexible Foot Skeleton Highly accurate and detailed skeletal reproduction flexibly mounted with hightensile elastic in its natural position Flexible Foot Skeleton Hip Joint-Functional Model Hip Joint-Functional Model Knee Joint Functional Model Also includes meniscus, patella with quadriceps tendon and joint ligaments Knee Joint-Functional Model Elbow Joint-Functional Model Elbow Joint-Functional Model Shoulder Joint-Functional Shoulder Joint-Functional Model 78 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

81 ANATOMICAL CHARTS Anatomical Charts Designed to function as reference material to help increase your knowledge about human anatomy, physiological principles and important pathological conditions. Medical terminology and updated supporting text are printed directly on each chart so you never have to refer to a separate key card or manual. Poster size: 20 x 26 Mounted on styrene plastic with metal eyelets in corners. Latex-free, UV coated Anatomy & Injuries of the Shoulder The Vertebral Column Whiplash Injuries of the Head and Neck Foot and Ankle Hand and Wrist Head and Neck Hip and Knee The Human Spine - Disorder Knee Injuries Ligaments of the Joints The Muscular System The Nervous System Shoulder and Elbow The Skeletal System The Spinal Nerves Torso and Extremities - set of 2 charts Clinical Supplies This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 79

82 Clinical Supplies ANATOMICAL CHARTS (CON T) a b 80 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

83 Clinical Supplies Clearly displays minutes and seconds Slanted face for easier reading. TIMERS Start-stop, time out, split time and calendar mode Digital Timer battery-operated timer counts up to 60 or down from 100 minutes. Stand, clip, hanging hole and magnet attachments Digital Timer Long Ring Timer 0 to 60 minute timer. Extra long ring alarm Long Ring Timer Electronic Stop Watch Registers 1/110th for first 30 seconds and 1 second thereafter up to 24 hours. Battery operated programmable alarm. Start-stop, time out, split time, and calendar functions Electronic Stop Watch HOME EXERCISE KITS VHI Prescription Kits Improves independent living skills at home. Activities of Daily Living PC Version Aquatic Exercises PC Version Assisted Exercise and Rehabilitation PC Version Balance and Vestibular PC Version Body Mechanics Resource Library PC Version Closed Chain PC Version Foam Roller Collection PC Version Geriatric Exercise & Rehabilitation Card Version Geriatric Exercise and Rehabilitation PC Version Occupational Therapy PC Version Orthopedic Exercise/Rehabilitation PC Version Card Version Stability Ball PC Version Strength Training PC Version Stretching PC Version VHI Desktop Software (PC) Module VHI PC-Kits is a drag and drop program that allows you to create, customize and print an exercise routines. Licensed to be used on a single computer. The Exercises are sold separate from the software. Need to purchase at least one exercise kit in order to use this software PC Module VHI PC Kits Network Edition Module Has the same functionality as the PC Kits Desktop Edition but is installed on a network allowing multiple computers access to the same data. The network edition can be installed in client-server, peer-to-peer, and terminal server configurations. The network edition is licensed by the number of simultaneous users, not by the number of installations. It can be installed on as many machines as you like without any additional fees Program Module This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 81

84 Clinical Supplies PHYSIOTOOLS Physiotools Use PhysioTools Software to create Personalized exercise and information handouts for patients. Choose exercises from world s largest professional exercise library with over 16,000 exercises to customize, save, and print. Professional Collections available to save up to 68% or can buy individual products. Exercises include drawings, photographs, and videos. All products are supplied on CD-ROM. Fitness & Sports Therapy Motor Control and Balance Fitness & Sports Therapy Fitness Training for Falls Prevention Stretching Information & Training Posture, Body Mechanics and Ergonomics for the Spine Taping Techniques Manual Therapy Cervical Spine-Dynamic Stability Lumbar Spine-Dynamic Stability Upper Quadrant-Dynamic Stability Movement Impairment Correction Exercises Neurology Neurological Rehabilitation Occupational Therapy Hand and Upper Extremity Managing at Home Personal Care-Occupational Therapy Pediatrics Musculo-skeletal Neuro-developmental & Motor learning Respiratory Children with Motor Delay Rehabilitation General Exercises 2nd Edition Saunders Exercises Xpress-Basic Exercises Back Care Balance and Falls Prevention Cardiovascular and Flexibility Exercises Foot and Ankle Strengthening Pilates The Knee Therapeutic Ball Exercises Thera-Band System of Progressive Resistance The Shoulder 82 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

85 MANUAL THERAPY Kaltenborn Concept Wedge durable rubber construction is comfortable for patient and helps reduce slippage 8 x 4 1/4 base Original Kaltenborn Concept wedge The wedge s molded groove relieves pressure on the spinous process, facilitating mobilization via the transverse process while mobilizing both the spine and extremities. Clinical Supplies Norsk Mobilization Wedge 9 x 4 at its base and is deal for in clinic or at home use small enough to be placed between the shoulder blades Original Norsk Mobilization Wedge Positex Extremity Mobilization Strap durable woven nylon strap features a removable vinyl covered foam pad which makes it suitable for comfortable pelvic stabilization of the patient. 8 ft. length Positex Extremity Mobilization strap with pad Designed to accommodate the spinous process with sufficient apace to facilitate palpation of movement The mobilization strap features one hand length adjustment and push button release This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 83

86 HARDWOOD TREATMENT TABLES Clinical Equipment Treatment Table Hardwood legs. Adjustable backrest. Paper dispenser included. Also available with optional flat top. With H Brace With Matching Shelf Accessories Options For Hardwood Treatment Tables Options 01000C 01000D 01000E 01000F 01000G 01000H 01000I 01000J Slide Out Shelf (Accessible from either side.) Drawer Mounted Under Frame Extra Height (Up to 36 high) Extra Length (up to 78 long) Adjustable Armboard; Height and Angle (Includes (2) mounting brackets) Nosehole Cutout Paper Dispenser Paper Cutting Strap H-brace, classic, wood treatment table H-brace, classic, wood treatment table with full laminate shelf CABINET-STYLE TREATMENT TABLES Natural oak finish with extra-firm 2 high-density foam top with rounded corners. Cabinet Style Treatment Table Wood 4 Door cabinet with full length shelf inside. Natural Oak finish. Leg levelers Cabinet Style Treatment Table Laminated All laminate surfaces. Choice of 11 laminates. Adjustable backrest. 4 doors with 2 storage compartments with 1 adjustable shelf each. Also available with optional flat top. (4) Doors Sliding Doors (4) doors with (2) storage compartments. (4) doors, adjustable backrest and (2) storage compartments each with an adjustable shelf (2) sliding doors front and back plus adjustable backrest. 84 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

87 and H-brace, metal treatment table Unique 8 high pull-out, non-slip foot stool that slides into base for storage. Clinical Equipment Fully-enclosed, all-laminate storage cabinet with sliding laminate doors H-Brace is recessed into table leg with unique 4-sided lock-tite joint H-Brace with full width Velcro -Lock laminate shelf. ADJUSTABLE BACK TREATMENT TABLES Adjustable Back Treatment Table Heavy duty all-steel welded frame with powder coated finish. Adjustable backrest. Premium stain-resistant, woven, knit-backed vinyl and 2 foam with rounded corners. Includes standard paper holder and matching laminated storage drawers with steel reinforced sides and adjustable leveling feet. 450 lb. weight capacity Straight Line Treatment Table Gray, powder-coated, all-welded, steel frame. Adjustable feet height. Pre-threaded hardware for easy assemble. Paper dispenser. Rounded corner top. 2 of firm foam padding. Adjustable backrest standard on all models. Choice of upholstery colors. 450 lb. load capacity. Not available with flat top. Assemble with basic tools. With H-Brace With Laminate Shelf LAMINATE TREATMENT TABLES H-Brace with laminate shelf and open-shelf storage cabinet. Shown with optional headrest. Treatment Table (3) large drawers with natural oak laminate on nylon rollers and full width shelf. with Built-In Foot Stool With Fully Enclosed Cabinet With H-Brace With Shelf With Shelf and Open-Shelf Cabinet This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 85

88 LAMINATE TREATMENT TABLES (CON T) Clinical Equipment Accessories For Laminate Tables (Not Shown) Table Safety Strap; Velcro-Lock, 90 L x 2 W Manual Headrest; Elevates up to Manually Adjustable Backrest Nose Cutout; 2 x Drawer Unit w/nylon Roller Bearings Laminate Armboard; 7-1/2 x 24-3/8 with Control Knobs Adjustable Stirrups; with Control Knob Paper Dispenser Paper Cutter Paper Dispenser and Cutter Combination SPACE-SAVER TREATMENT TABLES Fully enclosed all-laminate cabinet with 2 hinged doors and adjustable shelf Easy crank hydraulic height adjustment from 20 to 30 high. Fold away crank handle. Crank Hydraulic Treatment/Changing Table Space-saving size; only 52 L x 30 W when closed. Folding 16 L leg rest opens and extends overall top length to 68. Leg rest folds down 90 degrees when not in use. Adjustable height hydraulic cylinders are built into each (4) corner steel legs. Sturdy steel frame with black powder coated finish. Convenient laminate storage shelf for supplies at your fingertips. Includes paper cutter and dispenser (accommodates up to 21 wide paper rolls). Wheelchair accessible Space-Saver Treatment Table Full size table in a compact space. When closed, tables are only 52 long. When open they extend to a conventional 72. Full width 20 long foot end folds down to reduce closed table size to only 52. H-Brace is recessed into table leg with unique 4-sided lock-tite joint. 2 thick urethane foam top with Resist-All vinyl upholstery finish. Optional full width Velcro -Lock laminate shelf. 350 lb. weight capacity. With Cabinet With H-Brace With Shelf Wall Folding Treatment/Changing Table Fold-away design saves floor space and projects only 8 when folded. 2 thick foam upholstered top. 350 lb. weight capacity. (2) folding laminate legs. Natural oak laminate H-Brace with full width Velcro -Lock laminate shelf Positive action locking device allows the foot end to be easily elevated into (3) positions. High pressure laminate legs Sturdy, floor-supported wall mounting plate for added strength. 86 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

89 SPORTS TRAINING TABLES Taping Tables Heavy duty taping table with solid oak legs and H-braces. With H Brace (not shown) With Shelf With Storage Area Options Wood Top with Clear Coating White Plastic Laminate Top Single Taping Station 36 height, 42 available 1 thick upholstery 32 deep x 26 wide taping tops Wastebin supply top Standard dual adjustable interior shelves and triple drawers Optional locks for doors and drawers weight capacity 500 lbs. per seat ships fully assembled Natural or Dark Walnut wood finishes Width Depth Height Dual Taping Station 36 height, 42 available 1 thick upholstery 32 deep x 26 wide taping tops Wastebin supply top Standard dual adjustable interior shelves and triple drawers Optional locks for doors and drawers weight capacity 500 lbs. per seat ships fully assembled Natural or Dark Walnut wood finishes 500 lb. weight capacity. Width Depth Height Knee Gatch Table Features 2 foam padding with adjustable backrest and foot section. 350 lb. weight capacity Double Leg Lift Table Each leg rest can be raised and lowered independently in 1.25 increments. 2 extra firm foam padding. With Cabinets With Shelves Clinical Equipment Laminated, full length shelf Dual Taping Seats, Stand Alone Hardwood Construction Single Taping Seat, Stand Alone Hardwood Construction heavy duty table with panel legs, with (2) level laminated storage compartment and shelf Laminated, two level storage compartment and full shelf. Vinyl top with 2 padding standard. Vinyl top with 2 padding standard shown with top option , vinyl top with 2 padding (6) hinged doors with interior shelf for storage heavy duty table with panel legs, with (2) level laminated storage compartment and shelf. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 87

90 Clinical Equipment SPORTS TRAINING TABLES (CON T) Crank Hydraulic Hi-Lo Taping Table Easy-to-use crank height adjustment with fold-away handle. Hydraulic cylinders are built into each of (4) steel legs. Legs have adjustable levelers for uneven floors. Oak laminate end storage cabinet and supply shelf. 48 x 30 vinyl upholstered top with 2 thick high-density urethane foam padding. 500 lb. weight capacity Electric Hi-Lo Split Leg Treatment Table Features hands free foot control, electro-hydraulic cylinders built into each leg and levelers for uneven floors. Spacious 78 x 30 vinyl upholstered top with 2 high density urethane foam cushion. Fully enclosed, all-laminate storage cabinet with sling laminate doors. 500 lb. weight capacity Options Paper Dispenser and Cutter Combo Gas Spring Backrest, 30 Long PROTEAM TABLES Wood Treatment Table Extra-firm 2 high-density foam top with rounded corners for comfort. 400 lb. weight capacity Options Finished Wood Shelf Upholstered Shelf Nose Slot Paper Holder and Cutter Modality Treatment Table Spacious 78 x 30 vinyl upholstered top with 2 high-density urethane foam padding. Oak laminate storage cabinet with (2) 2-door cabinets with adjustable shelf. 4 high black laminate base plate with electrical access grommets on both ends and rear back. 600 lb. weight capacity Durable crank hydraulic lift system allows easy adjustment of table height from 32 to 42 high, for back saving efficiency Features triple-bolted, solid hardwood legs and quality hardwood plywood and veneer construction in a natural oak finish Durable, super-strength electrical motorized operation can easily lift 500 lb. patient from 27 to 37 H Designed to save time and effort with Modality equipment at your fingertips. 88 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

91 PROTEAM MODULAR UNITS Modular Taping Station Custom laminates available! Self-Closing laminate drawer with nylon rollers and positive stops. Doors have concealed, self-closing 110 degrees three-way adjustable Euro-hinges. Cabinet backs are finished in matching laminate. Comfortable 2 thick high-density foam upholstered tops. Available in 36 and 42 heights. and 36, 42, and 48 depths. Please specify. 2-Seat Tables 6 Long Height Width Depth Clinical Equipment 3-Seat Tables 10 Long Seat Tables 14 Long Consists of (2) upholstered taping modules and (1) storage module with laminate top. 5-Seat Tables 18 Long Customized Taping Station Options Modular Taping Stations can be customized in ANY configuration to fit ANY space or storage need. Individual modules can be purchased separately. Modules can be added or repositioned as needs change Extra Drawer; (1) Full Extension Pull-Out Slide-Out Board Hinged Side Access Door Set of (3) Drawers (replaces doors) Waste Hamper and Cut-Out Fixed 75 Upholstered Back; 26 H x 10 D (for 42 or 48 units only) Seat Modular Taping Station; 6 ft.; 36 H X 36 D x 6 L Drawer Lock Lock/Bolt This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 89

92 PROTEAM MODULAR UNITS (CON T) Clinical Equipment ProTeam Mega-Carts Maintenance-free laminated surfaces on all cabinet exteriors and interiors. Top laminate surface: 23 W x 18 D All cabinets have 3mm PVC edging. High impact polystyrene drawer interiors with rounded inside corners. (1) 5.5 Drawer and (1) adjustable Shelf. 2.5 twin wheel hooded swivel Nylon Casters. Laminate Colors: 346 Natural Oak or 5904 Wild Cherry. width length height ProTeam Monster Carts Maintenance-free laminated surfaces on all cabinet exteriors and interiors. Top laminate surface: 23 W x 18 D All cabinets have 3mm PVC edging. High impact polystyrene drawer interiors with rounded inside corners. 2.5 twin wheel hooded swivel Nylon Casters. Laminate Color: 346 Natural Oak width length height (1) 5 1/2 drawer and (1) adjustable shelf (1) 5 1/2 drawer, (2) hinged doors and (1) adjustable shelf BARIATRIC TABLES Armedica AM-368 Bariatric Hi-Lo 800 lbs. weight capacity. Footswitch control. Power assisted caster system (1) 5 1/2 drawer and (1) adjustable shelf (1) 5 1/2 drawer, (2) hinged doors and (1) adjustable shelf oz Heavy-duty vinyl with Permablok 3 bacterial protection Econo Bariatric Hi-Lo Treatment Table Extra-wide 32 top accommodates larger patients up to 600 lbs. Power height motorized elevation from 20 wheelchair height to 29 high. Two direct-drive synchronized lift actuators provide unsurpassed power. Motorized Power Backrest elevates 0 to 75 for ease of patient positioning. Convenient Foot Control operation. 2 High-density urethane foam top. Black laminate frame and base plate, with aluminum trim and levelers. Hospital grade plug This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

93 Bariatric Space-Saver Therapy Platform (6) High pressure laminate legs and a sturdy plywood sub-top. 2 High-density urethane foam top lbs. patient weight capacity. Laminate: 346 Natural Oak or 927 Folkstone Gray. Upholstery: Choice of (9) vinyl colors. Option: 69 Gas Spring Backrest (400 lbs. capacity) Bariatric Treatment Table (6) high pressure laminate legs. 600 lb. weight capacity Bariatric Treatment Table, With Storage Shelf Medium density foam for superior comfort with heavy gauge expanded vinyl. Available in 18 and 25 height lb. weight capacity Bariatric Wall Folding Therapy Platform Fold-away design saves floor space. 2 High-density urethane foam top. Sturdy, floor-supported wall mounting plate for added strength. Projects only 8 when folded lbs. patient weight capacity. Laminate: 346 Natural Oak or 927 Folkstone Gray. Upholstery: Choice of (9) vinyl colors Extra Wide Bariatric Treatment Table Extra-wide 34 upholstered top on cabinet style base. 800 lb. weight capacity Options Paper Dispenser and Cutter Combination Hi-Lo Treatment Table Elevates from 20 to 29 for wheelchair accessibility. Power backrest with hand-held remote. UL Listed and CUL Listed 600 lb. weight capacity Electric Mat Platform Extremely stable lift system can easily lift up to 750 lbs. From 20 wheelchair height to 30 H. Seamless nylon-reinforced vinyl Is tear resistant with 2 high-density urethane foam top. Steel frame is durable Black powder coated finish. Legs have levelers for uneven floors Clinical Equipment Natural oak laminate, H-brace with laminate shelf and 2 thick urethane foam padding Standard paper holder, extra large storage shelf, reinforced cross brace under shelf for superior strength and stability and high strength steel frame Electrically activated hydraulic cylinders are built into each (4) corner steel. Motorized power height adjustment. Hands-free foot control operation Natural Oak laminate, (3) storage cabinets, each with laminate interiors and (1) adjustable shelf Hand (wired) control for easy operation. (3) direct drive motors: (2) synchronized for height adjustment and (1) for the backrest to facilitate patient positioning. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 91

94 Clinical Equipment RECOVERY TABLES Recovery Couch Dual frame construction with separate base & headrest sections. Non-adjustable wedge headrest. Chrome-plated, round, steel legs. Paper dispenser included. Item available for FedEx Ground shipping. Chrome Legs Option Adjustable Wedge Headrest With Storage Wooden Legs MAT PLATFORMS Mat Platform Ultra-firm 2 thick padding. Custom bumper strips protects vinyl top edge. Frame secured by steel angle for extra rigidity. Upholstered Mat Platform Width Length Height With Adjustable Backrest With Removable Mat Dual frame construction with separate base and non-adjustable wedge headrest and paper dispenser. Crank Hydraulic Mat Platform Durable, super-strength Crank Hydraulic system. Adjustable height hydraulic cylinders are built into each of (4) corner steel legs for increased stability. Entire frame is heavy gauge steel with black powder coated protective finish. Legs have levelers for uneven floors. Wheelchair accessible. 2 thick urethane foam padding for superior patient comfort. Black Upholstery Blue Upholstery Dual frame construction with separate base and non-adjustable wedge headrest and paper dispenser Cabinet style base with sliding doors, easy-clean all laminate construction, adjustable pillow wedge headrest and built-in paper dispenser Seamless nylon-reinforced vinyl upholstered top is tear-resistant. Easy-to-use hand crank adjusts height from 20 to 30. Fold-away handle Solid hardwood, plywood frame with (6) solid hardwood legs held in place with (3) bolts each Solid hardwood, plywood frame with (6) solid hardwood legs held in place with (3) bolts each. Mat attaches with Velcro strips to the rimless subtop Features (6) position adjustable backrest. 6 X8 has split backrest. (shown) 92 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

95 Folding Non-Folding Upholstered in seamless heavy duty, nylon-reinforced vinyl. Clinical Equipment Fold-away design saves floor space. Projects only 8 when latched to wall. Upholstered Top Mat Platform 2 thick urethane foam top is standard. High pressure laminate finish. 18 height is convenient for therapist and wheelchair accessible for patient. All models have (4) corner legs and (2) middle legs for extra support. Available in blue, gray, green or black lb. weight capacity Wall Mounted Mat Platform 2 thick urethane foam top is standard. High pressure laminate finish. 18 height is convenient for therapist and wheelchair accessible for patient. (3) Folding laminate legs in front. Available in blue, gray, green or black lb. weight capacity Platform Or Floor Mats 2 Polyurethane. Choice of colors; royal blue (default), red, orange, green, tan, black, yellow or white. Vinyl coated nylon cover is strong, mildew resistant and antibacterial. Square side walls with reinforced stress points. Size x 6 ; Folding x 8 ; Folding x 6 ; Non-folding x 7 ; Non-folding x 7 ; Non-folding x 8 ; Non-folding Will accommodate 2 thick reversible mat. Two direct drive, synchronized lift mechanisms for unsurpassed power. ELECTRIC HI-LO MAT PLATFORM Dual Lift Powermatic Mat Platform Seamless nylon-reinforced vinyl upholstered top with 2 foam padding for comfort and rounded corners for safety. Foot control for hands free operation. Two direct drive, synchronized lift mechanisms for unsurpassed power. Power height adjustment from 19 wheelchair access height to 28 high. Limit switches. Hospital grade plug. Thermal overload protection. 110V, 60Hz, 2.8 Amps. UL Listed. Blue Upholstery Gray Upholstery Less Mat This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 93

96 ELECTRIC HI-LO MAT PLATFORM (CON T) Clinical Equipment Dynatron Premium Hi-Lo Mat Table Premium Oak. Electrically-controlled height adjusts from 21 to 35 Top Surface, yet comfortable with a 2 medium density foam. Hand control is standard. 13 Naugahyde colors available X 7 Electric Mat Table X 7 Electric Mat Table x 8 Electric Mat Table Weight Capacity 1,000 lbs. Econo Electric Hi-Lo Mat Platform Power height adjustment from 20 wheelchair height to 29 high. Two direct drive, synchronized lift mechanisms for greater power. 600 lbs. patient lift capacity. Tear-resistant, seamless nylon-reinforced vinyl upholstered top with 2 high-density urethane foam padding for comfort and rounded corners for safety. Sturdy black laminate base with leveling legs. Hands-free foot control. Available in (2) sizes: 4 x7 and 5 x7 Stocking upholstery colors: 113 Blue, 119 Gray. Non-stock colors: 121 Green, 122 Black. width length height Mighty-Matic Mat Electrically activated hydraulic cylinders are built into each (4) corner steel legs. Motorized power height adjustment. Hands-free foot control operation. Extremely stable lift system can easily lift 1100 lbs. from 20 wheelchair height to 30 high. Static load tested for up to 4000 lbs. Seamless nylon reinforced vinyl is tear resistant. 2 High-density urethane foam top. Plywood sub-top for added strength. Steel frame is durable black powder coated finish. Legs have levelers for uneven floors Mighty-Matic Mat ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC HI-LO CABINET TABLE Electric Hydraulic Hi-Lo Cabinet Table Durable, super-strength electrical motorized operation can easily lift 500lb. Patient from 27 to 37 high. Hydraulic cylinders are built into each of (4) corner black powder coated steel legs. Legs have leverls for uneven floors. Spacious 78 x 30 vinyl upholstered top with 2 high-density urethane foam cushion. Fully enclosed, all-laminate finish on all exterior and interior surfaces. Optional #27 Paper Dispenser and Cutter combination. 500 lb. weight capacity Hands-free foot control 94 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

97 ELECTRIC HI-LO TABLES Balance 2 Section Sienna Model BAL 1050 Gas Struts, hand lever activated, providing smooth adjustment at moveable top sections. Cushion width of 28 (71 cm) x length of 76 (193 cm) Dual foot lever retractable heavy-duty hospital grade casters (4). FDA/UL/CSA/CE listed with hospital grade electrical cord and 3-prong plug. ADA Compliant Frame designed for patient assisted lift accessibility, for ease of patient transfer. Cushions secured to the heavy-duty metal frame with an integral T-Nut Bolt assembly. Hands free, foot operated up/down elevation levers. Color choices: Burgundy, Pewter Gray, Jade Blue, Tan Bisque, Cream, Black, and Imperial Blue Balance 2 Section Sienna Model BAL 1050 Options Foam Memory Face Pad Hydraulic Elevation Pump Paper Dispenser Balance 3 Section Sierra With 90 Head Drop Model BAL 1065 Gas Struts, hand lever activated, providing smooth adjustment at moveable top sections. Cushion width of 28 (71 cm) x length of 77 (196 cm) Dual foot lever retractable heavy-duty hospital grade casters (4). FDA/CSA/CE listed with hospital grade electrical cord and 3-prong plug. ADA Compliant Frame designed for patient assisted lift accessibility, for ease of patient transfer. Cushions secured to the heavy-duty metal frame with an integral T-Nut Bolt assembly. Hands free, foot operated up/down elevation levers. Color choices: Burgundy, Pewter Gray, Jade Blue, Tan Bisque, Cream, Black, and Imperial Blue Balance 3 Section Sierra Model BAL 1060 Options Foam Memory Face Pad Hydraulic Elevation Pump Paper Dispenser Balance 7 Section Diamond Model BAL 1090 Gas Struts, hand lever activated, providing smooth adjustment at moveable top sections. Cushion width of 28 (71 cm) x length of 76 (193 cm) Dual foot lever retractable heavy-duty hospital grade casters (4). FDA/UL/CSA/CE listed with hospital grade electrical cord and 3-prong plug. Frame designed for patient assisted lift accessibility, for ease of patient transfer. Cushions secured to the heavy-duty metal frame with an integral T-Nut Bolt assembly. Hands free, foot operated up/down elevation levers. Weight capacity of 500 lbs. Color choices: Burgundy, Pewter Gray, Jade Blue, Tan Bisque, Cream, Black, and Imperial Blue Balance 7 Section Diamond Model BAL 1090 Options Foam Memory Face Pad Hydraulic Elevation Pump Paper Dispenser Balance Canyon Bo-Bath Model 2060 Table height adjusted by (4) elevating bars located on each side of the head and lower section of table. Dual foot lever retractable heavy-duty hospital grade casters (4). Two Section. FDA/CSA/CE listed with hospital grade electrical cord and 3-prong plug. ADA Compliant Frame designed for patient assisted lift accessibility, for ease of patient transfer. Color choices: Burgundy, Pewter Gray, Jade Blue, Tan Bisque, Cream, Black, and Imperial Blue Balance Canyon Bo-Bath Model 2060 Options Foam Memory Face Pad Hydraulic Elevation Pump The Diamond 7 Section features a lift up center for postural elevation, and affords greater extension for lumbar flexion/ extension. The Head Section includes effortless hand operated up/down armrests for variable height adjustment with the capability to swing out 90 degrees. The Head Section also pivots in 2 directions, lifts up and tilts down, allowing easy access to the upper extremities and massage chair treatment positioning. Clinical Equipment Complete with Hospital Grade Caster (4), 500 lb. weight capacity, ADA Compliant, and eligible for Tax Credits under Section 44, IRS Tax Code Balance 3 Section Sierra with 90 Head Drop, hands free elevating bars, and breathing hole with face plug Designed much wider for greater interactive exercises between the patient and practitioner. It has a weight capacity of 500 lbs. and is 40 (100cm) wide. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 95

98 ELECTRIC HI-LO TABLES (CON T) Clinical Equipment Hi-Lo Changing Table 1 Section top piece and side rail that pivot down for easy patient transfer and access. Top dimensions 60 x 25 Height range oz. vinyl with antimicrobial/antibacterial protection 1-1/2 firm density foam 4 Swivel Locking Casters Footswitch control 400 lb. capacity 120V, 60Hz motor Moves smoothly up and down with no horizontal travel Model AM-SX Model AM-SX Sturdy X-Frame design uses 11 gauge steel tubing. Ideal for schools accommodating children with special needs Model AM-BAX Head: 15 x 13 Raises 25, Lowers 45 (Contoured Face/Nose Opening. The armrests have a range of 6 vertical adjustment while remaining on a plane with the center section.) Center: 19 x 27 Elevates 15 Foot: 38 x 27 Elevates 70 Manual Therapy Hi-Lo Treatment Table Bar activated Hi-Lo control allows control of the table height while keeping both hands on the patient and both feet on the floor. The control is designed to allow easy access from anywhere around the table without disrupting the treatment. The center section is motorized to allow positioning with the patient s full weight on the table. The center section motor controls are located on each side of the center section to allow adjustment without losing contact with the patient. Capacity: 400 lbs. Height Range: Top Section: 3 piece 72 x 27 Bar Activated Model AM-BAX Model AM Head: 15 x 27 Raises 45, Lowers 90 Center: 22 x 27 Non-Elevating Foot: 39 x 27 Elevates Model AM Head: 15 x 27 Raises 45, Lowers 90 Center: 22 x 27 Elevates 30 Foot: 39 x 27 Elevates 73 Armedica Hi-Lo Treatment Tables 3 Section - Fixed Center Top dimensions 76 x 27 overall Height range oz. vinyl with antibacterial protection 1-1/2 firm density foam 400 lb. capacity 120V, 60Hz motor 18 month warranty Model AM Model AM Model AM-500 Bar Activated Model AM-BA Model AM-BA Model AM-BA Model AM Head: 15 x 27 Raises 45, Lowers 90 Arms 12 1/2 x 5 1/2 Center: 22 x 27 Elevates 30 Foot: 39 x 27 Elevates Model AM-BA300 - Head: 15 x 27 Raises 45, Lowers 90 Center: 22 x 27 Elevates 30 Foot: 39 x 27 Elevates Model AM-BA350 - Head: 15 x 27 Raises 45, Lowers 90 Center: 22 x 27 Non-Elevating Foot: 39 x 27 Elevates Model AM-BA500 - Head: 15 x 27 Raises 45, Lowers 90 Arms 12 1/2 x 5 1/2 Center: 22 x 27 Elevates 30 Foot: 39 x 27 Elevates This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

99 ASSIST TABLES Assist 2-Section Electric Hi-Lo Treatment Table 2 section configuration. Gas strut assisted head section. Retractable casters. 550 lb. capacity (with Foot Bar Switch) (with Standard Foot Plate) Assist 3-Section Electric Hi-Lo Treatment Table Patient can be positioned supine, prone or in a sitting position. Standard with retractable casters, gas strut assist and nose hole cutout. Available in Navy Blue or Tungsten Gray. 550 lb. weight capacity (with Foot Bar Switch) (with Standard Foot Plate) Assist 3-Section Sterling Hi-Lo Treatment Table 3 section configuration. Gas strut assisted head section. Independently locking casters. 440 lb. capacity (with Standard Foot Plate) Assist 5-Section Hi-Lo Treatment Table Offers positive/negative head section, adjustable foot for uneven floors, and singlelevel gas strut control on head and foot sections. 550 lb. weight capacity (with Foot Bar Switch) (with Standard Foot Plate) Assist BoBath Table 2 section configuration. Gas strut assisted backrest. Retractable casters. 550 lb. weight capacity. 42 width with Foot Bar System width with Standard Foot Plate width with Standard Foot Plate Clinical Equipment Model ST360C Assist 5 Section with Foot Bar System Model ST250A Assist 2 Section with Single Foot Plate Model ST350A Assist 3 Section with Single Foot Plate Model STSX3 Assist 3 Section Sterling Table section variable height table suitable for most mobilization and treatment purposes. Shown with Standard Foot Plate Model ST460 Assist Bobath with Foot Bar System This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 97

100 Shown with Safety Side Rails and Support Loops Clinical Equipment Model ST950 Assist Drop End with Standard Foot Plate Model ST550 Assist Mat Table ASSIST TABLES (CON T) Assist BoBath Deluxe 2 section configuration. Electric Hi-Lo and Electric Backrest. Hospital grade transportation locking casters. 715 lb. weight capacity Safety Side Rails Support Loops Arm/Leg Support Attachment Model ST7647 Assist Multi-Purpose Tilt Table Model ST7641 Assist Standard Tilt Table Assist Drop End Hi-Lo Table 3 section configuration. Gas struts assisted head and tail sections. 90 degree drop. Retractable casters. 550 lb. weight capacity. With Foot Bar System With Standard Foot Plate Assist Mat Table Single section configuration. Retractable casters. Standard foot plate. 550 lb. capacity Assist Multi-Purpose Tilt Table Single section configuration. Electric tilt and height controls. Gas strut assisted backrest. Independently locking casters. Dual angle adjustable foot board. Includes worktable, patient grips, inclinometer, and belts. 500 lb. capacity. With Dual Hand Control Assist Standard Tilt Table Single section configuration. Electric tilt and height controls. Independently locking casters. Dual angle adjustable foot board. Includes worktable, patient grips, inclinometer, and belts. 500 lb. capacity. With Dual Hand Control This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

101 CHATTANOOGA TREATMENT TABLES Adapta Mesa & Summit Gas assist moving sections(optional on the Adapta Mesa) Adapta i-skin integral skin foam. Patient Positioning System Hi-Lo adjustment from each side and both ends height range adjustable via foot control. Seven Section Adapta Summit i-skin, gas assist and casters Adapta Summit i-skin, gas assist, casters and postural elevation Three Section Adapta Summit i-skin, gas assist and casters Adapta Summit i-skin, gas assist, casters and postural elevation Two-Section Adapta Mesa i-skin, gas assist and casters ADP to 38 height adjustment with space saving 6 horizontal travel. Head section: +30d to -90d, mid-section: 10d to 50d in 10d increments and foot section: 0d to 75d. Continuous support padding that recoils to its original position. With Footswitch and casters. Available in imperial blue, black, burgundy, dove, midnight, and stone blue. may purchase with hand switch and no casters also ADJUSTMENT TABLES Adjustment Table With 2 hi-density foam with metal paper cutter and chrome metal legs. Available in different vinyl colors Adjustment Table With Arm Rests With 2 hi-density foam with metal paper cutter and chrome metal legs. Narrow Head Section. Available in different vinyl colors. Also comes with articulating head piece see model 1989-CA Wood Legs Chrome Legs Adjustment Table With Drops Hardwood legs. Customized height from 18 to Customized Portable Adjustable Bench Great for traveling and household use Options Carrying Case Clinical Equipment Available in: Midnight, Pacific Blue, Sand, Terra Cotta, Maroon and Chocolate! Articulating head piece with 3 hi-density foam with metal paper cutter and customized paper holders Slide locking mechanisms allow for easy adjustments in repeatable increments to the middle and lower sections Features articulating head piece, drop pelvic, drop thoracic, armrest, paper holder and metal paper cutter Made out of high quality aluminum legs and heavy duty plywood top with 2.5 hi-density foam for comfort, lightweight, only 20lbs. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 99

102 EARTHLITE CHIROPRACTIC TABLES Clinical Equipment Apex Lift Modern Design Seamless Upholstery. 3 Inch High-Density Foam. Paper Roll Holder and Cutter Attachmen.t Stationary Armrest. Powder Coated Cream Steel Frame. 24 in. width x 72 in. length. Adjustable Height Range: 21 5/8 in /4 in. Actuator Speed: 85 inches per second. Lift Capacity: 400 lbs. Weight: 180 lbs. Warranty: Lifetime on frame, 3 years on vinyl covering, 3 years on foam Apex Lift Apex Stationary Table Modern Design Seamless Upholstery 3 Inch High-Density Foam Paper Roll Holder and Cutter Attachment Stationary Armrest Powder Coated Cream Steel Frame 24 in. width x 72 in. length Weight: 101 lbs. Warranty: Lifetime on frame, 3 years on vinyl covering, 3 years on foam Apex Stationary Table Esquire Stationary Table 2 Inch High-Density Foam Paper Roll Holder and Cutter Attachment Powder Coated Cream Steel Frame Standard Face Slot 30 in. width x 72 in. length x 31 in. height Weight: 96 lbs. Warranty: Lifetime on frame, 3 years on vinyl covering, 3 years on foam Esquire Stationary Table Apex with convenience and strength of an electric lift Apex heavy-duty metal construction and superior foam system with extra cushioning on the headpiece All Purpose Treatment Table 100 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

103 EARTHLITE PORTABLE MASSAGE TABLES Avalon Xd Package Premium Avalon XD Table with lifetime limited warranty. Patent pending Flex-Rest Self-adjusting Face cradle with Form-fit memory cushion. Heavy duty, single pocket carry case. Compact arm sling for client comfort. Natursoft Upholstery in 7 colors Weight: lbs. Width: 30 Length: 73 Height Range: Max. Working Weight: 750 lbs. Lifetime Limited Warranty Avalon XD Package Ergo-Pro Massage Chair Durable, powder coated semi -gloss aluminum frame holds 600lb weight capacity. Only weighs 19 lbs. Telescoping legs adjust for alignment and comfort. one-step adjustments on face rest, arm support and chest pad. comfortably seats clients 4 6 to 6 6. Removable knee rests allow work on clients with larger legs or sensitive knees. Adjustable seat permits reversing the client for leg and foot work Ergo-Pro Massage Chair Package Precision crafted from solid hardwood maple Eco-friendly yet economically priced full size massage table Package includes Ergo-Pro chair, sternum pad, and carrying case. Available in Royal Blue, Burgundy, Teal or Black. Harmony DX Package Full size table with a lifetime limited warranty. Deluxe Adjustable Headrest with matching crescent cushion. Heavy duty, single pocket carry case. Compact armrest sling for client comfort. Full sized, 30 x 73 frame Nature s Touch upholstery in four colors Non-slip, Stablefoot Traction Pads Weight: lbs. Width: 30 Length: 73 Height Range: Max. Working Weight: 600 lbs. Lifetime Limited Warranty Harmony DX Package Luna Massage Table Patent pending Reiki-ready super-lite aluminum frame Patent pending Shimmy-Lok Leg Brace system Pro-Lite 2-layer 2 1/4 Cushioning System Natursoft Upholstery - 100% PU in sixteen colors Dual Maple headrest outlets Available in Silver or Gold Package Weight: lbs. Width: 30 Length: 73 Height Range: Max. Working Weight: 750 lbs. Lifetime Limited Warranty Luna Massage Table Spirit Massage Table 10-layer laminate hoop frame Jointless round corner design Managed forest hard Maple legs, braces and outlets Aircraft quality Russian Birch plywood decking Hardwood reinforcing ribs Pro-Plush Deluxe 3-Layer 3 Cushioning System Natursoft Upholstery - 100% PU in sixteen colors Non-slip, Stablefoot Traction Pads Made in USA with components sourced globally Available in Silver or Gold Package Weight: lbs. Widths: 28, 30, 32 Length: 73 Height Range: Max. Working Weight: 800 lbs Spirit Massage Table Clinical Equipment Top of the line portable massage tables Value Package includes: Flex-Rest self adjusting face cradle and carry case. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 101

104 Clinical Equipment EARTHLITE STATIONARY AND LIFT MASSAGE TABLES Ellora Vista Flat Top Total lift capacity: 650 lbs. (bariatric rated) Luxuriously upholstered top with rounded Salon Corners. Pro-Plush Deluxe 3-layer, 3 cushioning Hands-free foot control Natursoft upholstery - 100% PU in 16 colors ADA compliant Available options: Manual Tilt Top, Power Assist Top, Manual Salon Top, PowerAssist Salon Top, extra foot pedal, Flex Arms, Neck Roll, Head Pillow, and Deluxe Adjustable Headrest. Width: 28, 30, 32 Length: 73 Height Range: 18 to 37 Lifetime Limited Warranty Ellora Vista Flat Top Ellora Vista Tilt Total lift capacity: 650 lbs. (bariatric rated) Luxuriously upholstered top with rounded Salon Corners. Pro-Plush Deluxe 3-layer, 3 cushioning Hands-free foot control Natursoft upholstery - 100% PU in 16 colors ADA compliant Available options: Manual Salon Top, PowerAssist Salon Top, Flat Top, extra foot pedal, Flex Arms, Neck Roll, Head Pillow, and Deluxe Adjustable Headrest. Width: 28, 30, 32 Length: 73 Height Range: 18 to 37 Lifetime Limited Warranty Ellora Vista Tilt Everest Power Assist Tilt Table Reliable electric lift actuator provides smooth and quiet height adjustments. Easy to use foot pedal. Premium Pro-Plush deluxe cushioning. Rounded corners are comfortable and stylish on therapist. Widths in 28, 30, and 32. Length is 73. lifetime limited warranty. recommended lift capacity is 600 lbs Everest Power Assist Tilt Table Sedona Salon Top W/ Accessories Non-electric - uses economical pneumatic assisted lifting system. Enables expanded services including facials, medi-treatments and more. Earthlite s proprietary One-Touch Levers offer pneumatic assisted back and leg adjustments even while client is on the table. Solid hard Maple Construction Trestle Base Rounded Corners Pro-Plush Deluxe 3-Layer 3 Cushioning System Natursoft Upholstery - 100% PU in sixteen colors Double Knobs for added strength Made in USA with components sourced globally Weight: 100 lbs. Width: 28, 30, 32 Length: 73 Standard Adjustable Height Range: Max. Working Weight: 1000 lbs. Lifetime Limited Warranty Optional Features: Shelf Base, Cabinet Base, Flex Arms, Neck Roll, and Head Pillow Allow 2-4 weeks for delivery Sedona Salon top w/ accessories The Everest sleek single Pedestal maximizes leg and knee room Featuring a whisper-quiet yet powerful, UL listed electric lift actuator with on-demand height adjustment Featuring a whisper-quiet yet powerful, UL listed electric lift actuator with on-demand height adjustment Shown with accessories, Flex Arms, Neck Roll, and Head Pillow. Shown with PowerAssist Tilt and Cabinet Base 102 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

105 Sedona Tilt Back Solid hard Maple Construction Trestle Base Rounded Corners Pro-Plush Deluxe 3-Layer 3 Cushioning System Natursoft Upholstery - 100% PU in sixteen colors Double Knobs for added strength Made in USA with components sourced globally Non-electric - uses economical pneumatic assisted lifting system. Also comes in Manual tilt option Weight: 100 lbs. Width: 28, 30, 32 Length: 73 Standard Adjustable Height Range: Max. Working Weight: 1000 lbs. Lifetime Limited Warranty Optional Features: Shelf Base and Cabinet Base Allow 2-4 weeks for delivery Sedona Tilt back With PowerAssist Tilt Clinical Equipment Sedona Treatment Table Solid hard Maple Construction Trestle Base Rounded Corners Pro-Plush Deluxe 3-Layer 3 Cushioning System Natursoft Upholstery - 100% PU in sixteen colors Double Knobs for added strength Weight: 100 lbs. Width: 28, 30, 32 Length: 73 Standard Adjustable Height Range: Max. Working Weight: 1000 lbs. Lifetime Limited Warranty Optional Features: Shelf Base and Cabinet Base Sedona Treatment Table Simple, Yet Elegant Maple Treatment Tables PORTABLE TREATMENT TABLES ProTeam Portable Treatment Table 2 1/2 Thick multi-layered semi-firm foam. Comfortable PVC-free urethane upholstery. Lightweight aluminum frame weighs only 30 lbs. Push button height adjustment. Includes adjustable face cradle with ultra soft face cushion and carry bag with shoulder sling. Removable 2 Turf Pad (set of 4) included as a courtesy for outdoor use. Colors: 751 Black Standard. 600 lb. weight capacity a This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 103

106 Clinical Equipment Face Rest Cozies Easy, secure elastic fit. One size fits all massage tables extra-wide x 18 deep fixed footboard. MASSAGE TABLE ACCESSORIES Face Rest Cozies Machine washable and dryable; 100% cotton flannel Face Rest Cozy Fleece Covers Protects your massage tables and face rests vinyl from oils, lotions or makeup and provides your client with warmth and comfort Face Rest Fleece Sheets Machine washable and dryable; 100% Pre-shrunk cotton. Colors available- Natural, White, Lavender, and Blue Flat Flannel Sheet - fits tables up to 33 wide Fitted Flannel Sheet - Fits Tables up to Flannel Sheet set, 1 Flat, 1 Fitted, and 1 crescent cover Manual crank, worm gear, tilt mechanism with removable crank handle. TILT TABLES Bariatric Electric Tilt Table Electric tilt mechanism with heavy-duty motor for up to 500 lb. Patients. Tilt indicator displays angle of tilt 0 to 90 degrees. Fixed table height of 33. Extra wide 34 x 77 long top upholstered in vinyl with 2 thick high-density urethane foam. (3) Extra-long patient safety straps. Pneumatic Hand Control operable from either side of the table. 3 locking casters Heavy-duty gauge steel frame is powder coated in neutral cream finish. 3.5 clearance under frame. 110V, 60Hz, 3.5 Amps, Hospital grade plug Electric Hi-Lo Tilt Table (2) heavy duty motors independently operate height and tilt. Electrical Hi-Lo lift mechanism from 25 to 39 high. Electrical tilt mechanism 0 to 90 degrees. Pneumatic hand control is accessible from either side of the table. (2) patient support Manual Crank Tilt Table Tilt angle indicator form 0 to 90 degrees. Fixed table height of 33 (3) extra-wide safety straps, removable padded footboard and 3 locking casters. 2.5 clearance under frame Two heavy duty motors independently operate height and tilt. 104 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

107 HI-LO WORK TABLES Crank Adjustable Hi-Lo Work Tables Convenient crank gear height adjustment from 26 to 38. Crank handles is retractable. Accommodates wheelchair or ambulatory patients. Heavy gauge steel frame, powder coated neutral crème finish Electric Hi-Lo Work Table Electrical power height adjustment from 27 to 39 with hand control. Black laminate lift enclosure with levelers. Thermal overload. 110V, 60Hz, 3.5 Amps. Hospital grade plug. UL Listed Hydraulic Work Tables Hand crank operated hydraulic system provides height from 29 to 43. Can be used sitting, standing or wheelchair use Round Hydraulic Hi-Lo Work Table Hydraulic foot activated mechanism raises height from 27.5 to 34 high. 48 diameter 1 1/8 Oak high pressure laminate top. Diameter Height Clinical Equipment Premium 1 3/4 thick butcher block top Heavy duty Natural Oak high pressure laminate 1 1/8 top 66 x 48 up to (4) patients Natural Oak 1 1/8 high pressure laminate 60 x 36 top. Oak laminate chassis and base plate This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 105

108 THERAPY TABLES Clinical Equipment Hand Therapy Table High pressure laminate 3/4 top. Black epoxy heavy-duty steel uprights and U base provide excellent stability. Equipped with (4) leveling legs Adjustable Hand Therapy Table American Maple, Digital Storm, Living Teak, Dove Grey, Fresh Canvas, Urban Walnut Laminate. Knob Adjustment Height of spring powered table can be easily adjusted with dual hand control levers Highly functional for hand therapy Therapy/Powder Board Table The steady T-leg provides no-hassle adjustment using an oversized knob to adjust the table in 1 increments. Steel base with almond powder coating provide years of durability. Available in American Maple, Digital Storm, Living Teak, Dove Grey, Fresh Canvas and Urban Walnut Laminate Cutout Table With Adjustable Legs 48 clover-shaped table will accommodate up to two wheelchairs and two side chairs. Durable Oak high pressure laminate top with T -Molding edging. Ideal for dining, various activities, board games, etc. Functional in use. Economical in cost Features a comfort curve, which provides better seating for therapy that involves the shoulders, arms and hands (4) Manually adjustable height metal legs each with Control Knob to elevate leg from 26 to 34 in 1 increments. Activity Table An easy turn hand crank adjusts the height, 27 to 39 and retracts out of the way when not in use. Crank can be positioned along the front or end of the table. American Maple, Digital Storm, Living Teak, Dove Grey, Fresh Canvas, Urban Walnut Laminate. Optional casters available. American Maple, Digital Storm, Living Teak, Dove Grey, Fresh Canvas, Urban Walnut Laminate Ample seated space for wheelchair users. 106 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

109 Adjustable Small Float Table Counter balance adjustment provides effortless height adjustment, 24 to 36. A control lever allows the table to rise on its own force and be locked in place. Lowering the table requires less than 5 lbs. of force. Wheelchair accessibility. Base color is Almond. Laminate available in American Maple (L3) or Fresh Canvas (L5) Optional casters available. Diameter Height Recess to 33 Hi-Lo Therapy Table Seats 2 to 8 individuals seated (including wheelchair users) or standing. Height adjusts by way of a hand crank that retracts underneath the table when not in use The hand crank can be positioned at the end of the table or along the length Base color Graphite Silver Laminate is available in American Maple (L3) or Fresh Canvas (L5) Crank Adjustment Horseshoe Therapy Table One therapist can access each patient. Durable, White Leather 1 1/8 top is 72 x 49 O.D. Inside space is 36 x 30. Top is only 18 deep for easy access. Five adjustable height metal legs with hand control knob on each leg allowing 1 adjustments from 26 to Mobile Therapy Table 14 height range allows easy use sitting, standing or in wheelchair. 32 x 24 top has 19 width x 6 cutout. Black epoxy heavy-duty steel uprights and U base provide excellent stability. Four 2 twin-sheel nylon casters Quarter Round Therashape Table Ideal for group instruction or as a therapy table. American Maple, Digital Storm, Living Teak, Dove Grey, Fresh Canvas, Urban Walnut Laminate. The three adjustable legs provide ample seating room and access and provide no-hassle adjustability. Legs easily adjusts in 1 increments using an oversized knob. Steel base with almond powder coat Clinical Equipment Ideal for use as a small therapy or activity table Adjusts to accommodate different therapy activities. Turning a lever located on the pedestal column raises the table using a gas piston mechanism. table using a gas piston mechanism The table supports are heavy gauge steel with a scratch resistant almond powder coat finish Horseshoe shape accommodates up to (4) wheelchair patients Height of spring powered table can be easily adjusted with dual hand control levers Ideal for group instruction or as a therapy table. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 107

110 Clinical Equipment The steady T-leg provides no-hassle adjustment using an oversized knob to adjust the table in 1 increments Generous sized top, seats up to (5) people including wheelchair users Multifunction table offers ease of adjustability therapists require from a group therapy table THERAPY TABLES (CON T) Quarter Round Therashape Table With Cut Outs Provides better seating for therapy that involves the shoulders, arms and hands. American Maple, Digital Storm, Living Teak, Dove Grey, Fresh Canvas, Urban Walnut Laminate Round Therapy Table The table adjusts in height, 25 to 33, using a hand crank that folds underneath the table when not in use. American Maple, Digital Storm, Living Teak, Dove Grey, Fresh Canvas, Urban Walnut Laminate.. Floor levelers included. Diameter Height The Infinity Multa Table Seats 2 to 8 individuals seated (including wheelchair users) or standing. Base color is Graphite Silver. Laminate is available in American Maple (L3) or Fresh Canvas (L5) Power Adjustment Therawrap Therapy Table Versatile treatment table for any healthcare setting. Four leg design creates ample knee space. Table is 18 deep, therapist area is 30 wide x 36 deep. Legs easily adjust in 1 increments using oversized adjustment knobs on located on (2) legs. Base color options are Almond (B1) or Graphite Silver (B2). Laminate is available in American Maple (L3) or Fresh Canvas (L5). Length Width height to Wraps around the therapist allowing the treatment of several patients Adjusts in 1 increments using the oversized adjustment knobs located on (2) legs. Wheelchair Accessible Table Adjusts in 1 increments using the oversized adjustment knobs located on (2) legs. Base color options are Almond (B1) or Graphite Silver (B2). Laminate is available in American Maple (L3) or Fresh Canvas (L5) Wheelchair Accessible Table With Tilt The tilt adjustment angles from 0 to 50 degrees in various positions. The front edge features a lip to keep books or work materials positioned when the surface is tilted. Adjusts in 1 increments using the oversized adjustment knobs located on (2) legs. Base color options are Almond (B1) or Graphite Silver (B2). Laminate is available in American Maple (L3) or Fresh Canvas (L5) Ample knee space for wheelchair users. 108 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

111 SPECIALTY CHAIRS Bariatric Arm Chair Each chair is shipped fully assembled ready for use. Navy Blue vinyl upholstery. 500lb weight capacity. Width Depth Height Hip Chair Each chair is shipped fully assembled ready for use. Oak foot rest is 7.5 H x 3.5 D. Navy Blue vinyl upholstery. 375 lb. weight capacity Comfortable ergonomic design and spacious 28 wide seat Sturdy dowel and glue construction. Clinical Equipment Width Depth Height Reception Chair Hardwood frame construction and high-grade fabric or vinyl Reception Chair with High Back Reception Chair STOOLS Physical Therapist Stool 14 x 14 square seat. 18 fixed height. Hooded casters. 3 gray padded seat. Chrome plated steel construction Physical Therapist Stool Chrome Base Stool Smooth machine screw height adjustment. Round foot ring. 1 welded tubular frame. 2 rubber casters Chrome Base Stool w/ Carpet Casters Chrome Base Stool Economy Pneumatic Lift Stool Upholstered foam swivel seat. Height ranges from 18 to lb. weight capacity Pneumatic Lift Stool diameter seat and 4 thick padded seat for comfort Easy single lever pneumatic height adjustment. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 109

112 Clinical Equipment STOOLS (CON T) Fixed Height Rolling Stool 1 welded tubular frame. Fixed height at Fixed Height Stool Foot Pneumatic Stool Foot controlled height. Dual wheel nylon casters. Easy pneumatic height adjustment. 22 diameter base and 4 thick padded seat for comfort. Height ranges from 20 to 25 Rubber tips or soft roll casters available Foot Pneumatic Stool w/carpet Casters Step Stool Rubber feet. 250lb weight capacity Step Stool With Hand Rail Rubber feet. Rubber matting on top. Silver vein powder coated finish. 300 lb. weight capacity Bariatric Footstool Heavy-duty silver vein powder coated tubular legs with safety tips. No-slip treaded step. 500lb weight capacity Bedside Stepstool Two Steps, 4 High with 36 High side Panel each step is 14 deep, 24 wide weight capacity 500lb side panel moves to either side Usable as a clinical x-ray stepstool optional second side panel available non-slip tread tops Natural wood finish Bedside Stepstool Square seat with 2 foam padding degrees foot ring height control Reinforced steel cross-brace to accommodate 500 lbs Rubber matting on top /8 diameter hand rail Patient bedside or clinical X-ray use. 110 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

113 PRIVACY SCREENS Aluminum Frame Screen Round clear-coat aluminum tubular frame. Crutch-tip base. Conserves Floor Space when folded. Flame retardant bacteriostatic 6-mil white vinyl. White Panels; 69 H x 60 W Panels; 69 H x 80 W Panels; 69 H x 100 W Custom Cubicle Curtains And Tracks Mesh is unique 20, 100% polyester with 1/2 holes with finished edges. Mesh and all fabrics used meet NFPA 701 Fire Code Specifications and certification can be provided. Track includes splicers, drop-out end, plastic end stop and carries mode with nylon wheels, stainless chain and aluminum hook. Custom designed to your specifications. Please call for a quote Custom Cubical Curtains Opens to full width without zig-zagging or falling. 4 Panel Aluminum Frame Screen Clinical Equipment Single Panel Wide Screen Flame retardant bacteriostatic 6-mil vinyl curtain, high strength 1 round steel tubular frame, powder coated and 2 twin wheel casters. White Panel; 69 H x 42 W Steel Frame Screen Removable spring rods for easy panel replacement. Twin wheel caster base converts to crutch-tip base with the included crutch tips. Flame retardant bacteriostatic 6-mil vinyl curtain. White Panels; 69 H x 82 W Nickel-plated, rust-proof brass grommets spaced 6 on center will extend the length of the top seam. Fabricated with vertically seamed panels with finished appearance on both sides of the curtain Flame retardant bacteriostatic 6-mil vinyl curtain. Wall Mounted Telescopic Curtain Rod telescopes out from wall 39 to 90 degrees. May be positioned anywhere within a 180 degree arc. Rod and bracket are powder coated for durability. White Curtain; 72 H x 39 to 90 W High strength powder coated steel frame, riveted hinge joints and wide base make this screen durable and sturdy This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 111

114 POSTURE MIRRORS Clinical Equipment Portable Single Mirror High quality full view glass mirror. Mounted on easy rolling 2 diameter casters. All mirrors have ANSI Shatter-Stop safety backing. Height Width Depth Portable Triple Mirror (3) high quality full view glass mirror. Mounted on 2 diameter casters. All mirrors have ANSI Shatter-Stop safety backing. Height Width Depth Wall Mounted Mirror High quality full view glass mirror. Equipped with mounting cleat for attaching to the wall. Mirror frame measures 66 x 24. All mirrors have ANSI Shatter-Stop safety backing. Height Width Depth wide by 72 overall height provides full body image Viewing angles are easily changed and angles locked in desired position. Each mirrored panel is 24 wide. STAIRCASES AND AMBULATION Mini Staircase (2) 6 high and (3) 4 high steps. Steps are 30 wide. Platform dimensions: 30 W x 24 D x 12 H Width Depth Height High quality full view glass mirror. Straight Staircase (4) 6 high x 30 wide steps. Platform is 30 W x 24 D x 24 H. Requires minimum of 9 ceiling. Width Depth Height Space saver can fit in 8 ceiling Handrails enclose platform 112 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

115 Unique training staircase device allows the therapist to train patients on (3) progressive step levels, 4, 6 and 8 high steps Handrails extend 12 beyond step to conform to ADA construction requirements. Clinical Equipment Sets up and coverts easily in straightline or 90 degree corner arrangement Curbs nest under ramp for storage. ADA Straight Staircase More compact footprint takes up less floor space and fits in conventional 8 high ceiling. A.D.A. 11 deep steps x 36 wide have anti-slip safety treads. (3) 6 high steps on one end. Platform is 36 x 36 x 18 high. Handrails and handrail supports are satin finish premium hardwood and shipped ready to bolt on. Handrails are designed for ergonomic comfort and have 12 A.D.A. overhang on each end. Overall straight-line set-up In-1 Training Staircase (6) 4 high steps on one end, (4) 6 high steps on the other end and (3) 8 high steps at front side. Handrail for 8 stair section is easily removable and locks into place. Steps are 36 wide. Platform dimensions: 36 x 36 Requires minimum of 9 ceiling. U.S. Patent D,428,629 Width Depth Height Bariatric & ADA Two-Sided Staircase Natural Oak high pressure laminated reinforced plywood construction for 750 lb. Patient weight capacity. (2) 6 high x 11 deep steps on one side and (3) 4 high x 11 deeps steps on the other side. Solid laminated plywood side panels with ergonomic easy-to-grip hardwood handrails Convertible Staircases (4) 6 high steps on one end and (6) 4 high steps on the other end. Steps are 36 wide. Platform dimensions: 36 x 36 x 24 Shipped in two assembled sections Requires minimum of 9 ceiling. 90 degree corner arrangement dimensions: 64 to 82 Straightline Arrangement Width Depth Height Ramp And Curb Set Facilitates ambulation and patient mobility training on ramp and curbs Ramp elevates from 1/4 to 8 high over its 44 incline Flat platform is 44 x 44 Unit includes (3) curbs of 2, 4 and 6 height. Nested Dimensions Width Depth Height This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 113

116 Clinical Equipment STAIRCASES AND AMBULATION (CON T) Nested Stool Set Consists of (4) nested steps which close together for compact storage. Step heights are 2, 4, 6 and 8 high. Nested Dimensions Width Depth Height Stacking Stool Set Interlocking design allows use at all heights set of three stacking stools, one each 4, 6 and 8 high Platform size of 12 x 24 non-slip to surface Hand-Hold sides for easy carrying 500 lb. weight capacity per stool Stacking Stool Set WORK HARDENING Weight Sled The design of the anti-friction runners allow this unit to be used on a variety of surfaces. An invaluable aid for testing, evaluating and conditioning individuals in your work hardening and industrial rehab programs. Foam covered grips, (4) removable weight holders, chrome plated with a natural finish Accessory Box To use with the Weight Sled, simply remove the weight holders and insert the accessory box. Removable rubber mat. Natural finish Push-Pull Sled Station Ergonomic grip handles at each end of sled at (3) different height levels. (4) removable weight pins with locking collars for optional disc weights. Self-lubricating polyethylene sled runners. Depth Width Height Adjustable Height Shelf Shelf height adjusts as low as 6 from the base ot 48 high in 6 increments. Chrome Plated with Natural wood finish. Product dimensions: 36 L x 36 W x 48 H Adjustable Height Shelf Sorting Bin With the gradual addition of weights you can control the resistance and the strengthening treatment for shoulders, backs, hips, thighs and calves Nested footstools are useful for sleeping, crawling or climbing activities Use alone or stacked for step-ups, rehab or plyometrics Simulates tasks that involve moving and conveying equipment and materials Unit provides a height adjustable work surface to evaluate and develop range of motion, strength and learn proper lifting techniques. Sorting Bin available separately. 114 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

117 Multi Purpose Bolt Module Bolt board can be used either horizontally, vertically, at a 45 degree angle or in the Lift Station Includes (30) various bolts and nuts in (5) different types and sizes. Includes (5) tools. Depth Width Height Shoveling Station (3) fixed gravity flow angled shelves. Slip-resistant rubber treads. Plastic scoop shovel and shovel hook. Includes 100 lbs. of pre-washed hygienic, dust-free sand Simulates tasks that involve shoveling, levering and lifting objects or materials. Clinical Equipment Depth Width Height Small Electrical Assembly Center This table top center simulates multiple job tasks that involve assembly activities that range from simple to complex. Basic electrical assembly supplies included. Natural wood finish Electrical Assembly Center Wall Mounted Work Station The height adjustable feature allows the therapist to recreate a variety of working postures. Widely spread pattern of bolt holes, includes a variety of fasteners Wall mounting hardware NOT included. Chrome plated with Natural wood finish This unit encourages upper extremities range of motion and working in confined spaces A wall mount unit designed to improve manual dexterity. Weight Box (2) hand grip slots each side. 3/4 plywood core covered with high pressure Oak laminate protective finish. Includes one removable metal weight pin with locking collar to accommodate optional disc weights. Carry-All Depth Width Height Packing Carton Stockroom Crate Tool Kit Fixed wooden tote handle Two hand grip slots on each side Hinged lid to conceal contents Fixed wooden tote handle. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 115

118 POWER PARALLEL BARS Clinical Equipment Econo-Line Power Height Parallel Bars 10 long hardwood platform with tapered ends. Motorized height adjustment and manual width adjustment. Width Between Uprights is 26.5 Tapered EWDS for wheelchair accessibility Electric Height Adjustable Parallel Bars Brackets included to lower rails to child height Includes manual override crank and removable abduction board (not shown) is 15 long with (6) uprights. 110V, 60Hz and 3 Amps. Styrene-coated tapered wood base provides long wearing, secure footing for easy usage Electric height adjusts 27 to 37 for adults and 17 to 27 for children and width adjusts manually from 15 to 27 Electric Height And Width Adjustable Parallel Bars Base wedges are tapered to accommodate wheelchairs. Handrails adjusts electrically for height from 27 to 37 and width from 13 to 25. Width between uprights is 25 Includes manual override crank and removable abduction board (not shown) is 15 long with six uprights. 110V, 60Hz, 3 Amps Mobility Platform (With Electric Height Bars) Motorized height adjustment from 29 to 44 high. (4) Direct drive synchronized lifting columns Control Panel located near entry end of bars. Push button controls and digital bar height readout. Width adjusts manually from 15 to 28 wide with easy to use control knobs.. Width between uprights is 26 1/2 10 Satin finish hardwood platform with recessed grommeted holes on surface. Balance Beam is 6 5 L x 6 W x 3 H and is equipped with anti-slip surface and dowel pins. Tapered ends with anti-slip tread for easy wheelchair access. 110V, 60Hz, 2.5 Amps. 400lb weight capacity Handrails adjusts electrically for height from 27 to 37 and width from 13 to 25 Styrene-coated, tapered maple bases provide taut, long wearing, secure footing for easy usage Placement Ladder consists of (11) variably placed ladder steps. Each ladder step has dowel pins, which fit into grommeted holes of platform. The spacing and location of ladder steps can easily be adjusted for patient s gait training. 116 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

119 PARALLEL BARS Platform Mounted Parallel Bars (2) rubber anti-slip tread on each end. 1.5 diameter one-piece, stainless steel handrails. Each upright can telescope and lock into height position with fail-safe ball-tip locking pin Adjustable Height Single Operator Parallel Bars Every height adjustment necessary can be made from a single location. Durable, safe and very simple to use with the height and width permanently stamped on frame Bariatric Parallel Bars 10ft. Long by 45 wide gray laminate platform with anti-slip surface treads and tapered ends for easy wheelchair use. 1 1/2 diameter one-piece stainless steel handrails. (6) heavy gauge steel uprights from 26 to 39 in height and locks securely in place with locking pins. Width adjusts from 22 to 35 with ergonomic control knobs to accommodate Bariatric or obese patients. 35 wide clearance between uprights allows use with wider wheelchairs. 600 lb. weight capacity Accessories Each upright can telescope and lock into height position with fail-safe ball tip locking pin. Accessories Abduction Board Non-Slip Matting Crank Height Adjustable Parallel Bars Hand crank height of each stainless steel handrail adjusts from 26 to 39 Hand controls allow easy adjustment of width from 16.5 to 24.5 Ruled height and width adjustments. Includes removable abduction board Height & Width Adjustable Clinical Equipment Satin-finish hardwood platform with tapered hardwood ends for easy wheelchair access rd upright for extra support Extra width for bariatric patients One-piece stainless steel handrails with end bumpers. 1.5 thick hardwood, plywood bases with solid hardwood tapered ends One person can change these bars faster than any other manually adjusted bars Wood platform covered with non-slip textured styrene in gray finish with tapered ends for easy access. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 117

120 Clinical Equipment Each upright can telescope to desired height and easily lock into height position with ball-tip locking pin Each upright telescopes up to 13 and locks into (9) height positions with fail-safe ball-tip locking pin Durable, safe and very simple to use with height and width permanently stamped on frame Mounts against wall and folds with Velcro straps One-piece stainless steel handrails with end bumpers. 1.5 thick hardwood, plywood bases with solid hardwood tapered ends (2) uprights extend into room and quick-mount to floor plates. Patient can circle around bars without stopping or turning around. PARALLEL BARS (CON T) Floor Mounted Parallel Bars Consists of (2) 1.5 diameter, one-piece, stainless steel handrails and (4) floor mounted uprights with mounting plates. Width adjusts from 15 to 28 wide with ergonomic hand control knobs Length Height Folding Parallel Bars 1.5 diameter one-piece stainless steel handrails for easy use. Heavy gauge steel base plates, uprights and fittings. Black powder coated chip and wear resistant finish. Designed to easily fold to 10 wide to save space. Fixed width dimension of Wall Folding Parallel Bars Stainless steel handrails. Requires only 14 of floor space. Folds up against wall when not in use. 400 lb. load capacity Height And Width Adjustable Mounted Parallel Bars Each upright can telescope and lock into height position with fail-safe ball tip locking pin Hemiplegic Parallel Bars Floor mounted parallel bars designed for patients with strength or mobility on only one side This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

121 Patented Ambulation And Mobility Platform (2) anti-slip treads on each end. 1.5 diameter one-piece, stainless steel handrails. Satin-finish hardwood platform with tapered hardwood ends for easy wheelchair access. Includes Placement Ladder, which consists of (11) variable placed ladder steps and the Balance Beam, 6 5 L x 6 W x 3 H, with non-slip treads. It has dowel pins that fit into pre-drilled holes on platform surface. Both of these can be used at the same time. 400lb weight capacity Each upright telescopes up to 13 and locks into (9) height positions with fail-safe ball-tip locking pin. Shown with Placement Ladder. Clinical Equipment PULLEY WEIGHTS Chest Pulley Weight Equipped with (2) weight carriers, one on each side. Each weight carrier accommodates up to (5) 2.5 lb. Disc weights (total 25 lb.) Depth Width Height Wall stringer has smooth action sets of nylon pulleys with (1) pair of handles mounted at chest height. Duplex Chest Pulley Weights Equipped with (2) weight carriers, one on each side. Each weight carrier accommodates up to (5) 2.5 lb. Disc weights (total 25 lb.). Depth Width Height Triplex Pulley Weights Adapts to ceiling heights of 9 to 12 Equipped with (2) weight carriers, one on each side. Each weight carrier accommodates up to (5) 2.5 lb. Disc weights (total 25 lb.) Depth Width Height DISC WEIGHTS CAN BE EASILY ADDED OR REMOVED FROM WEIGHT CARRIERS. Ceiling stringer has smooth nylon pulleys with (1) pair of overhead handles. Chest stringer has (1) pair of handles. Floor plate is equipped with (1) pair of handles for floor level use (1) Pair of handles mounted at chest height. Combo Duplex Pulley/Mirror Rack Durable black laminate finish on all surfaces. Base plate has bumper T-moling all around. (2) handles at chest level and (2) handles at floor level. Disc weights can be added in 2 lb. increments up to a maximum of (5) 2 lb. disc weights per each side (Total of ten 2 lb. disc weights per unit). Includes dumbbell racks for (10) dumbbells each on both left side and right side of rack. Includes a total of (20) color-coded vinyl-coated dumbbells (two each, 1 lb. to 10 lb.). Depth Width Height Reverse side of rack has full view distortion-free glass mirror with ANSI shatter-stop safety backing. Back side features smooth action nylon pulleys for easy use, with rubber bumper stops. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 119

122 STAND-IN TABLES Clinical Equipment Adjustable Standing Box Offers independent adjustments for tray height, width and depth. Padded width, knee and depth panels. Adult Child Bariatric Electric Stand-In Table Motorized height adjustment of top from 42.5 to Unit can Power Lift 500 lb. Patient from sitting to standing position. Hand Control adjusts patient height and lifts patient into position. Laminate extra-wide top is 40.5 W x 25.5 D with raised rim. Padded knee, chest and back supports. Includes patient lift harness. Heavy gauge steel frame in cream powder coated finish. 115V, 60Hz, 3.5 Amps 500lbs weight capacity. Width Depth Height Hi-Lo Stand-In Table With Electric Lift 33.5 x 25 laminate top with raised rim. Cut out size is 19 x 10. Padded kne, chest and back supports holds patient in standing position. Heavy gauge steel powder coated frame. Motorized height adjustment of top. Retractable swivel casters with locking brake handle. 100V, 60Hz, 3.5 Amps. 400 lbs. weight capacity Retractable, swiveling casters with convenient locking brake handle Can power lift a 400 lb. patient from sitting to standing position. Hydraulic Adjustable Stand-In Table Front-mounted hand activated hydraulic lift adjusts height from 41 to x 31 White Leather laminate top with 19.5 x 17 patient cut out. Non-slip ramp with parallel bars Padded back and knee support holds patient in standing position. 350 lbs. weight capacity Sliding door closes to secure patient. Standing Box Includes 10 of height adjustment in platform via spring-loaded pins Secure latching door holds patient in place 120 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

123 EXERCISE EQUIPMENT Adjustable Incline Board 5, 10, 14, 20 and 25 degree adjustment. Carry handle cut-out. 250 lb. wt. capacity. Length Width Slant Board Adjusts to (4) levels and folds flat to 3 for storage. 10, 15, 20 and 30 degree adjustment. 400 lbs. weight capacity. Depth Width Height OPTP Rotational Platform Smooth gliding motion, use standing or sitting, apply resistance bands for additional challenge Rotational Platform Powder Board Smooth, scratch resistant, oak laminate surface offers minimal resistance for horizontal leg or arm movement. Opened Dimension Push-Up Blocks Adjustable spacers increase height from 7 to Shoulder Horn Use Shoulder Horn to Isolate and Strengthen Your External Rotators Shoulder Horn Automatically locks your shoulder and arms in the safest and most effective position for abducted external rotation Comes with Training booklet XS/S heights up to 5 5 and weights up to 140lbs M/L heights up to 6 and weights up to 200lbs XL/XXL heights over 6 and weights over 200lbs Shoulder/Finger Ladder Facilitates increased range of shoulder motion as fingers climb up and down (36) vertical steps Clinical Equipment Non-slip tread and bottom surface and positive lock adjustment handles A proved therapeutic product with a lifetime guarantee Great for post-op or post-injury rehab Ideal for range of motion. Folding legs for easy storage Ergonomic padded handles aid in developing upper body strength Pre-drilled holes for mounting. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 121

124 SPLINT PANS Clinical Equipment Clinic Forma-Splint Pans - Whitehall Heats evenly and resists corrosion and includes grounded hospital grade plug. Features a hinged/insulated stainless steel lid, all-brass drain system and an integral digital thermometer. (for easy monitoring of water temperature) Interior Dimension L x 18.5 W x 5 D L x 11.8 W x 4.5 D Little Splint Unit Heavy Duty Construction Even Temperature Control Overheating Safety Sensor Adjustable thermostat Interior Dimension L x 9.5 W x 2.2 D Features dual thermostatic controls (175 degrees F on high and 160 degrees F on low) that can be adjusted individually to conform to particular requirements Custom Splinting Materials can be found on pages This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

125

126 Therapeutic Modalities IONTOPHORESIS Ionto Device 2 channels to treat 2 sites or deliver 2 medications simultaneously. Previous Dosage can be set as defaulto to maintain frequently used treatment parameters. Beeping alerts if electrode fault for open current or high impedance. Automatic 30 seconds current ramp up and down during power on/off keeps patient comfortable. Constant current provides precise, accurate delivery regardless of skin impedance. Current can be set in 0.1 ma increments between 0.5mA and 4mA Dual Channel Ionto Device CLINICAL ELECTROTHERAPY Intelect Legend Stimulator (4) waveforms: interferential, premodulated, high volt and Russian Four-Channel Stimulator Two-Channel Stimulator Options Intelect Legend XT Therapy Cart Channel 3 & 4 Electrotherapy Module Intelect Legend XT Battery Module Patient Data Cards; (25) Cards/Pack Operator Remote; Channels 1 & Operator Remote; Channels 3 & cm2 Applicator cm2 Applicator cm2 Applicator cm2 Applicator Intelect Legend XT Carry Bag Channel 1 & 2 Patient Interrupt Switch Channel 3 & 4 Patient Interrupt Switch Black Rubber Carbon 3 Electrodes (2x) Red Rubber Carbon 3 Electrodes (2x) Nylatex Wrap, 2.5 x 24 (2x) Intelect Legend XT Allows addition of (2) Channels of Electrotherapy or a Battery Module. Dual frequency ultrasound at 1 or 3.3 MHz. Includes Patient Interrupt Switch, (5) Patient Data Cards, (1) 5 cm2 Sound Head Applicator, Channel 1 and Channel 2 Electrotherapy Leadwires, (4) 2.75 Dura-Stick II Electrodes, (2) 3 Black Rubber Carbon Electrodes, (2) 3 Red Rubber Carbon Electrodes, (2) Nylatex Wraps and (1) 8.5 oz. Conductor Ultrasound Gel. Therapy Systems cart maximizes storage of clinical supplies and organizes cables Channel Electrotherapy Channel Electrotherapy Channel Combination Channel Combination With Cart Channel Electrotherapy Channel Electrotherapy Channel Combination Channel Combination Includes both red and black 3 round electrodes and lead wires as standard equipment Intelect Legend XT units are an award winning, ergonomic design with a range of therapies in a single state of art unit Delivers a constant direct current no matter the resistance level Intelect Legend XT units with Therapy System Cart. High contrast 5 FSTN LCD monochromatic user interface. (2) independent electrotherapy channels, expandable to (4) independent channels Legend Xt carry bag only. Optional Patient Data Management System software organizes, stores, displays, compares and prints patient treatment information captured Patient Data Cards to the PC. 124 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

127

128 CLINICAL ELECTROTHERAPY (CON T) Therapeutic Modalities Intelect Transport Electrotherapy 2 channels of electrical stimulation output. (4) standard waveforms(10) user-defined memory positions for user protocols. Includes channel 1 and channel 2 electrotherapy leadwires, (4) 2.75 Dura-Stick II electrodes, (2) 3 black rubber carbon electrodes, (2) 3 red rubber carbon electrodes and two Nylatex wraps Intelect Transport Electrotherapy Options Therapy Cart Intelect Transport Carry Bag Black Rubber Carbon 3 Electrodes (2x) Red Rubber Carbon 3 Electrodes (2x) Nylatex Wrap, 2.5 x 24 (2x) Independent intensity and parameter controls for each channel. Unit uniquely designed for tabletop, wall mount, therapy cart or mobile use. Optional Therapy Cart integrates with the unit to maximize the storage of clinical supplies Therapy Cart sold separately Winner ST2/ST4-EVO Modern compact design Five powerful waveforms Programming to accommodate rich-mar laser & laser emitters 3 year warranty ST2 - EVO Two Channel Stimulator ST4 -EVO Four Channel Stimulator Accessories StoreMore Therapy Cart Laser Emitter (200 mw/785 nm) Laser Module (Required for Laser/Light Applicator) Optional Carrying Case Optional Patient Data Management System software organizes, stores, displays, compares and prints patient treatment information captured Patient Data Cards to the PC. Sys*Stim 240 Waveforms: Interferential, Premod, Medium Frequency(Russian), Symmtrical biphasic, asymmetrical biphasic, TENS, Hi-Volt, Micro-Current and DC. Light therapy capabilities (Laser and Cluster probes are options.) Patented click wheel navigation. Built in safety features to protect the patient. Sys*Stim Two Channel Clinical Stimulation Device Sys*Stim 206 Stimulator Single Channel Stimulator Programmable Therapy Profiles (EVO Two Channel Stimulator not pictured) waveforms, light therapy capability and battery operated. Built in clinical protocols with anatomical library Features (4) different waveforms in a lightweight package. Narrow, wide and AC pulsed modes for muscle stimulation as well as Direct Current(DC.) 126 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

129 Sys*Stim 208 The 208 is a single channel low volt stimulator with surge, pulse and tetanize modes. Sys*Stim One Channel; (3) Modes Sys*Stim 208A The 208A is a two channel low volt stimulator with surge, pulse, tetanize and reciprocation modes. Sys*Stim 208A Two Channel; (4) Modes Sys*Stim 226 Muscle Stimulator (4) waveforms: interferential, pre-modulated, medium frequency(russian Stim) and biphasic. Treatment modes, surge, reciprocation, surge with reciprocation and vector rotation Channel Multi-Function Stimulator Sys*Stim 228 (4) waveforms: interferential, pre-modulated, medium frequency (Russian Stim), and biphasic. Treatment modes, surge, reciprocation, surge with reciprocation and vector rotation. Easy to use navigation. Two independent timers for multiple patients at the same time. Extensive internal safetey features for patient safety Channel Multi-Function Stimulator Sys*Stim 294 Stimulator (4) channel neuromuscular stimulator with (6) waveforms: interferential, premodulated, medium frequency(russian), biphasic, high volt and microcurrent Four-Channel Stimulator Sys*Stim Traveling Tote Bags Accessories For any Sonicator and Sys*Stim Product For Any Sonicator Plus and Sys*Stim 294 Product Therapeutic Modalities Easy-to-operate knobs that control stimulation intensity and frequency, a digital timer and a remote patient cut-off switch Easy-to-operate knobs that control stimulation intensity and frequency, a digital timer and a remote patient cut-off switch Control (2) independent treatment protocols using the Two Timer Mode (4) waveforms, multiple modes, and ease of use Up to (4) different treatment protocols may be run simultaneously giving maximum treatment flexibility. Soft-touch control knobs adjusts intensity with confidence. Built in user friendly protocols to aid in quick treatment setup Fits any mettler Sonicator and Sys*Stim product Fits any mettler Sonicator Plus and Sys*Stim 294 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 127

130 Therapeutic Modalities ULTRASOUND Dynatron 125 Includes (1) soundhead-specify choice Ultrasound Optional Soundheads cm2 Transducer cm2 Transducer cm2 Transducer Options Carrying Case Intelect Legend Ultrasound Dual Frequency with 5cm2 Soundhead Options cm2 Soundhead cm Applicator cm Applicator Intelect Transport Ultrasound Fully functional 1 and 3.3MHz frequencies with head warming feature on all sound head applicators Intelect Transport Ultrasound Options Therapy Cart Intelect Transport Battery Pack Therasound Series - EVO Therasound EVO Unit Accessories Therapy Hammer 2cm/5cm cm Applicator cm Applicator Therasound Plug N Play Comes with choice of 5cm or 10 cm Applicator. Therasound standard series that cannot be upgraded to accept autosound, laser or therapy hammer /3 Mz Ultrasound Sonicator 740/740X Easy to use display. Contact meter on the applicator for easy reference. Patented Direct Crystal to Patient Contact and a universal applicator cable. Sonicator With a 5cm2 at 1MHz and 3MHz Sonicator 740X With (3) Applicators; 5x Dual Applicator, 10cm2 1MHz and 1 cm2 3MHz Accessories For Sonicator Battery Pack Lightweight and battery operable with 1 and 3 MHz Therapy Cart sold separately Optional Therapy Cart integrates with the unit to maximize the storage of clinical supplies. Includes (1) 5cmw Soundhead Applicator and (1) 8.5 oz. Conductor Ultrasound Gel. 110V or battery-powered option (10) user-defined memory positions for user protocols. Pulsed and continuous therapy operation(10%, 20%, 50% and 100%) Unit uniquely designed for tabletop, wall mount, therapy cart or mobile use Has pulsed and continuous operational mode which gives it flexibility and 3 MHz frequencies offers continuous, 10%, 20% and 50% duty cycles. Can be combined with E. stim for combination therapy With the applicator Plug-n-Play Concept, giving the flexibility to add other ultraso und applicators or laser components Dual frequency ultrasound, battery operated(optional) and an LCD Display Tote Bag for the Sonicator This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

131 COMBINATION THERAPY UNITS Intelect Legend Combination Units (4) waveforms: interfential, premodulated, russian and high volt. 5cm2 soundhead has 1 and 3.3.MHz frequencies, 10%, 20%, 50% and continuous duty cycle selections and head warming. High volt available on all channels Two Channel Combination Unit Four Channel Combination Unit Optional Soundheads cm2 Soundhead cm2 Soundhead Sonicator Plus 920 (3) independent channels and timers Interferential, Premodulated, Medium Frequency (Russian), EMS, High Volt, TENS, Micro-current and Direct Current 61 present programs Space for 80 user-defined programs. Translates into 9 languages. Touch Screen user interface channel Touch-Screen combination device Sonicator Plus 930 Features a 1 and 3 MHz 5cm2 applicator for therapeutic ultrasound and the (3) most popular stimulations waveforms for the busy practice: interferential, premodulated and medium frequency(russian). Up to (3) protocols may be run simultaneously on (3) different timers. Built-in user friendly protocols for quick set up Two Channel Combination Unit Sonicator Plus 940 (5) independent channels and timers Interferential, Premodulated, Medium Frequency (Russian), EMS, High Volt, TENS, Microcurrent and Direct Current(DC) 61 present programs Space for 80 user-defined programs. Touch Screen user interface. Sonicator Plus with 8 stimulation waveforms and 1 & 3 MHz ultrasound Sonicator Plus 992 (6) Waveforms: Interferential, Premod, Biphasic, Medium Frequency(Russian), Hi-Volt and Micro-current. 5cm2 applicator with 1 & 3 MHz Built in clinical protocols for ease of use. Up to (3) patients may be treated simultaneously on (3) different timers Two Channel Combination Device The Legend 4 Channel and 2 Channel Combo units offer the convenience of a full-featured stimulator and ultrasound in one unit Easy-to-use membrane panel, designed to assist the clinician with quick set-up Easy to use membrane with large intensity control knobs. 3 independent timers for multi9ple patients. Therapeutic Modalities This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 129

132 Therapeutic Modalities COMBINATION THERAPY UNITS (CON T) Sonicator Plus 994 (6) Waveforms: Interferenti9al, Premod, Biphasic, Medium Frequency(Russian), Hi-Volt and Micro-current. 5cm2 applicator with 1 & 3 MHz. 10cm2 and 1cm2 applicators available. Built in Clinical protocols for easy of use. Up to (5) patients may be treated simultaneously on five different timers. Sonicator Plus Four Channel Combination Device AutoSound 9.6 Hands free AutoSound Applicator Therapy Hammer - 2cm/5cm combo soundhead Touchscreen control 1 & 3 mhz Ultrasound 4 independent stim channels 1-year Warranty(5-year extended available) AutoGel Pads AutoSound Easy to use membrane with large intensity control knobs. 5 independent timers for multiple patients Multiple applications for single patient use. Winner CM2/CM4-EVO Modern compact design 2 or 4 independent channels of stim w/five waveforms EVO plug -n-play Programming to accommodate all Rich-Mar ultrasound applicators Comes with 5cm soundhead 3 year warranty CM2 - EVO Two Combo CM4 - EVO Four Combo Accessories StoreMore Therapy Cart Laser Module (Required for Laser/Light Applicator) AutoSound Ultrasound Applicator Therapy Hammer 2cm/5cm cm Applicator cm Applicator AutoPrism Light Cluster Theratouch Touch Screen Stimulator Four Channels of Stimulation Six Waveforms Independent Channels Programmable Therapy Profiles 3 Year Warranty Theratouch Theratouch 7.7 Theratouch RL Theratouch 7.7/4 Channel Combo w/ Laser Theratouch 4.7/4 Channel Stim w/ Laser Autosound/ultrasound/stim, with six waveforms and easy to use touchscreen With the applicator Plug-n-Play Concept, giving the flexibility to add other ultrasound applicators or laser components Four Channels of Stimulation Theratouch 7.7 features: Ultrasound & Stimulation Combination Patented Therapy Hammer 2/5cm Manual Soundhead stimulation waveforms available on all channels. Patented Therapy Hammer 2/5cm Manual Soundhead. (CM2 not pictured) Theratouch series with laser 130 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

133 LASER/LIGHT THERAPY Laser Sys*Stim 540 Therapeutic light therapy for temporary increase in blood circulation, temporary relief of minor muscle and joint aches, pains and stiffness, relaxation of muscles and temporary relief of minor pain and stiffness associated with arthritis. All treatment parameters are displayed on the LED displays and controlled via the membrane keypad. 540C Unit with Laser 785nm Unit with Cluster 660/950nm The laser probe has a GoAs Diode that emits infrared coherent light at 785 nm. Blue LEDs at 470 nm illuminate the treatment field to show the clinician where the laser is pointed An optional SLD/LED cluster probe, with 950 nm SLDS and 660 nm LEDs is also available. 540LC Unit with Both Probes LaserPrism Cordless AC/DC 200 mw - Total Power 3 GaAIAs Infrared Laser Diodes 785 nm 3 Factory Presets - (6 Joules, 8 joules, 10 joules) 4 hours of continuous use between charges Therapeutic Modalities Portable, Battery operated (included) light therapy device The New LaserPrism Cordless is for professionals on the go LaserPrism Cordless AC/DC The New LaserPrism Tethered adapts to ANY new or old Rich-Mar product. Now you can have 3 modalities in 1! The Rich-Mar Phototherapy Treatment System offers programmable treatment settings, hand-held low level laser emitter and two SLD Hands Free Clusters The New AutoPrism Home offers home care choice to patients while being programmed and monitored by clinicians. LaserPrism Tethered Emitter 200mW - Total Power 3 GaAIAs Infrared Laser Diodes 785 nm 3 Factory Presents - (6 joules, 8 joules, 10 joules) LaserPrism Tethered Emitter Rich-Mar Laser Prism Pro-1100 Preset Factory Protocols, Fully programmable for custom settings, treatment manual and protocol book provided, two sets of goggles. SLD Light Cluster: 500 mw - Total Power, covers 22.48/cm2 surface area, hands free (Flexstrap) included and comes with carrying case. Laser: 200mW of total power, 3 GaAIAs infrared laser diodes, 785nm and three factory presets (6 joules, 8 joules, and 10 joules) Rich-Mar Laser Prism Pro-1100 AutoPrism Home 500 mw - Total Power SLD Light Cluster - Covers 22.48/cm2 of surface area Hands Free - (Flexstrap Included) Carrying Case AutoPrism Home This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 131

134 LASER/LIGHT THERAPY (CON T) Therapeutic Modalities Apollo Portable Laser LCD display that provides probe status and treatment times. User controlled treatment times selectable between 10 seconds and 2 minutes. Built in safety and fault detection software. Built in power meter for testing probe output. FDA cleared ISO quality assured manufacturing. Weighing less than 3 lbs, Apollo laser is the lightest, most powerful, portable laser you can buy. 2 year warranty on total system and 1 year on battery and probe cable. Apollo Laser Accessories Control Unit Only mW (4x500mW) 810nm Infrared Cluster Probe Removable Fine-TIP Light Guide Laser Safety Goggles; (1Pair) mW (4X750mW) 810nm infrared Cluster Probe Travel Shoulder Bag with Strap Apollo Laser System mW, 810nm, IR Laser Cluster Probe and Accessories mW, 810nm, IR Laser Cluster Probe and Accessories Complete systems includes: portable control unit, choice of one laser probe, power adapter, probe cable, goggles, carrying case, book, and dvd May not be available in some geographic locations. Dynatron Light Therapy Light Pad makes treating larger areas practical and unattended probe is Red/IR Light Probe 405 probe is Blue/IR Light probe. Accessories Booster Box Light Probe XP Light Pad Light Probe Dynatron X3 Allows 3 independent treatments (2 unattended pads and 1 probe). State of the art touch screen makes it simple to use. Light Pads and probes sold separately Stand-alone Light Unit MR4 With LaserStim The Laser Stim is the first of its kind, a hybrid probe that provides laser, light and electrical stimulation. Proprietary TARGET and DOSE features enables clinician to quickly find treatment points and automatically deliver the appropriate dose. 25W of peak power. Combines Super Pulsed laser with red and infrared light, static magnetic field and electrical stimulation within a single emitter to treat more conditions. Drug Free Pain Relief for management of acute and chronic pain for superior clinical outcomes. Safest laser available. Compatible with Acupuncture and Muscle Trigger Probes. Operating and Treatment Protocol Manuals and Carrying Case included. 2 Year Limited Warranty MR4 Laser Package with LaserStim Emitter May not be available in some geographic locations This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

135 MR4 Laser Package With SE25 Excellent entry level laser package for clinics with limited budgets. 25W of peak power. Combines Super Pulsed laser with red and infrared light and static magnetic field within a single emitter to treat more conditions. Drug Free Pain Relief for management of acute and chronic pain for superior clinical outcomes. Safest laser available. Compatible with Acupuncture and Muscle Trigger Probes. Operating and Treatment Protocol Manuals and Carrying Case included. 2 Year Limited Warranty MR4 Laser Package with SE25 Emitter MR4 ACTIV Portable Laser Therapy Device Cordless portable for use in the clinic, on the field, while traveling. 25W of peak power. Combines Super Pulsed laser with red, blue and infrared light and static magnetic field within a single emitter to treat more conditions. 6 treatment frequencies. Drug Free Pain Relief for management of acute and chronic pain for superior clinical outcomes. Safest laser available. Compatible with Acupuncture and Muscle Trigger Probes. Operating and Treatment Protocol Manuals and Carrying Case included. 2 Year Limited Warranty MR4 ACTIV Cordless Super Pulsed Laser Therapy TQ Solo Portable Over the Counter cleared for use by clinicians and end users. Cordless portable is ideal for patient rentals. 15W of peak power. Combines Super Pulsed laser with red and infrared light and static magnetic field within a single emitter to treat more conditions. 3 treatment frequencies. Drug Free Pain Relief for management of acute and chronic pain. Safest laser available. Compatible with Acupuncture and Muscle Trigger Probes. Operating and Treatment Protocol Manuals and Carrying Case included. 2 Year Limited Warrant TQ Solo Portable Therapeutic Modalities This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 133

136 Therapeutic Modalities MODALITY CARTS Z-Cart Welded steel construction 16 x 20 shelf. Ships fully assembled and ready to use. 200 lbs weight capacity. Width Depth Height With Drawer General Purpose Cart Constructed of a high density polyethylene material. 4 swivel casters, (2) with locking brake. 13 clearance between shelves. Available in gray, black or putty. Width Depth Height Large Capacity Poly Cart 15 x 19 molded shelves with raised lip on all four sides. Extruded aluminum legs with rounded corners and clear protective finish. 29 working height with 3 swivel casters. Available in gray or white. 150lb weight capacity. Width Depth Height With Drawer Stainless Steel Cart Rounded handle on either side for versatility. Includes four 4 NSF casters, two with locking breaks. Assembly Required Shelf Clearance is 12 Width Depth Height W 16 D 35 H Stainless Steel Tub Cart Two tub stainless steel transport cart. Top and bottom tubs are 4 deep. Includes four 4 locking casters. Shelf clearance is 17. Width Depth Height /2 17 1/2 35 1/ Durable white powder coat finish With and without drawer for convenient storage Carts have molded shelves and legs that won t stain, scratch, dent or rust Great for larger equipment Mobile Stainless Steel - Flat Shelves Mobile Stainless Steel Tub Carts 134 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

137 Stainless Steel Utility Cart Polished stainless steel. Welded construction with double-thick 16 gauge legs. All shelves heavy duty 22 gauge. 300 lbs weight capacity. Three Shelves Width Depth Height Three Shelves with Drawer Two Shelves tall drawer with special lead wire gap. Offset Shelf Equipment Cart White Powdercoat Finish; 3 Swivel Casters; Staggered shelves. 200lb weight capacity Offset Shelf Equipment Cart Therapeutic Modalities Patient Care Cart - 3 Shelf Supply Cart Three tub shelf supply cart with 4 swivel casters. Icludes six dividers to separate space for various storage needs. Black color Clearance between shelves 11. Weight: 26 lbs. Width Depth Height / Patient Care Cart - 3 Shelf With Lid Three shelf supply cart with 4 swivel casters and lid. Icludes six dividers to separate space for various storage needs. Black color Clearance between shelves 11. Includes Locking Lid Weight: 31 lbs. Width Depth Height / Unhinged Lid Unhinged lid turns top tub into flat surface. Accessories Unhinged Lid Locking Lid Locking lid available for all MTC models Accessories Locking Lid Welded Steel Frame Construction This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 135

138 Fireproof and Waterproof Design Safety recessed tank location that keeps (4) pack tanks from tipping. Therapeutic Modalities Will not stain, scratch dent or peel Safety-recessed hot pack tank storage (six pack size) (Tank not included) MODALITY CARTS (CON T) Heavy Duty Utility Tub Cart Push handle molded into top shelf. Easy and quiet rolling 4 casters, two with locking brake. Lifetime Warranty. 24 W x 18 D x 38 1/2 H. Shelf clearance is 11 3/4. Tub shelves are 2 3/4 deep shelf Black Safety recessed tank location that keeps (4) pack tanks from tipping. Splinting Workstation Polished Stainless Steel Construction Cabinet Divided for Organization Locking Drawer and Cabinet 4 Swivel Casters Assist Handle/Towel bar Splinting Workstation Economical and user friendly Includes pack of high quality electrodes Hot Pack Service Center (4) 8 oz. Bottle storage. Polished stainless steel and swivel casters. Lower center of gravity Includes insulating wrap. Width Depth Height Six Pack Tank With Drawer Width Depth Height PORTABLE ELECTROTHERAPY Pro Advantage Tens Dual Channel, 3 Modes, Timer, & Safety Amplitude Cap Microprocessor Technology for precision dial performance Wave Form: Asymmetrical Bi-Phasic Square Pulse Analog Channel Analog TENS Unit with Timer Digital Channel 3 Mode Digital TENS 136 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

139 Ultima Five Digital 5 mode TENS unit with 2 wave forms and a large LCD screen Mode TENS Unit Impulse Tens D5 Safe to wear, even at night. As a safety feature, the amplitude drops to 0 when the modes of operation are changed or when the lead wires or electrodes become detached from the patient. Sleek, digital, two-channel unit has a flip-top safety cover to prevent buttons from being accidently pushed during wear. Lightweight unit features LCD screen and large push buttons Impulse Tens D5 Impulse EMS D7 Designed for simplicity and clinical effectiveness. Easy-to-read LCD screen and digital keypad. Simple-to-understand instructions guide the user through all of the device s operations. Includes seven pre-programmed protocols to ensure ease of use. Unit features three types of stimulation patterns: continuous, cycled, or reciprocating and adjustable rate and pulse width Impulse Tens D5: 5 Mode Digital TENS Therapeutic Modalities Digital Muscle Stimulator EMS 2000 Dual channel, analog EMS device that increases range of motion, reduces muscle dis-use atrophy, re-educates muscles, prevents venous thrombosis, and improves blood circulation Modes of operation: continuous, cycled and reciprocation. Analog EMS EMS2000 IF-4000 Dual channel (4-lead) analog Interferential Bi-polar (2 electrode) or quadra-polar (4 electrode) treatment option Adjustable frequency Low battery and power on LED indicators AC wall adapter or 9V battery power supply 1-year warranty Dual Channel Analog Interferential Stimulator Device features include adjustable frequency, two or four electrode treatment selection, and four frequency shift options. Pencil Electrode Has an On/Off switch so that stimulation can be turned on and off. Requires a banana type connector to be plugged into the electrode cable set. Compatible with all Mettler stimulators Pencil Electrode Comes with a carry case and four stainless steel tips from the size of a quarter down to a point. Used for manual stimluation procedures where pin-point control is required. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 137

140 Therapeutic Modalities PORTABLE ELECTROTHERAPY (CON T) Biostim INF The BioStim INF Interferential Stimulator utilizes a pulsed sine wave to stimulate tissue to reduce pain and decrease inflammation. Three pre-programmed sweeps for easy setup and patient instruction. Digital Interferential BioStim INF Biostim NMS2 Versatile, dual-channel unit functions as an NMS or TENS with maximum control for optimal results. The device has seven preprogrammed therapies based upon clinical studies and three types of stimulation: continuous, cycled or reciprocation Digital Muscle Stimulator Biostim SD Compact, lightweight and functional, dual-channel, four-lead TENS. Multiple modes ensure patient success, and the patient will be less apt to acclimate to the therapy when the unit is worn for long periods of time. Four programmable functions include: continuous, cycled burst, strength duration (SD) 1, and strength duration (SD) 2. SD1 and SD2 provide stimulation to all (more than 100) nerve groups that cause pain, eliminating the guesswork of setting up the device Mode Digital TENS w/ Strength Duration Modes DC/AC Point Stimulator Used in the evaluation and treatment of muscle dysfunction caused by peripheral and C.N.S. Disorders. Most commonly used for preventing or retarding disuse atrophy, relaxing muscle spasms and muscle re-education. Ideal for facial and smaller peripheral muscles 2 year warranty on materials and workmanship DC/AC Point Stimulator GV 350 Two active outputs and one dispersive return Twin peak monophasic waveform 1 Hz Hz adjustable pulse rate Offers continuous or alternating stimulation (alternates between channel one and channel two over five-second intervals) HighVolt Pulsed Stimulator Micro Plus - Microcurrent Device Micro Plus Microcurrent Electrical Nerve Stimulator is a Two Channel analog device with 3 polarity settings: Positive, Negative, and BiPolar. Analog Microcurrent MicroPlus QuadStar II Fully loaded electrotherapy system. Portable four-channel device delivers NMS, INF, and TENS sequential stimulation. Great for sports medicine, physical therapy or anyone looking for the convenience and results of three units in one TENS, NMS, and INF Combo Also program for edema reduction These muscle/neuro-muscular stimulators are effective, easy to use and affordable This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

141 Trio*Stim Battery-operated, neuromuscular electrical stimulator. Large LCD display. Memory capabilities for storing protocols Trio*Stim Features three therapeutic modes; TENS, Muscle Stimulation and Microcurrent. ALLSTIM Four channel (8-lead) all digital combo Muscle Stim, Russian Stim, Interferential, and TENS. Separate intensity controls for each channel. Fully adjustable EMS mode (Synchronous) with programmed default settings. Fully adjustable Russian Stim mode with programmed default settings. 3 Preset Interferential programs and 1 adjustable frequency program with vector sweep. 3 fully adjustable TENS modes (Normal, Burst, and Modulated Width). One program can be locked for each EMS, Interferential, and TENS modes. 1 year warranty Four Channel Digital Combination IF/TENS/NMES/Russian Stimulator Therapeutic Modalities QuadStar Elite Multi-Modality Sequential Stimulator ALLSTIM 2 Dual channel (4-lead) all digital combo Muscle Stim, Russian Stim, Interferential, and TENS. Fully adjustable EMS mode (Synchronous) with programmed default settings. Fully adjustable Russian Stim mode with programmed default settings. 3 Preset Interferential programs and 1 adjustable frequency program with vector sweep. 3 fully adjustable TENS modes (Normal, Burst, and Modulated Width). One program can be locked for each EMS, Interferential, and TENS modes. 1 year warranty Dual Channel Digital Combination IF/TENS/NMES/Russian Stimulator QuadStar Elite Incorporates TENS, NMS, High-Volt, and Interferential stim in one portable unit. 4-Channel (up to 8 electrodes). LCD screen and digital keypad. Nine pre-programmed protocols and four types of waveforms. Includes patient lock system to prevent misuse. 3 year warranty. Sequential Stimulator QuadStar Elite REBOUND Health TENS Device and Accessories Rebound Health Tens Unit Electrotherapy TENS unit provides drug free pain relief. Includes 2 conductive pads, 1 connecting cable, 2 AAA batteries, and instruction manual. 1 year Limited Manufacturer s Warranty on device (USA only). Electrotherapy Non-Prescription TENS Unit This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 139

142 TRACTION Ever-Trac Et-800 Modes of operation are Intermittent, Static and Harmonic. Minimum force of 5lbs and maximum of 200lbs. Equipped with variable speed control, that enables the Therapist to have an almost infinite adjutment of speed in the Pull and Relax modes. Includes patient safety switch (manual release), warning alert, and automatic shut down if circuit malfunction is detected. Treatment time from 1-99 minutes. Power supply V and V Ever-Trac ET-800 Traction Unit Therapeutic Modalities Dynatron 900+ Traction System Produces up to 200 pounds of traction tension force. Adjustable traction speed with timer. One Year Warranty Traction Head Provides Accurate Traction in four Modes: Harmonic, Intermittent, Stepless Progressive, and Static. Dynatron DX2 Traction System Delivers Decompression Therapy and features 3 channels of light therapy. Automatically calculates and digitally displays the rope angle allowing for targeted decompression. The interactive touch screen display facilitates patient education and makes treatment set-ups fast and easy Dynatron DX2 Traction System May not be available in some geographic locations. Tx Traction Unit Store up to (10) user defined protocols. Intermittent, static and cyclic traction. Progressive and regressive steps User-defined hold, rest and treatment times. Traction tension parameters: 0 to 200 lbs. Build-in safety features with patient interrupt switch, cervical maximum poundage warning and audible signal at the end of treatment and if Patient Interrupt Switch is activated TX Traction Unit TX Mobile Traction Stand Easy to operate with digital monochromatic touch screen interface. Patient data cards record up to (14) treatment sessions. 270 degrees pivoting user interface Fully Adjustable. Allows the TX Traction device to be used with most tables. Traction unit sold separately. 140 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

143 TRACTION TABLES Balance Traction Agility Model BAL 2050 Gas Struts, hand lever activated, providing smooth adjustment at moveable top sections. Cushion width of 28 (71 cm) x length of 89 (224 cm) Dual foot lever retractable heavy-duty hospital grade casters (4). FDA/UL/CSA/CE listed with hospital grade electrical cord and 3-prong plug. ADA Compliant Frame designed for patient assisted lift accessibility, for ease of patient transfer. Cushions secured to the heavy-duty metal frame with an integral T-Nut Bolt assembly. Hands free, foot operated up/down elevation levers. Color choices: Burgundy, Pewter Gray, Jade Blue, Tan Bisque, Cream, Black, and Imperial Blue Balance Traction Agility Model BAL 2050 Options Foam Memory Face Pad Hydraulic Elevation Pump Paper Dispenser Backup Battery Dynatron Hi Lo Traction Table 500 lb lifting capacity. 30 x 78 table size. Height adjusts 18 to 36. Standard 4 two way locking casters section Traction Table Dynatron T4 Traction/Decompression Table Manual Traction Pull Bar Mobilization Strap Attachment Bar 4 Dual Locking Casters Dual Full Length Foot Switches Swing Away Traction Pedestal Dual Full Length Foot Switches Available in 13 Naugahyde Colors Dynatron T4 Traction/Decompression Table TTET-200 Traction Table Two Sections Traction Unit Pedestal 350 lb Working Load Capacity Traction unit sold separately. 1 year warranty TTFT-200 Traction Table Table Paper Holder; 20 Wide Nose Cushion Kit Therapeutic Modalities Two of the four sections are designed to slide and can be locked in place with a friction free locking mechanism with a spring to control the proper tension required. The back and head section raise and lower. A flexion stool and traction head platform are provided and the platform is designed to mount traction devices Comes in 13 Naugahyde color choices Adjustable height range between 19 to May not be available in some geographic locations Features traction unit pedestal and fixed height of 32 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 141

144 Therapeutic Modalities TRACTION TABLES (CON T) ADP-400 Traction Table Friction-Free Gliding Lumbar Section Turret Mounted Traction Pedestal Head and foot sections incline up to 90 degrees. Head section lowers to 25 degrees. Standard Hand Control Options Table Paper Holder; 20 Wide Nose Cushion Kit Retractable Front Caster Foot Control Traction Table Only With TX Traction Unit Armedica AM-400 Traction Table 1.5 firm density foam with heavy duty vinyl upholstery. Footswitch control. 120V, 60Hz. Friction free lumbar section separates 5 and rolls on (4) steel ball roller bearings. The rolling section can be locked in any position with positive gear rack system. Contoured face/nose opening. 400 lbs weight capacity Armedica AM-450 Traction Table 1.5 firm density foam with heavy duty vinyl upholstery. Footswitch control. 120V, 60Hz. Friction free lumbar section separates 5 and rolls on (4) steel ball roller bearings. The rolling section can be locked in any position with positive gear rack system. (3) piece head section raises 45 and lowers 90 with contour face/nose opening. 400 lbs weight capacity Saunders 3D Activetrac The lower half of the table actively separates and incorporates 3D adjustability for ultimate traction positioning (flex/extend, side bending and rotation). Intuitive touch screen control panel for easy treatment set-up. Hand-held controls for table adjustment. Hi-Lo ranges between 35 to 23. Comes complete with traditional harness, new slim-line belts, flexion stool, user s guide and Duane Saunder s extensive traction tutorial. Available in (6) standard colors. Available through Specialty dealers only Saunders 3D ActiveTrac Assist Traction Table 4 section configuration. Gas strut assisted head and tail sections. Retractable casters. Friction-free rolling top. Variable traction mount. 550 lb capacity. TWith Foot Bar System With Standard Foot Plate Adjustable height range between 21.5 to Cervical and lumbar traction source is self-contained. 15% Lateral Bending 15% Rotation 20% Down/25% Up x 27 foot section raises 80 degrees 17.5 x 27 thoracic section and 10 x 27 center section 15 x 27 head section raises 45 degrees and lowers x 27 foot section s raises 80 degrees x 27 thoracic section and 10 x 27 center section Head section consists of 15 x 13 center piece and (2) 12.5 x 5.5 arm rests Model ST650 Assist Traction Table with Standard Foot Plate 142 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

145 Uniquely shaped traction belts are designed to be more comfortable Eliminates uncomfortable head halter and TMJ pressures. Unit pulls at base of occiput for more effective cervical traction No need to re-thread the belts to vary patient position or traction technique The pillow is constructed with highquality, precision-cut foam to ensure years of confort and use. Therapeutic Modalities TRACTION ACCESSORIES Clinical Cervical Traction Device Adapts easily to most traction units and performs horizontal and unilateral traction TX Clevis For TX Traction System For Tru Trac Traction System For Trion Traction System For Midland Traction System EZ-ON Traction Belt System Complete System Thoracic Only Pelvic Harness Only Deluxe Universal Belt System Designed with simplicity and quick set up in mind Universal fit wrap design with hook and loop closures Non-slip design Deluxe Universal Belt System Traction Accessory Package Replacements (2) Straps for Thoracic Belt Set Dynawrap Traction Belts Disperses force over larger areas due to unique shape. Tapered design contours to the body while resisting slippage. Strong Velcro closure securely holds against traction forces while being easy to apply and release. Package includes Thoracic belt, Lumbar belt, circumferential belt for Lumbar, and Y-strap for securing to the table DynaWrap Traction Belt Package RB Traction Table Pillow Increases comfort and support during treatment. Protects traction tables from wear and tear. For use with mechanical cervical traction devices or during manual traction. Vinyl cover is easy to clean RB Traction Table Pillow Traction Table Belt System Universal design fits all patient sizes and traction tables. Nylon straps slide easily for hassle free adjustments. Buckle locks belt instantly into place. Swivel clip attaches belt to traction device with minimal effort Traction Table Belt System Designed for the professional to fit the patient in one minute or less. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 143

146 TRACTION ACCESSORIES (CON T) Knee Supports For Traction Knee supports for Traction Flexion Stool Specify color to match your traction table Flexion Stool Therapeutic Modalities BIOFEEDBACK MyoTrac 3 Infiniti A highly sensitive dual channel SEMG biofeedback device. The Clinical system includes BioGraph Infiniti Software. Over 100 pre-programmed protocols, categorized by body parts, as well as open protocols. Vaginal and rectal sensors sold separately MyoTrac 3 Infiniti Height adjusts from 13 to 20. MyoTrac Infiniti With Stim Offers 2 channels of surface electromyography (SEMG), 2 Channels of Stim and 2 channels of SEMG-Triggered Stim. Touch Screen Over 100 pre-programmed protocols, categorized by body parts, as well as open porotcols. Clinical Guide Includes treatment specific print out sheets to document patient progress. Patient Lock Feature Vaginal and rectal sensors sold separately MyoTrac Infiniti with Stim MyoTrac Portable EMG Pre-amplification at the treatment site to ensure an extremely clean signal. Provides immediate feedback on muscle activity through a bright 13 segment LED s and a proportional tone. Key features are alarm function, lock function, and ability to set the band pass for wide or narrow placement and above and below threshold for tonal feedback MyoTrac Portable EMG Allows Clinicians to monitor two muscle sites simultaneously Portable, reliable EMG unit is appropriate for the home, clinic or office MyoTrac Infiniti clinical model also available with BioGraph Infiniti software. 144 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

147 U-Control EMG Built in 5 or 10 second work/rest protocol that corresponds directly to microvolts based ont the threshold chosen. Features three settings for sound, an earphone for privacy, adjustable volume control and LEDs to Provide instant feedback. Includes a 9-volt battery and carrying case. Vaginal and rectal sensors sold separately U-Control Single Channel EMG Device Pathway Mr Series Surface EMG Biofeedback System Continuous operation or work/rest prompts. Automatic data storage of (32) patient training sessions. Computer output. Pathway Utilities/Compliance software included for data download and real-time graphics. Functional electrical stimulator interface. Easy to operate. Goal types include: above/below tone, above/below stim and maximum display with marker. Also features matrixed audio tone and A/B ratio for dual channel systems MR MR MR MR-10 Pathway STM-10 (4) duty cycles, (4) frequencies, (6) treatment times, tactile buttons for enhanced control and uses a 9V battery. Use Pathway vaginal or rectal EMG/Stimulator sensors Vaginal and Rectal Intracavity Stimulation Module Pathway TR Series Patient Units LED visual display Easy to operate TR-20 Dual Channel EMG Trainer TR-10; Single Channel EMG Trainer Synergy 3-Dimensional Software Embedded, modified and linked application and patient protocols. Four channel displays On-line statistics. 3-dimensional graphics, templates and animation. Insert patient demographics, intake questionnaire and bladder diaries. Review and print reports and compare sessions and diaries. EMG, stimulation and pressure combination Syngergy 3-Dimensional Software Stabilizer Monitors the position of the low back or cervical spine during muscle testing to determine if the patient is able to selectively isolate their cervical or lumbopelvic core stabilization muscles. Provides a patient feedback as to when they have isolated and are maintaining a contraction. Includes a display gauge, pressure cell and instruction booklet Stabilizer Unit Therapeutic Modalities With Alpha/Numeric LCD displays Microprocessor controlled and auto step-through program Designed Specifically for incontinence With vivid tri-color LED displays Continuous operation or work/rest prompts The measuring range is from 0 to 200 mmhg analog pressure with an accuracy of +/- 3 mhz pressure. Squeeze bulb to inflate and loosen screw valve to deflate. Simple enough to use during a home exercise program. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 145

148 ELECTRODES/SENSORS Triode Electrodes Standard 2cm spacing of silver-silver chloride electrodes. Backed with Nickel snaps plated brass to prevent corrosion when connected to - pre-ampliers Triode Electrodes Therapeutic Modalities UniGel Electrodes Pre-gelled single electrodes, 100/pkg UniGel Electrodes Pathway EMG/Biofeed Back Electrodes For the EMG Clinical Units, EMG Clinical Unit System Configurations Patient Units. Rectangular 3 snap in a row style Pathway Electrodes 100/PK Easytrode Pregelled Electrodes 150/bag Pathway Electrode Lead Wire Set 24 Electrode Lead Wire Set. External pelvic muscle EMG lead wires for the EMG Clinical Units, EMG Clinical Unit System Configurations and Patient Units. Use with pregelled electrodes Electrode Lead Wire Set Anatomically correct rectangular shape electrodes enhance EMG signal pickups with high sensitivity silver/silver chloride snaps Pathway Adapter To adapt the pelvic muscle EMG channel for the EMG Clinical Units and Patient Units to the Pathway Vaginal/Rectal Sensors, or the Pathway EMG/Stimulation Sensors or the 18 Electrode Led Wire Set Adapter for Incontinence Use with Pregelled electrodes To adapt the pelvic muscle EMG channel for the EMG clinical units and patient units to sensors or lead wires. Rectal Sensor No Stim The T-bar ensures repeatability of measurement with respect to orientation and depth placement between uses. The small overall size and bulb configuration enable comfortable and secure seating of the sensor in a number of client positions including walking, standing or prone. For use with MyoTrac 3 and U-Control Rectal Sensor no Stim For single patient, multiple use monitoring pelvic floor muscles. 146 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

149 Electrodes are used vaginally or in the rectum to stimulate or sense the pelvic floor muscles. Rectal Sensor With Stim The electrode used to sense the accessory muscles in a surface EMG electrode A surface EMG electrode can also be used to sense pelvic floor muscles activity instead of the vaginal or rectal electrode. For MyoTrac Infiniti units Rectal Sensor with Stim Vaginal Sensor No Stim The T-bar ensures repeatability of measurement with respect to orientation and depth placement between uses. The small overall size and bulb configuration enable comfortable and secure seating of the sensor in a number of client positions including walking, standing or prone. For use with MyoTrac 3 and U-Control Vaginal Sensor no Stim Therapeutic Modalities For single patient, multiple use monitoring pelvic floor muscles. Vaginal Sensor With Stim The electrode used to sense the accessory muscles in a surface EMG electrode A surface EMG electrode can also be used to sense pelvic floor muscles activity instead of the vaginal or rectal electrode. For MyoTrac Infiniti units Vaginal Sensor with Stim Pathway EMG/Stimulation Sensors Intracavity sensor for the Pathway CTS 2000, EMG Clinical Units, EMG Clinical Unit System configurations, patient Units, Liberty PFS-200 electrostimulation Unit and other Vaginal EMG/Stimulation Sensor Vaginal/Rectal Sensor; EMG Only Rectal EMG/Stimulation Sensor Periform Vaginal Sensor Periform Vaginal Sensor Soft, flexible lead and 2mm diameter sockets for connection. Use with electrically isolated semg biofeedback equipment in the treatment of stress, urge, or mixed urinary incontinence. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 147

150 DIATHERMY Auto*Therm 390 & 391 World s first portable diathermy. Basic unit comes with (2) soft-rubber plate capacitive applicators with flexible cables, (6) felt spacers, (2) cloth covers, (2) elastic straps, power cord and instruction. The 391 comes with the basic unit plus the utility cart, (4) joint arm and 14cm coil applicator Auto*Therm Auto*Therm 391 Therapeutic Modalities Auto*Therm 395 Continuous and pulsed modes. Inductive and capacitive applicators. (8) different treatment optional applicators available. Easy to setup and operate With Capacitive Plate Applicators, Inductive drum and two arms Portable shortwave diathermy featuring pulsed and continuous modes, utilizes both coil and capacitive electrodes ULTRA-VIOLET LAMPS Infrared Lamp Extends over bed or table 17. Non-luminous, ceramic heater provides uniform heat transmission with 96% thermal efficiency. (5) leg mobile base Infrared Lamp; Professional Infrared Lamp with (2) Heads watt ceramic heating element with indicator light, timer and variable heat control Equipped with (2) 250W ruby infrared bulbs. The red color provides a 95% reduction in glare. Ultra-Violet Lamp Irradiance: 64% at nm; 36% at nm. Includes (10) minute timer switch, protective wire and guard and goggles. Extends over vase 12. Height adjustment: 42 to (5) leg. 23 diameter composite base Ultra-Violet Lamp; Table Base Ultra-Violet Lamp; Combo UV-Ir; Table Model With Mobile Base Ultra-Violet Lamp; Mobile Base Consistent output, controllable dosage, simple to operate. Combination of 800W ultra-violet and 600W infrared Consistent output, controllable dosage, simple to operate. 148 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

151 HEATING UNITS Hydrocollator Mobile Heating Units M-2; 14 gal 27 L 16 W 33 H Includes 12 Standard HotPacs Includes 3 Standard, 3 Oversize, & 3 Cervical HotPacs Includes 4 Standard, 2 Oversize, & 4 Cervical HotPacs M-4; 27 gal 35 L 20 W 33 H Includes 8 Oversize & 8 Cervical HotPacs Includes 6 Standard, 6 Oversize, & 6 Cervical HotPacs Includes 24 Standard HotPacs SS-2 21 L 16 W 33 H Includes 8 standard HotPacs Hydrocollator Stationary Heating Units High Quality Stainless Steel that gives constant supply of temperature consistent HotPacs. E-1; Stationary Height Length Width E-2; Stationary Thermalator Little Therm Heating Unit Four-pack heating unit. Features a clean aesthetic design and uses the same exposed element, rack, and packs as the T-4-S /8 13 1/4 13 3/4 Thermalator Mobile Heating Units T-12-M; Mobile Height Length Width T-8-M; Mobile Thermalator Stationary Heating Units T-4-S; Stationary Height Length Width T-6-S; Stationary T-8-S; Stationary Therapeutic Modalities Includes 4 Standard Size Hot Pack Model E-1 fits on desk top, counter top or mobile stand. Includes 4 standard size hot packs Model E-2 is a small heating unit with the capacity for oversized hotpacks. Includes (2) oversize, (1) Neck contoured and *3) Standard Size Hot Packs Constructed of stainless steel. T-8 Holds 8 standard size hot packs. T-12 Holds 12 standard size hot packs T-4 Holds 4 standard size hot packs. T-6 Holds 6 standard size hot packs T-8 Holds 8 Standard size hot packs. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 149

152 HEATING UNITS (CON T) Hydra-Therm No metal means no rust. Low voltage control. Digital low water sensor. Composite dividers. Isolated heating element Composite Heating Unit, 12 pack Therapeutic Modalities Hydra-Therm Deluxe No metal means no rust. Low voltage control. Digital low water sensor. Composite dividers. Isolated heating element. Circulation/Drain pump. Folding attached shelf Composite Heating Unit, 12 pack and State of the art composite heating unit. HEATING UNIT ACCESSORIES Side Table Rack Height Depth Width Adds efficiency with stainless steel work surfaces. PARAFFIN THERAPY Parabath Unit Great for clinic and home and is ideal for relief of pain and stiffness due to arthritis or injury. Thermostatically controlled from 126 to 134 degrees F. UL Listed Little Dipper Paraffin Unit by Whitehall There is now a smaller option for professional paraffin baths thanks to the Little Dipper. It is made of the same rugged construction as its bigger cousins, making it an excellent option for hand treatment ParaTherapy: 8 L X 8 W X 8 H Paraffin Refills lb. Box Refills, (6) 1 lb. Bars (Unscented) lb. Box Refills, (6) 1 lb. Bars (Citrus Scented) Parabath Unit accommodates hand, foot or elbow Stationary unit supplied with first 2 lbs of wax This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

153 Deluxe Paraffin Unit accommodates larger capacities, enabling more extensive treatment of arms, hands and feet Two heat circuits: high heat for rapid melting and low heat for thermoststically acontrolled treatment temperature Attractive mahogany molding around the top and bottom of the tank aids in patient comfort. Attractive mahogany molding around the top and bottom of tanke helps prevent burns. Therapeutic Modalities Dickson Deluxe Paraffin Unit Provides effective insulation with chrome-plated, heavy-gauge, double walled, hgihly corrosion-resistant, metal tanks and plastic covers that prevent heat loss. Overall dimensions: 29 L x 15 W x 13.5 H Interior tank dimensions: 14 L x 7 W x 9.5 H UL Listed; V, 60Hz Deluxe Paraffin Unit with Drain, Stand and Timed Sterilizing Circuit Dickson Office/Home Paraffin Unit Provides therapy from any stable surface. Heavy-gauge stainless-steel tank maintains desried temperatures. Can be equipped with casters for continuous mobile floor use. Overall dimensions: 17 L x 8.25 W x 8.75 H. Interior tank dimensions: 12 L x Office/Home Paraffin Unit with Timed Sterilizing Circuit Office/Home Paraffin Unit with Stand Dickson Standard Paraffin Unit Provides effective insulation with chrome-plated, heavy-gauge, double walled, highly corrosion-resistant, metal tanks and plastic covers that prevent heat loss. Overall dimensions: 18.5 L x 10 W x 13.5 H Interior tank dimensions: 14 L x 7 W x 9.5 H UL Listed; V, 60Hz Standard Paraffin Unit with Drain, Stand and Timed Sterilizing Circuit Option Stand for Standard Paraffin Unit Paratherapy Unit Great for clinic or home use and is ideal for pain relief and stiffness due to arthritis or injury. Thermostatically controlled from 125 to 134 degrees F. UL listed /4 Waxwell Paraffin Bath Unit with 6lb Unscented Paraffin PLUS Liners, Mitt and Bootie Waxwel Beads (6) 6 lb. Pellet bags (6) 1 lb. Pellet bags and Top L R: Wintergreen, Lilac, Rose; Bottom L-R: Citrus, unscented, peach This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 151

154 Therapeutic Modalities HEAT THERAPY Fluidotherapy Clinical heating of the upper and lower extremities. Specially designed fluidized beds combine the precise control of dry heat temperature and airflow with Cellex medium to generate the mechanical effects of skin desensitization and limb buoyancy. Use for relief of local pain and stiffness associated with non-rheumatoid arthritis, increased local blood circulation and the mangement of joint range of motion. Features microprocessor-based controller, electronic temperature controls, regulated/adjustable air speeds, pulsed or continuous operation modes, electronic treatment timer and wake-up preheat timer lb. Container; Cellex Dry Heat Medium Top Sleeve For All Units Top Sleeve Frame Side Sleeve For FT Side Sleeve For FT115 Thermo Therapy Gently and warmly massages the extremity, allowing immersion of hand, wrist, foot or ankle; the larger model also accommodates the lower leg. Units includes Celstim and complete instructions. 10 lb. Capacity - TT lb. Capacity - TT101L lb. Capacity - TT202 - Floor Model Optional Stand Stand for Model TT-101; 30 x Stand for Model TT-101L; 33 x 13.5 Replacement Celstim Two 5lb plastic containers of sterilized replacement Celstim Standard single extremity unit for treating the hand, wrist, elbow, foot and ankle - model 110D Thermostatically controlled heater that heats up Celstim to a max of 128 F Treat (2) extremities, (2) hands or (2) feet - model 115D lbs. of Cellex Dry Heat medium Stand sold separately This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

155 Localized thermal therapy hot or cold for post traumatic and post surgical conditions To Treat disorders associated with vascular or lymphatic insufficiency. Therapeutic Modalities COLD AND HEAT THERAPY SYSTEMS Thermazone Therapy Professional Starter Kit Includes ThermaZone: Carry Bag High Sierra Duffel (003-05), Thermal Therapy Device (003-02), Knee Pad (003-17), Back Pad (003-18), Ankle Pad (003-19) & Reg Shoulder Pad (003-15) Thermal Therapy Device Professional Starter Kit Accessories Auto Power Cord Duffel Bag Heating-Cooling Pads Head Relief Pad Occipital Relief Pad Eye Relief Pad Universal Relief Pad, 5 x Injection Pad Shoulder Relief Pad Knee Relief Pad Back Relief Pad Ankle Relief Pad Shoulder Relief Pad, Large Single Patient Disposable Knee Pad, 25/cs Single Patient Disposable Back Pad, 25/cs Single Patient Disposable Ankle Pad, 25/cs Single Patient Disposable Large Shoulder Pad, 25/cs Prothermo PT-7 Device with various wraps for Alternating/Intermittent Compression between 35mmHg and 15mmHg. Automatically alternates from hot to cold therapy 20 minutes at 49 degrees F and 10 minutes 105 degrees F. Reduction of edema associated with soft tissue injuries such as burns, postoperative edema, and ligament sprains. Treatment of disorders associated with vascular or lymphatic insufficiency. Cold and Heat Therapy for pain management. No ice required Compression and Localized Thermal Therapy device Premium Wrap Knee Large (half leg) Wrap Full Leg Wrap Arm (half) Wrap Arm (full) Wrap Back Wrap Mini Wrap with compression Cervical Total Wrap Universal U Wrap Foot/Ankle Wrap Hip Wrap Shoulder (large) Wrap w/straps Shoulder w/harness (medium) Wrap Vascucomp 3 Provides sequential, gradient compression: adjustable pressure settings. 7 W x 8 H x 8 D, Weighs 7lbs. 4 Chamber full leg wrap, (small, medium, and large). 4 Chamber full arm wrap, (small, medium, and large). Wraps Lymphedema, full leg, 4 chamber Lymphedema, full arm, 4 chamber This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 153

156 Therapeutic Modalities COLD THERAPY SYSTEMS PowerPlay Cold & Compression Therapy Three individual operating ports allow treatment of multiple or joints while providing cold therapy and intermittent, segmented compression The PowerPlay pump weighs less than one pound, making it the most portable, convenient cold and compression therapy unit available. Battery offers 12 hours of continuous use allowing therapy while traveling, during games or during recovery at home. PowerPlay Therapy Kits include 2 wraps with gel packs, battery-operated pneumatic pump, carrying bag, and extender hose. Additional wraps may be purchased individually. Components PPRT-01 PowerPlay Pump & Adapter PPTX-40 PowerPlay Tube Extender Accessories PPCC-62 PPDC-63 PPIC-61 Insulated Carrying Bag DC Power Adapter Replacement Ice Bag, reusable Gel Pack Only PPGP-22 Elbow Gel Pack PPGP Knee Gel Pack PPGP-58 Knee Gel Pack PPGP-59 Additional Shoulder Gel Pack PPGP-65 Hip Gel Pack PPGP-66 Ankle Gel Pack Therapy Kits PPKT-1000 Knee/ Knee Wraps PPKT-1001 Knee/ Shoulder Wraps PPKT-1002 Knee/ Ankle Wraps PPKT-1003 Knee/ Hip Wraps PPKT-1004 Shoulder/ Ankle Wraps PPKT-1005 Shoulder/ Hip Wraps PPKT-1006 Shoulder/ Shoulder Wraps PPKT-1007 Ankle/ Ankle Wraps PPKT-1008 Ankle/ Hip Wraps PPKT-1009 Hip/ Hip Wraps PPKT-1010 Wrist/ Knee Wraps, Left PPKT-1011 Wrist/ Knee Wraps, Right PPKT-1012 Wrist/ Shoulder Wraps, Left PPKT-1013 Wrist/ Shoulder Wraps, Right PPKT-1014 Wrist/ Hip Wraps, Left PPKT-1015 Wrist/ Hip Wraps, Right PPKT-1016 Wrist/ Ankle Wraps, Left PPKT-1017 Wrist/ Ankle Wraps, Right PPKT-1018 Wrist/ Wrist Wraps, Left PPKT-1019 Wrist/ Wrist Wraps, Right PPKT-1020 Wrist/ Wrist Wraps, Right/ Left PPKT Knee/ Knee Wraps PPKT Knee/ Shoulder Wraps PPKT Knee/ Hip Wraps PPKT Knee/ Ankle Wraps PPKT Knee/ Wrist Wraps, Left PPKT Knee/ Wrist Wraps, Right PPKT Knee/ 360 Knee Wraps Wrap w/ Gel Pack PPAN-66 Standard Ankle Wrap, Universal PPEL-22 Standard Elbow Wrap, Universal PPHP-65 Standard Hip Wrap, Universal PPKN Knee Wrap PPKN-57 Standard Knee Wrap, Universal PPSH-59 Standard Shoulder Wrap, Universal PPAN-66 * Fits circumference up to 12. * Applications include: Achilles tendon rupture or tear, lateral ankle repair, pain, sprains, strains, or fractures, plantar fasciitis, bone spurs, sesamoiditis, tendon surgery. PPHP-65 * Fits circumference up to 46. Applications include: Hemiarthroplasty, hip resurfacing, pain management, sprains, strains or fractures, hip replacements. PPKN-57 * Fits circumference of 21 above the knee cap and 20 below knee cap. * Applications include: ACL injuries, Meniscus tears, Tendinitis, Pain management, Knee replacement, Collateral ligament injuries. PPEL-22 * Fits circumferences up to 20 below and 20 above elbow. * Applications include: Elbow replacement, interposition arthroplasty, pain, sprains, strains, or fractures, tommy john surgery, bursitis, synovectomy. PPKN-360 * Designed to combine the benefits of intermittent pneumatic compression and cold therapy to help reduce edema and decrease pain. * Universal size fits left or right knee. PPSH-59 * Fits both left and right shoulder, up to 50 around chest. * Applications include: - arthroscopic stabilization or repair, capsulolabral reconstruction, clavicle fractures, rotator cuff repair, shoulder replacement. 154 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

157 PPKT *Each PowerPlay Therapy Kit includes 2 wraps with gel packs, battery-operated pneumatic pump, carrying bag, and extender hose. PPTX-40 * 5 extension tube can be added to the PowerPlay wraps for added flexibility during use. * Two extension tubes can be used together to increase the length of the tube without compromising the compression therapy. PPIC-61 * For those who prefer ice instead of the frozen gel pack inside the PowerPlay wraps.. * reusable, economical, and won t sweat or leak during use. Therapeutic Modalities Aircast Cryo/Cuff Compression Dressing System Consists of (3) parts, a cuff that covers the specific body part with pressurized ice, water, a cooler that holds enough water and ice for 6 to 8 hours of cyrotherapy and a tube that exchanges the water between the cooler and cuff. All cuffs are one size fits all, except for the knee cuff. To determine knee cuff size, measure the circumference of leg 6 above the patella Cooler and Tube Assembly Only Cryo/Cuff Only Ankle Knee; Small; 10 to Knee; Medium; 18 to Knee; Large; 20 to Shoulder Elbow Hand and Wrist Cryo/Cuff with Cooler Ankle Knee; Small; 10 to Knee; Medium; 18 to Knee; Large; 20 to Shoulder Elbow Hand and Wrist The Cryo/Cuff System is great for cold and compression therapy applied in the clinic, on the athletic field or at home. Provides intermittent compression and continuous cold therapy. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 155

158 COLD THERAPY SYSTEMS (CON T) Therapeutic Modalities Arctic Ice System Reduces Pain and Swelling Provides 3-4 hours of treatment on one single fill of ice and water. Can be used continuously without interruption. Comforatable, easy to use, and portable Cool water is circulated 360 degrees around treatment area. Accessories sold separately Artic Ice System Accessories Universal Therapy Pad U-Shaped Single Therapy Boot - Std Double Therapy Boot - Std Single Therapy Boot - Lg Double Therapy Boot - Lg Large Back Pad 13 x Therapy Mitt Joint Wrap for Universal Pad Compression Wrap for Back Pad COLD THERAPY UNITS ColPac Freezer Five cubic feet of spacious capacity Four durable stainless steel shelves Comes complte with trays and cup holders Shipped with 12 standard size ColPacs UL and cul listed Height Width Depth / /4 Glacier Freeze Chilling Unit This front loading chilling unit provides convenient storage for cold packs on (2) stainless steel racks. Each rack holds (1) cervical and (6) standard cold packs and is removable for easy access. Oversized packs can easily be stored on the bottom shelf. Stores ice cups for ice massage in a stainless steel cup holder on the door or on the bottom shelf Glacier Freeze Chilling Unit Easy-to-read thermometer allows clinicians to monitor the unit s temperature and make adjustments to have cold packs at just the right temperature. KolPak Cart Polished stainless steel All shelves heavy duty 22 gauge and double-thick 16 gauge legs. Height Width Depth Ideal for chilling units that weight up to 300 lbs. 156 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

159 Includes 4 Standard Size Cold Packs Intermediate size unit Delivers steady flow of ice for fast recovery of ice supply Uses significantly less energy and water than other cube ice machines Therapeutic Modalities Quick inflation rate, adjustable pressure with Digital Pressure Meter, simple pre-set (35 sec) and deflate (10 sec) times and quiet reliable maintenance free cyclone pump. PresSsion Garments feature a flexi-walled inflation socket with a specially designed connector to assure secure hose retention and prevent air shut-off even if the hose kinked or flattened. Little Freeze Chilling Unit by Whitehall This unit comes with specially designed shelves that facilitate easy removal of the four included glacier packs. It performs the same big chill as the GlacierFreeze in one small, economical unit Chilling Unit: 17 1/4L x 18 1/2W x 19 H Model C-5 Chilling Unit Heavy-duty compressor for longer life and faster chilling. Drain valve for easy cleaning No plumbing connections or special wiring needed. Rubber casters for easy movement. Includes (6) standard size and (6) half size cold packs. UL Listed Height Width Depth Scotsman Ice Machines Energy saving systems that optimizes cycle efficiency and ice quality Flaker, Undercounter; 80 lb Bin Capacity; 395 lbs/24 hrs Cuber, Undercounter; 80 lb Bin Capacity; 200 lbs/24 hrs Options Single Water Filtration System COMPRESSION THERAPY Presssion Multi 3 Use with either uniform(single or (3) chambered garments PresSsion Multi 3 (3) Chamber Inflatable Expanders Full arm; 30 Long Half Leg Full Arm 3/4 Leg Full Leg Option (3) Chamber Hose Set Single Chambered Garments Foot and Ankle; 10 Long Half Leg; 20 Leg /4 Leg; 26 Long Full Leg; 29 Long Full Leg; 32 Long Full Leg; 35 Long Full Leg Wide; 35 Long Half Arm; 17 Long Full Arm; 29 Long This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 157

160 Therapeutic Modalities COMPRESSION THERAPY (CON T) Presssion Multi 6 Use with either (3) or (6) chamber garments PresSsion Multi 6 Option (6) Chamber Hose Set Sequential Presssion Garments Multi-chambered garment. (3) Chambers Full Leg; 32 Long Half Leg; 20 Long Half Arm; 17 Long /4 Leg; 26 Long (6) Chambers Full Leg; 32 Long Full Arm; 30 Long /4 Leg Wide; 26 Long CONTINUOUS PASSIVE MOTION Artromot E2 Elbow & S3 Shoulder CPM Options Patient Data Chipcard Artromot E2 Elbow CPM Fully synchronized motors allow treatment parameters to be customized to meet patient s specific therapy protocols. Easy to use hand control capable of storing treatment data on memory chip card. Easy to transport; lightweight at 35 lbs Artromot E2 Elbow CPM Unit Options Elbow Fleece Patient Kit Inflates (2) garments simultaneously, quick inflation rate, adjustable pressure with Digital Pressure Meter, therapy timer from 15 to 120 minutes and adjustable inflation and deflation times True physiological movements with the greatest range of motion Inflatable Expanders allows the clinician to create a custom off the shelf garment for patients This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

161 Handheld programming of device parameters: extension, flexion, pause, force and speed. K4 features true anatomical hip axis providing precise knee and hip motion Artromot K3 And K4 Knee CPM (4) hidden programming features: warm-up, patient runtime, device runtime, full speed and motion. Features a wide, deep leg orthosis to accommodate larger patients, a wide, stable skid resistant base, reliable solid-state digital electronics and a removable power cord. K3 Knee CPM K4 Knee CPM Kits for K Fleece Patient Kit Kits for K Fleece Patient Kit Optiflex Ankle CPM Provides anatomical motion for the ankle Address full ankle range of motion capabilities Unique adjustable base for use in bed or chair Optiflex Ankle CPM Kits Ankle Patient Kit (sold separately) Therapeutic Modalities Optiflex3 Knee CPM Progressive ROM eliminates time consuming adjustments by automatically increasing daily range of motion. Oscillation Zone allows more time spent in the active or working range of motion. Fast Back accelerates through non-working ROM while knee spends more time in active range of motion. Meets UL and CSA electrical standards. 100 to 240V and 50/60Hz OptiFlex3 Knee CPM with Patient Kit Accessories Patient Kit for OptiFlex Comfort Zone addresses patient pain threshold by providing therapy at a reduced flexion angle limit Optiflex S Shoulder CPM Easy-to-use hand control for storing treatment data on memory chip card. Fully synchronized motors allow treatment parameters to be customized to meet patient s specific therapy protocols. Ergonomic rest for healthy arm and fully adjustable chair. Patented Universal left/right Shoulder design. Folds easily for transport/shipping. Includes patient data card and erasable pen. Lightweight design weighs 55 lbs (25 kg). Two-year limited warranty Optiflex S Shoulder CPM This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 159

162 MASSAGERS Therapeutic Modalities Jeanie Rub Massager The variable speed unit has a rotary dial switch that provides a choice speed ranging from soothing 1400 rpm to an invigorating 4600 rpm. Provides soothing, oscillating massage that safely relaxes tight muscles and stimulates circulation on all body types and sizes Single Speed Variable Speed Options Fleece Pad Cover Nylon Shoulder Bag Sheepskin Pad Cover Jeanie Accessory Kit The Knead Multi Adaptable soft tissue mobilization tool that provides myofascial release of tension Can be used over clothing or directly on the skin with a massage lubricant Cleans easily with soap and water The Knead Single speed unit has a toggle switch that operates a heavy duty shaded pole motor at 3240 rpm Nylon Shoulder Bag Fleece Pad Cover Sheepskin Pad Cover Myotool Specifically designed to allow patients to self-perform many of the techniques they receive in a clinical setting. The two center knobs are spaced to be aligned with the spinal facet joints and paraspinal musculature. The design of the long axis without projections allows the tool to be used for pumping massage and spinal mobilization. The large endknob is for broader/softer pressure. The small endknob is for specific/deeper pressure. Bi-knobs and tri-knobs allow for a wider variety of treatment pressures and are very effective at treating the plantar fascia and the first rib. The C-shape allows for both hands to be used providing very specific and controlled pressure over the soft tissues and joints. The length of the MyoTool gives the user leverage so that little effort is needed to generate and effective pressure to the treatment area MyoTool Jeanie Accessory Kit Spares Fingers and wrists from excessive pressure as force is directed toward the user s larger muscle groups Acupressure and trigger point release. Neural gliding techniques. Soft tissue massage for the spine and extremities. Self segmental spinal stabilization Mobilization/releaseof fascia Assisted stretching 160 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

163 Pro-Tec Roller Massager Raised Vynafoam sections that sink into soft tissue to roll out tightness. Rounded grip ends to provide precision trigger point release. Full color instruction manual with massage, trigger point exercises, and techniques for your entire body. Get deep tissue stimulation, maximum muscle performance and flexibility, and an expedited recovery. Great tool for Myofascial Release Pro-Tec Roller Massager Pro-Tec Roller Massager with Trigger Point Release Grips. Thera-Band Roller Massager Unique patent-pending ridged design supports both superficial and deep tissue Mobilization. Portable version featuing patent-pending retractable handles that s perfect for travel and on the go applications. Highly durable latex-free thermoplastic material for extended life and easy cleaning. Handles designed to support trigger point release. Detailed color instructions featuring general techniques and advanced exercises Standard Green Ridged Portable Green Ridged Innovative tool for myofascial release and deep tissue massage. Therapeutic Modalities Thera-Cane Therapeutic Massager that applies pressure to treat muscle dysfunction. Ergonomic Design enhanced leverage for easy use. 6 Strategically placed balls for full-body massage. Recommended by pain management professionals, chiropractors, and physical therapists for home therapy. Two year limited warranty Thera-Cane Provides deep pressure massage with minimal amount of arm movement. SOFT TISSUE MOBILIZATION SASTM Instruments Includes instruments, SASTM cream, online access to training videos and forms, and manual in a hard carrying case and free introductory seminar in the U.S SASTM Instruments SASTM Instruments b Knee - Neck and Back Pain - Planter Fasciitis - Lateral Epicondylitis This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 161

164 BALANCE TRAINERS Balance Boards - Thera-Band Rocker Board Wobble Board and Wobble Board on left, Rocker Board on right Chango R4 Balance Board (2) boards in one: rocker and wobble board. Wobble board tilt angles 14 and 20 degrees on yellow shock absorbing center ball - or remove balls and use on inflatable balance disc Chango R4 Balance Board Improves balance, coordination and quickens reflex time. Exercise Equipment Combo Board Velcro fasteners attach each piece Combo Board Rocker Boards 20 square with rocker base Beginner; 20 Square Board, Tri-Level (5) interchangeable fulcrums give (3) degrees of difficulty as a single plane rocker: 6, 9 and 12 degrees and (2) multidirectional fulcrums at 10 degrees Rocker Boards are suitable for balance training, improving ROM and warm-up squats. Wobble Boards Intermediate is intended for beginners and seniors. Advanced; Tri-Level ; 15, 17 and 20 degree angles Intermediate; Tri-Level ; 10, 12 and 15 degree angles Wobble Board Kit With Stand Wobble Board Kit with Stand & Larger size board allows for wider, more stable stance Stand keeps your boards neatly stored and easily accessible. Bongo Board The sloped ends of the barrel also encourage using toe and heel pressure Bongo Board Chango S2000 Board (2) boards in one: rocker and wobble board. Use for calf stretch, push ups, or sit on it and wobble Advanced; 15 L x 7.5 W Beginner/Advanced; 15 L x 7.5 W A unique barrel shaped roller made out of (2) halves that can twist independently, making the deck unstable Wobble on the large yellow center ball, or remove the yellow ball and rocker on (2) wooden balls attached to the bottom of the board. 162 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

165 Large Deck Sets on 4 Corner Legs Large Deck With Center Leg Large Deck on Center Roller (2) hemispheres with neoprene and Velcro straps, helps correct muscle imbalance Allows for a variety of exercises to be performed that mimic actual functional activities Exercise Equipment Chango Balance Paws Use while walking to activate the muscles of gait. For push ups, standing or prone, attach to hand Chango Balance Paws; 2 High Chango Balance Paws; 1.5 High Soft Boards Safely achieve better balance, coordination and overall agility Closed cell foam allows for a smooth multi-plane balance environment Non-slip, non-marking, and silent when in use Wobble Board-Beginner Wobble Board-Advanced Rocker Board-Intermediate FitBALL Balance Disc Two sizes for increased flexibility Both may have air added to or taken out to change the feel Smooth on one side, sensory points on the other Used to improve balance, stability and helps to strengthen and tone core muscles Air pump required for full inflation/adjustment FitBall Balance Disc; FitBall Giant Balance Disc; Sensory bumps one side and smooth on the other. Thera-Band Stability Trainer Green: more stable and suitable for beginners and Blue: less stable and more suitable for advanced users. Black (air filled): most challenging. Air-Filled Black; Extra Soft Foam Green; Firm; For Beginners Blue; Soft; For Advanced Users FitBALL Wedge Used as a posture correcting seat cushion or lumbar support. Air pump required for full inflation/adjustment Junior; Senior; 13 Cando Vestibular Wedge Wedge combines dynamic seating and static positioning Inflate or deflate to vary degree of difficulty Wedge requires active participation from user to assume correct sitting x 15 ; Large; Blue x 10 ; Small; Blue This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 163

166 BALANCE TRAINERS (CON T) FitBALL Balance Pad The FitBALL Balance Pad is a beginner-level balance tool for the Active Aging market or any training environment when a low-level of instability is desired. The super-dense foam construction is more challenging than standing on a mat. The closed-cell structure foam material does not absorb water or dirt, making this an ideal product for multi-user commercial environments. The Pad has a non-skid textured surface and can be used in group exercise classes as an alternative to balance discs or boards. It can be used as a single unit or stacked in multiples to increase the balance challenge x x 2 (Blue) Beginner-level balance tool for the Active Aging Market. Exercise Equipment Airex Balance Pad This closed cell, super-soft specialty foam will not absorb water and is sanitized to inhibit growth of fungus and microbes. Balance Pad dimensions: 16 L X 20 W X 2.5 H Airex Balance Pad Elite; slip-resistant raised waffle surface Airex Balance Pad Airex Balance Beam The extended length provides a base for an individual to walk toe-to-toe, improving lower and upper body stabilization and coordination Used for balance, coordination, mobility and stability training. Aeromat Balance Pad Great for rehabilitation, coordination and balance training. Deluxe pad is made of durable EVA foam material. Easy to Clean. Length Width Thickness Color Blue Aeromat Balance Mat Durable and easy to clean. Instruction sheet included. Offers a wide range of balance, stability and core function exercises for fitness and rehab. Length Width Thickness Color Blue This Balance Block is a durable closed cell foam. Balance Aids Self-standing balance aids used to assist first time users or individuals with limited balance Balance Aids Great for Stabilization Push-ups Lightweight 51 poles. 164 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

167 FitBALL Deluxe Board Extra-large 19.5 x 27 surface has plenty of room for wide-stance functional training with 6 slots around the edges for use with your tubing. Heavy-duty plastic construction is geared for high-use fitness or rehab facilities. Multi-directional fulcrum provides balance challenges for beginners or pros. Large athletes will love the additional space on the balance board FitBALL Deluxe Board x 27 Baps Lightweight, durable, biomechanically designed platform that is reversible to accommodate right or left and includes permanent indices for proper foot placement. Weight rods may be strategically placed in one or more of the (5) sockets for passive ROM assistance or for strengthening specific muscle groups. Includes wall mount and instruction manual Complete BAPS System with Wall Rack ad Mount Complete BAPS System with Storage Tray Cando Maps (Multi-Axis Platform System) MAPS offers adjustable ROM and weight training to maximize lower body rehabilitation. Set includes reversible board (1 side for left foot, 1 side for right foot), color-coded ball set. Accessories available separately Board, 5 Balls, 2 Rods Board, 5 Balls, 2 Rods, Rack (4 2.5lb Wts.) Board, 5 Balls, 2 Rods, Tub (4) 2.5lb wts. Korebalance Fully integrated computerized balance system. Interactive 3-D software games augment training. Patented pneumatic pressure system MedFit Korebalance SportKAT Balance An inflatable bladder beneath the platform provides variable, multilevel stability, incorporating actual motion into the assessment equation based on time and distance. A sensor on the platform using patented thermal accelerometer technology with no moving parts allows free 360 range of motion and transfers data to a CPU with monitor using K.A.T. for Windows software. DATA system consists of tilt sensor with patented thermal accelerometer technology and KATWIN software. The system incorporates built-in training modes or allows for the design of unique, individualized training protocols. Positive visual feedback to the patient and the automatic calculation of a balance index provide the necessary motivational tools. Test data is stored for each patient SportKAT SportKAT 1750 Exercise Equipment Wide-stance functional training with 6 slots around the edges for use with your tubing (5) proportionately calibrated hemispherical attachments assure precise control for range of motion stress This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 165

168 Trains balance in a safe environment As patient progresses, they can be further challenged by adjusting both the speeds and patterns available in the Chase task. Exercise Equipment BALANCE TRAINERS (CON T) Shuttle Balance Standard Simulates a slip through motion in all horizontal planes. Perturbates in both standing and seated positions for therapeutic and sport-specific treatments (fall prevention, whiplash, contact sports). Challenges all ability levels by adjusting platform height, stability, and degree of tilt. Platform weight capacity: 400 lbs. Balance board: 24 x 30. Height adjustment chains and rail grips overall footprint 43 x 50 Shuttle Balance Professional Simulates a slip through motion in all horizontal planes. Perturbates in both standing and seated positions for therapeutic and sport-specific treatments (fall prevention, whiplash, contact sports). Challenges all ability levels by adjusting platform height, stability, and degree of tilt. Platform weight capacity: 400 lbs. Balance board: 24 x 30. Height adjustment chains, rail grips, elastic dampeners, control cords, rubber stability feet, balance steps overall footprint 43 x 50 The Quick Board Rehabilitates both neurologically and physically. Reliable, objective results for testing, training, and rehab. Helps improve agility, reaction, quickness, strength and balance The Quick Board The Quick Board shown on Shuttle MVP (see page 181) HUR Balance Trainer Perform mctsib screening tests to objectively document the effects of compromising visual and proprioceptive on your patient s Center of Pressure Sway. Using Protocol Wizard, design your own custom tests with named performances and objective documentation. Using the Trainer Mode, you can work productively with beginning, intermediate and advanced balance patients. Using slow speeds and short durations, the Chase training task works simple rhythmic sway exercises that help beginning patients gain confidence in their balance. Hotline available for your balance questions Balance Trainer; 3 x Balance Trainer; 2 x Optional Rail System Use with rocker boards. (Not included) Balance Activity Platform Wood platform with safety treads and adjustable height stainless steel support handrails. 400 lb. weight capacity. Depth Width Height This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

169 WHOLE BODY VIBRATION Pro Vibe Surface area of 32 x 40. Frequency range of hz and a high & low amplitude setting. Designed to allow Olympic style lifting and plyometrics on the platform, and just as effective for core exercises and extremity massage Pro Vibe PRO5 Professional model: 2 year parts and labor 33% larger than MY5 plate surface High/Low settings for vertical displacement Vibration: Horizontally, times/second; pre-settings include 30, 35, 40 and 50hz. Time: 30, 45, or 60 seconds. Additional features above the my-series: multiple settings for more variation in exercise regimes, capacity for approx., double weight load of MY5, larger plate surface for greater exposure to vibrations PRO5 PRO5 Airdaptive High Performance Professional model: 2 year parts and labor 33% larger than MY5 plate surface High/Low settings for vertical displacement Vibration: Horizontally, times/second; pre-settings include 30, 35, 40 and 50hz. Time: 30, 45, or 60 seconds. Additional features above the my-series: multiple settings for more variation in exercise regimes, capacity for approx., double weight load of MY5, larger plate surface for greater exposure to vibrations, remote control included, wheeled carrying case included, 20% increase in output PRO5 AIRdaptive High Performance Vibe Plate Functional Durable Low Profile Limitless Applications Easy to use Simplified control System 1200 to 1800 lb. weight Capacity Beneficial to all training and therapeutic programs VIBE PLATE ViBE PLATE VIBE PLATE VIBE PLATE XL Accessories VIBE PLATE HAND RAIL This platform is made of industrial steel and designed to withstand the abuse of professional athletes The Pro5 model has a larger number of settings for greater variation in therapy regimens The Power Plate HP allows more room for therapy sessions with the increase in surface area Whole Body Vibration therapy is rapidly becoming a popular treatment for anyone from athletes, to patients in physical therapy to casual exercisers. Vibe Plate Hand Rail can be ordered separately. Exercise Equipment This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 167

170 EXERCISE MATS Airex Exercise Mats Made of tear resistant PVC foam for long product life and are treated with a special Sanitized process to inhibit growth of fungi and bacteria. Corona; Rounded Width Length Thickness Color Blue Red Green Coronella; Rounded Blue Red Green CORONA - Great for Physiotherapy, Rehabilitation, Antenatal Exercises and Hydrotherapy. Weight: 8lbs. Provides maximum comfort and protection due to a non-slip surface, superb cushioning, and warm, soft skin contact CORONELLA - Great for Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation. Weight 5lbs. Provides maximum comfort and protection due to a non-slip surface, superb cushioning, and warm, soft skin contact. Exercise Equipment Aeromat Fitness Mat Two surface in one mat, one sided ribbed and one side smooth. Superb Cushioning. Body heat retentive, impervious to water. Easy to clean with damp cloth. Great for Pilates, fitness, workouts, and in rehab therapy. Premium Mats at a budget price. Length Width Thickness Color /4 Blue length width thickness color /8 Blue /4 Blue Length Width Thickness Color /8 Blue /8 Blue Made of Phthalates free PVC closed-cell foam. FitBALL Mats Closed cell foam, won t bottom out or absorb perspiration. (2) sizes to accommodate most fitness and rehab applications. Width Length Thickness FitBALL Yoga Mat The new FitBALL Yoga Mat is a deluxe version of the familiar no-frills sticky mat. The rounded corners and extra-cushioning are features often found on more expensive mats. The fitball Yoga Mat is value-priced for group exercise, yoga/pilates studios, or any other professional environment where quality is a requirement. Mat is purple / Lightweight and easy to roll up and store Deluxe version of the familiar no-frills sticky mat. 168 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

171 Thera-Band Exercise Mats Mats are high density, lightweight supports used to provide comfort, safety and protection against injury. Blue Width Length Thickness Green Suited for all types of physical therapy applications Mat fold every 2 feet to minimize storage space when not in use Cando Accordion Fold Mats Vinyl coated nylon cover is mildew resistant, antibacterial and wipes clean with a damp cloth. Velcro ends allow mats to safely connect to form a larger mat surface. Firm; poly-ethylene foam Width Length Thickness / / /8 Soft; poly-urethane foam Exercise Equipment Cando Closed Cell Exercise Mat Foam Width Length Thickness Color Blue Black Green Red Yellow PILATES AND YOGA FitBALL Sensory Balls Used for self-massage Inflates with needle pump. (not included) Yellow cm; Set of (2) Balls cm Spiky sensory points to encourage stimulation. FitBALL Spiky Balls Use for sensory therapy, manual massage and reflexology Sold in sets of two Color varies cm Ball - Set of cm Ball - Set of cm Ball - Set of cm Ball - Set of 2 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 169

172 Exercise Equipment PILATES AND YOGA (CON T) FitBALL Body Therapy Self-guided program that addresses tension in the pelvic, hip, lower back, middleback, neck, chest and shoulder areas. Achieve deep muscular and facial release with small balls (7 - Beginner, 6 - Intermediate, 5 - Expert.) Balls Ball; Black; Advanced Ball; White; Intermediate Ball; Black; Beginner Instructional Options Manual; 80 Pages DVD; 45 Minutes Pilates Mini Ball Pilates videos and DVDs by International pilates educator Leslie Bender. (2) challenging workouts using a 9 mini ball. Great for pilates mat workouts or replacing a pilates ring Mini Ball; 9 Instructional Options Pilates Mini-Ball 2 Advanced Workout; DVD Pilates Mini-Ball Workout; DVD FitBALL Reflex Balls And Roller Moderately firm roller. The Reflex Roller may be pumped up with a basketball pump for more firmness. Reflex Roller Green Pilates Power Ring Pro Add resistance to many of your pilates exercises Enhance Core Stability Improve overall flexibility Pilates Power Ring Pro Deluxe Pilates Ring New molded grips offer great comfort with more durability and traction. Fiberglass ring structure offers more responsive resistance than spring steel structure. Lightweight and portable. Great workout tool for inner and outer thighs, upper arms, and chest diameter. Purple Deluxe Pilates Ring Yoga Block EVA foam structure. Soft, smooth surface but rigid for support. Yoga Block 3 x 6 x 9 Color Blue Purple Yoga Block 4 x 6 x Blue Used to massage away tension and relax muscles throughout the body ring; fully cushioned and comfortable to use Great for pilates mat workouts or replacing a pilates ring. Great for pilates mat workouts or replacing a pilates ring This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

173 Add more than 200 exercises to your Pilates repertoire and challenge the body in different planes of motion Designed for serious core conditioning and to increase flexibility and mobility Expand Programming options. Ideal for those who need to stay in seated or upright position Professional Reformer bundle includes Professional Reformer, Maple roll-up pole, Reformer Box, Padded Platform Extender, Essential Reformer DVD Rehab Reformer Bundle includes Rehab Reformer, Maple Roll-up Pole, Reformer Box, Padded Platform Extender, Essential Reformer DVD. Exercise Equipment Yoga Strap With buckle for quick adjustment. Available in Black, Green, Blue, Purple and Red 6 Foot Yoga Strap Color Blue 8 Foot Yoga Strap Blue Cadillac/Trapeze Table From post rehab clients to peak performance athletes this piece provides the place to practice multi-planar strength and flexibility movements. Features a variety of spring lengths and tensions. Provides multiple spring attachment sites providing different level of resistance to support or challenge the body. Offers the opportunity for more three dimension movements and facilitates exercises in sitting, standing or lying positions. width length height Ladder Barrel Challenges core stability and strength for every Pilates enthusiast. For beginners to fully conditioned exerciser. width length height Split-Pedal Stability Chair Helps rebalance muscles and provides full body workout. Compact and easy to move. width length height Professional Reformer - Bundle Most appropriates in a dedicated space and facilitates hundreds of effective full-body exercises. This sturdy reformer features an innovative retractable rope system. Reformer dimensions: 30 Wide, 97 length and 145lbs. Carriage Dimensions width length height Rehab Reformer - Bundle The ultimate setting for rehabilitation exercises because it is higher off the ground for easier mounts and dismounts. 6 1/2 higher than the Professional Reformer for mobility challenged clients and those seeking exercise for sport injury. Retractable rope system adds increased ROM and fluidity. Carriage travels the length of the rail without jarring. Reformer Dimensions: 30 Wide, 97 Length, and 185lbs. Carriage Dimensions width length height This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 171

174 PILATES AND YOGA (CON T) V2 Max Plus Rehab Reformer - Bundle Facilitating limitless exercise possibilities, including V2 Max Plus programming. 6 1/2 higher than the Professional Reformer for mobility challenged clients and those seeking exercise for sport injury. Multi-tasks as a raised Mat platform with the inclusion of a Mat Converter, a standard reformer, and a multi-planar and biomechanics training tool. This units innovative vertical frame, pulley system and exclusive retractable rope system replicates the free, multi-dimensional movements of daily life. Reformer Dimensions: 30 Wide, 97 Length, and 185lbs. Vertical Frame Dimensions: 30.5 Wide, Height, and 41.5lbs Carriage Dimensions width length height Exercise Equipment EXERCISE PRODUCTS Bodyblade All bodyblades come with an instructional DVD and/or workout DVD, a 20 x 28 color exercise wall chart, and a 1-year warranty. Accessories are also available, wall charts, carrying cases and DVDs. Call for more information. Bodyblade Classic Length Weight Color lbs. Black Bodyblade CXT lbs. Black Bodyblade Pro lbs. Black Cones Height: Bodyblade Classic is great for rehab and post rehab training as well as personal training and group exercise Bodyblade CXT is great for group exercise, aerobic exercise or a lighter workout than the classic Bodyblade Pro delivers additional resistance for a more challenging workout or for a proprioceptive workout Cone Cone Mini Hurdles PVC hurdles are 5 high by 8 wide and include instruction chart Set of (6) Hurdles Set of (12) Hurdles Mini Trampoline Diameter Height With Handle Touch, durable plastic cones are perfect for speed, quickness, jumping and agility drills Perfect for agility training Heavy duty frame and springs. Use for jogging and balance routines. 172 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

175 Push-Up Bars Optimize chest and triceps strength Push-Up Bars The Step Adjustable from 4 to 6 to 8 high Platform with Four Risers Risers Only; One Pair Slide Boards Develops lateral strength, power, endurance, balance, agility, speed and flexibility. Includes speed booties and an instruction book. Special shipping charges apply to by Fitter International Slide Board SRF Board (2) piece dynamic rotation board, one fixed and one standing board and (4) adjustable bumpers that operates with resistance from 0 to 4 cords from either end SRF Board Pro Fitter Pro Fitter Plyo Boxes Width Depth Height Set of 4 (12, 18, 24 and 30 ) Exercise Equipment Minimize hand, wrist and elbow stress while performing close grip and wide grip push ups, as well as reverse dips Non-slip, shock absorbing ribbed mat for safety and non-skid rubber floor pads for traction and stability.floor pads for traction and stability An extremely slick fresh ice top surface with an underlay that has non-slip reinforced rubber that holds firm on floor or carpet. End ramps adjust in 1 increments Stabilization, rotational and functional training A 3-D cross trainer that offers over (20) effective exercises to achieve better balance, coordination and overall agility Solid, textured 1/8 rubber tread top. Nestable design for compact storage This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 173

176 Dedicated upper body kit with handles and combo mount Ankle Strap Foot Strap Handle Exercise Equipment SAFETY BUNGIE Bungie Upper Body Kit Portable, easy to use. 4 Foot Length Silver; 1 lb. to 7 lbs. of Pull Yellow; 3 lbs. to 9 lbs. of Pull Green; 5 lbs. to 12 lbs. of Pull Red; 7 lbs. to 14 lbs. of Pull Blue; 16 lbs. to 30 lbs. of Pull Black; 25 lbs. to 55 lbs. of Pull White; 55 lbs. to 150 lbs. of Pull Medicordz Accessories Velcro Closure Ankle Strap Ankle Strap Foot Strap Foot Strap Handle Single Head Harness X-Small; 18.5 to Small; 19.6 to Medium; 21.2 to large; 22.4 to X-Large; 24 to 25.1 Thigh Strap Small; 14 to Medium; 16 to Large; 18 to X-Large; 23 to 26 Waist Belt Fits up to 52 Waist Waist Strap Head Harness Thigh Strap Versatile for both upper body and lower body rehabilitation and conditioning. Medicordz Bungie Rehab Kit Kit contains modular handles, waist belt with moveable D-rings, padded ankle strap and (2) bungie cords with combination mount strap. When ordering, be sure to choose your resistant cord color (silver, yellow, green, red, blue, black, or white) With 4 Bungie Cordz With 7 Bungie Cordz Kit Medicordz Door Mount is a unique, adjustable patent-pending mounting system that is made of high strength, heavy duty nylon with metal attachments which hold up to the rigorous demands of clinic as well as home use. Medicordz Door Mount Kit includes adjustable Door Mount, (2) 3 modular tubes (choice of resistance), padded ankle strap, modular handles with D-ring Medicordz Door Mount Door Mount Kit White; 0.3 lb. to 1.5 lbs. of Pull Tan; 1.0 to 2.3 lbs. of Pull Burgundy; 1.5 lbs. to 4.5 lbs. of Pull Brown; 2.5 lbs. to 5.5 lbs. of Pull Silver; 3 lbs. to 8 lbs. of Pull Yellow; 5 lbs. to 14 lbs. of Pull Green; 8 lbs. to 24 lbs. of Pull Red; 12 lbs. to 31 lbs. of Pull Blue; 14 lbs. to 34 lbs. of Pull Black; 20 lbs. to 45 lbs. of Pull 174 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

177 Medicordz Headset Kit Strengthens neck muscles and has (4) attachment points for flexion, extension and rotation. Kit includes harness, 2 section of modular rubber tubing with 1.5 to 4.5 lbs. Of pull and door mount. Choose smaller size if in-between sizes X-Small; 18.5 to Small; 19.6 to Medium; 21.2 to Large; 22.4 to X-Large; 24 to 25.1 Medicordz Modular Tubing With Metal Attachment Clips Blue; 14 lbs. to 34 lbs. of Pull Black; 20 lbs. to 45 lbs. of Pull With Plastic Attachment Clips White; 0.3 lb. to 1.5 lbs. of Pull Tan; 1.0 to 2.3 lbs. of Pull Burgundy; 1.5 lbs. to 4.5 lbs. of Pull Brown; 2.5 lbs. to 5.5 lbs. of Pull Silver; 3 lbs. to 8 lbs. of Pull Yellow; 5 lbs. to 14 lbs. of Pull Green; 8 lbs. to 24 lbs. of Pull Red; 12 lbs. to 31 lbs. of Pull Medicordz Wall Mount Medicordz Wall Mount Wall Mount Kits White; 0.3 lb. to 1.5 lbs. of Pull Tan; 1.0 to 2.3 lbs. of Pull Burgundy; 1.5 lbs. to 4.5 lbs. of Pull Brown; 2.5 lbs. to 5.5 lbs. of Pull Silver; 3 lbs. to 8 lbs. of Pull Yellow; 5 lbs. to 14 lbs. of Pull Green; 8 lbs. to 24 lbs. of Pull Red; 12 lbs. to 31 lbs. of Pull Blue; 14 lbs. to 34 lbs. of Pull Black; 20 lbs. to 45 lbs. of Pull Modular Bungie Cordz Consists of a single section of bungie cord with a combination mount on one end and a clip on the opposite end for attachment to modular component. 4 Foot Length Silver; 1 lb. to 7 lbs. of Pull Yellow; 3 lbs. to 9 lbs. of Pull Green; 5 lbs. to 12 lbs. of Pull Red; 7 lbs. to 14 lbs. of Pull Blue; 16 lbs. to 30 lbs. of Pull Black; 25 lbs. to 55 lbs. of Pull White; 55 lbs. to 150 lbs. of Pull 7 Foot Length Silver; 1 lb. to 7 lbs. of Pull Yellow; 3 lbs. to 9 lbs. of Pull Green; 5 lbs. to 12 lbs. of Pull Red; 7 lbs. to 14 lbs. of Pull Blue; 16 lbs. to 30 lbs. of Pull Black; 25 lbs. to 55 lbs. of Pull White; 55 lbs. to 150 lbs. of Pull Exercise Equipment Headset Kit Modular Tubing consists of a single section of tubing, fittings and clips on each end for attachment to modular components. (3-Foot) Medicordz Wall Mount is a unique, adjustable patent-pending mounting system that is made of high strength, heavy duty nylon with metal attachments which hold up to the rigorous demands of clinic as well as home use Modular bungie cordz are made from premium quality durable rubber surrounded by braided nylon. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 175

178 TURFCORDZ Exercise Equipment Turfcordz Super Bungie Create for the extreme demands of high level athletic training. Super bungies are made from high strength large diameter bungie cord with industrial strength steel snaps. Tested and used by professional athletes worldwide. 10-Foot Level of Pull lbs lbs lbs. 6-Foot lbs lbs lbs. 8-Foot lbs lbs lbs. Accessories Waist Belt Cinch Strap Ankle Cinch Strap Thigh Cinch Strap Padded Shoulder Harness Super Bungie Handle Kit Super Bungie Kit Tug of War TurfCordz Resist-Assist Bungies with carabineers at either end wide ankle strap with neoprene padding for comfort. One size, cinch closure Neoprene padded shoulder harness; adjusts to fit up to 50 chest Waist belt with steel 2 D-Rings and neoprene padding for comfort. Fits up to 52 waist; cinch closure wide thigh strap with neoprene padding for comfort. One size, cinch closure Large handle for two hand grip action Super Bungie Kit includes Super Bungie Belt, three super bungie cordz, one each of 75, 150 and 200 lbs. of pull in 8-foot length and a super bungie handle Super Bungie Kit includes Super Bungie Belt, three super bungie cordz, one each of 75, 150 and 200 lbs. of pull in 8-foot length and a super bungie handle Super Bungie Kit includes Super Bungie Belt, three super bungie cordz, one each of 75, 150 and 200 lbs. of pull in 8-foot length and a super bungie handle. 176 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

179 Flexible trampoline fabric ensures smooth and consistent rebounds. Now with speed change for quicker adjustments Round design consistently returns passes. MediBalls are the original gel filled medicine ball. The ball s perfectly balanced shape makes them jiggle-free and easier to handle. MediBalls are the original gel filled medicine ball. Store all 6 balls on our space saving rack( ) REBOUNDERS MediBalls are the original gel filled medicine ball. Store all 6 balls on storage tree ( ) Includes Set of 6 Balls and Tree Ships fully assembled Exercise Equipment Adjustable Rebounder Adjustable angle welded steel frame for strengthening and coordinating exercises. Level position for jogging and balance routines. Optional easy reach storage rack for balls. Back-At-Ya Package includes rebounder, ball rack and set of (5) medicine balls. Dimensions: 40 W x 45 D x 31 H Economy Rebounder Rebounder Only - Round Options Set of (5) Balls Rebound Rebounder Back-At-Ya Package; Round Adjustable Rebounder Only; Round Square Rebounder Back-At-Ya Package; Square Adjustable Rebounder Only; Square Mediball Rebounder Provides superior performance to increase upper body strength and endurance and improve eye-hand coordination. Store all (6) balls ranging from 2 lbs. To 15 lbs. In the storage tree. Performance Package includes Mediball Rebounder with ball rack, set of (6) Mediballs, and plyometrics book by Donald Chu Mediball Rebounder: with storage rack MediBall Performance Package Mediball Medicine Balls The balls perfectly balanced shape make them jiggle free and easier to handle. Come in 6 sizes and alert red color that is easy to see. Gel filled to prevent jammed fingers MediBall Saver Package MediBall Storage Tree MediBalls Set of (6) balls lb. ball lb. ball lb. ball lb. ball lb. ball lb. ball Shuttle Rebound Whisper quiet. No assembly required of tilt. Built in ball holder. Surprisingly portable. Will not migrate on carpet Dimensions L x 39.5 W This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 177

180 Exercise Equipment EXERCISE WEIGHT BARS Cando Jumbo Wate Bars Use in supine, sitting or standing position to increase strength and ROM Use to improve endurance, balance and motor skills Use in therapy, group classes, aerobics, yoga and basic exercises. Foam covered. 3 Ft. Long lb lb lb lb lb lb lb Lite Set; 1 ea. (1,2,3,4,5 lb.) Standard Set; 1 ea. (1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 lb.) Deluxe Set; 1 ea. Of all bars. Cando Mini Wate Bars All are 14 long. Sold in pairs. 14 Long lb. Set (2 ea. 1 lb. bar) lb. Set (2 ea. 1.5 lb. bar) lb. Set (2 ea. 2 lb. bar) lb. Set (2 ea. 2.5 lb. bar) lb. Set (2 ea. 3 lb. bar) Floor Weight Bar Rac Easy-clean all laminate construction. Holds 12 weight bars (not included). Depth Width Height /8 13 Weight Bar Mounting Rac Plastic mounting hooks will not scratch bars. Laminate surface. Mounting holes included. Holds 8 weight bars (not included). Width Height /2 23 1/ Perfect for aerobics, yoga and pilates Cando Slim Wate Bars Use in supine, sitting or standing position to increase strength and ROM Use to improve endurance, balance and motor skills Use in therapy, group classes, aerobics, yoga and basic exercises. 3 Ft. Long lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb lb Easy-to-grip, easy-to-store, color coded (Floor Stand) (Wall Rack) 178 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

181 AQUATIC PRODUCTS Aquafins Aquatic Exercise Kit Can be worn on wrists or ankles. Kit includes two cuffs, four predator fins, mesh carrying bag and a quick start workout guide AquaFins Aquatic Exercise Kit Closed Chain Disk With straps -used to exercise all the major leg and hip muscles, improve balance and increase lower extremity range of motion. Without straps - used to strengthen the upper body and improve trunk stability Closed Chain Disk Leaves hands and feet free to feel the water on every stroke and kick. Hand Bars Contains (2) round foam floats connected by a padded handle that look like free weights used. The foam floats provide buoyancy as the hand bars are moved under the water, enhancing upper body strength and range of motion. Also used to increase flexibility and strengthen the lower back and abdominal muscles Light; One Pair Medium; One Pair Heavy; One Pair Kickroller Contains a cylindrical center foam piece and outer, padded hand grips. Provides buoyancy and resistance for upper body strengthening Kickroller Circular-shaped foam disk containing and adjustable foot attachment Designed for use during independent aquatic exercise programs or in group programs. Exercise Equipment Swim Bar Contains a cylindrical center foam piece and outer, padded hand grips. Used to help in trunk stabilization and strengthening, improving flexibility and balance, as well as increasing upper extremity range of motion and strength Swim Bar Swim Belts Square or rectangular shaped foam in one, two or three pieces connected by a latch type strap, worn around the waist Tadpole Swim Belt Youth Swim Belt Young Adult Swim Belt An excellent device for stretching and strengthening the trunk and lower back Provides buoyancy while held during swim training. Aquajogger Basic Belt Quick-release buckle for safety. 24-page workout guide with no-impact exercises included AquaJogger Basic Belt The buoyancy of the foam provides assistance during swim training and recreational use Supports the lower back during water exercise with a comfortably yet snug fit. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 179

182 Exercise Equipment TRUESTRETCH Truestretch Space efficient, solid steel construction. Four points of contact create a safe-house for your clients. Enhances workouts and reduces injury risk. Easy-to-Follow stretching regimen that effectively stretches each part of the body in all three planes of motion. Used by professional and collegiate sports teams as well as top professional athletes and their trainers Manual Upgrade kit 80SS SS Pro STRENGTH TRAINING Plyosled Progress from light resistance movement to aggressive high resistance plyometrics. (8) selectable elastic bands provide resistive forces ranging up to 400 lbs. Most cost effective plyometric sled on the market. Includes attachment for upper body exercises Plyosled Shuttle Adjustable Backrest Specializes in total body rehabilitation with plyometric and leg press capabilities. Inspires confidence through gentle movements that are easily tolerated in early phases of rehabilitation and training. Treats the elderly and acute to the recovering athlete. Patient transfers and adjustments to resistance and ROM are easy for both the patient and clinician. Three-Position Adjustable Backrest. 200 lbs. progressive elastic resistance. Carriage weight capacity: 300 lbs. Dimensions: 31 W X 104 L. 25 carriage height for easy transfer and sit to stand. 5 Year Structural Warranty Shuttle Clinical Plus Package Specializes in total body rehabilitation with plyometric and leg press capabilities. Inspires confidence through gentle movements that are easily tolerated in early phases of rehabilitation and training. Treats the elderly and acute to the recovering athlete. Patient transfers and adjustments to resistance and ROM are easy for both the patient and clinician. Three-Position Adjustable Backrest. 200 lbs. progressive elastic resistance. Carriage weight capacity: 300 lbs. Dimensions: 31 W X 104 L. 25 carriage height for easy transfer and sit to stand. 5 Year Structural Warranty. Includes: Light Resistance Attachment, Shuttle Wobble Board, ROM control, and PNF pulley tower system Durable Powder coat paint Prepare patients for full weight bearing activities. Progress from light resistance movement to aggressive high resistance plyometrics Clinical Plus shown (042498) 180 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

183 Shuttle MVP Pro Shown (042501) Shuttle MVP Pro Progressive resistance affords therapeutic rehab to leg press worth workouts. Padded kickplate and non-weight-bearing position protects joints and spine on impact. Carriage weight capacity: 300 lbs. Resistance: 12 to 500 lbs. at full extension. Width Length Shuttle MVP Elite Plus Progressive resistance affords therapeutic rehab to leg press worth workouts. Padded kickplate and non-weight-bearing position protects joints and spine on impact. Carriage weight capacity: 300 lbs. Resistance: 12 to 650 lbs. at full extension. PNF pulley tower system. Width Length Shuttle Recovery Standard Unique lockdown of the carriage provides security for loading and unloading patients. Smaller footprint gives clinics short on space the opportunity to expand clinical options. Patient transfers and adjustments to resistance and ROM are easy for both the patient and clinician. 24 W x 48 L widebody carriage. Carriage weight capacity: 500 lbs. Resistance: 12.5 to 150 lbs. at full extension overall footprint 31 x 97 Shuttle Recovery Performance Plus Unique lockdown of the carriage provides security for loading and unloading patients. Smaller footprint gives clinics short on space the opportunity to expand clinical options. Patient transfers and adjustments to resistance and ROM are easy for both the patient and clinician. 24 W x 48 L widebody carriage. Carriage weight capacity: 500 lbs. Resistance: 12.5 to 150 lbs. at full extension. Plyometric cross brace and PNF pulley tower system overall footprint 31 x 97 Shuttle Recovery Senior Unique lockdown of the carriage provides security for loading and unloading patients. Smaller footprint gives clinics short on space the opportunity to expand clinical options. Patient transfers and adjustments to resistance and ROM are easy for both the patient and clinician. 24 W x 48 L widebody carriage. Carriage weight capacity: 500 lbs. 24 horizontal uni-body structure, plyometric cross brace, shuttle wobble board overall footprint 31 x 97 Shuttle Recovery Senior Plus Unique lockdown of the carriage provides security for loading and unloading patients. Smaller footprint gives clinics short on space the opportunity to expand clinical options. Patient transfers and adjustments to resistance and ROM are easy for both the patient and clinician. 24 W x 48 L widebody carriage. Carriage weight capacity: 500 lbs. 24 horizontal uni-body structure, plyometric cross brace, shuttle wobble board, PNF pulley tower system overall footprint 31 x 97 Shuttle Minipress Attaches easily to any chair or wheelchair, eliminating the need for transfers. Protocols for sitting, standing, supine, and upper extremities. Ideal for home health, hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, and small clinics. Carriage travel: Adjustable footplate, accurate tracking, self retracting securing cords, roller wheels, convenient handle Shuttle MiniPress The Shuttle Recovery extends similar features of the Shuttle and MVP to the cost conscious practitioner. It features a wider backrest providing additional support for bariatric and senior patients. Exercise Equipment This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 181

184 STRENGTH TRAINING (CON T) Exercise Equipment Total Gym - GTS 22 calibrated resistance levels from 1% to 62% of body weight Automatic rail locks allow for explosive plyometric jumping. Adjustable Glideboard promotes optimal spinal alignment and training variations. Multiple center pulley attachment positions double arm cable load and increase lower extremity ROM. Lat bars promote line-of-pull specificity for arm-cable exercises. Includes workout DVD and exercise wall chart. Hydraulic rail lift assists level changes and easy two step folding. 650 lb. weight capacity. GTS-Packages Total Gym -GTS Essential Package Total Gym- GTS Clinical Package Total Gym -PowerTower/GTS Pilates Accessory Pkg. Total Gym GTS Total Gym -GTS Total Gym Powertower 26 calibrated resistance levels from 1% to 72% of body weight Motorized level adjustment. Adjustable glideboard promotes optimal spinal alignment and training variations. Multiple center pulley attachment positions double arm-cable load and increase lower extremity ROM. Automatic rail locks allow for explosive plyometric jumping. Lat Bars promote line-of-pull specificity for arm-cradle exercises. Includes DVD and exercise wall chart. 650 lb. weight capacity. Power Tower -Packages PowerTower -Clinical Package PowerTower Essential Package PowerTower Total Gym -PowerTower Total Gym Sport Designed for small footprint commercial facilities. Hydraulic rail lift assists level changes and easy two step folding. Multiple center pulley attachment positions double arm-cradle load and increase lower extremity ROM. Includes workout DVD and exercise wall chart. Popular accessories like Scrunch, Press Bar, Retractable Dip Bars, Weight Bar, 3Grip Pull-up Bar, Leg Pulley System and Toe Bar for Pilates can be purchased separately. 650 lb. weight capacity. length width height Sit To Stand Exerciser Designed to effortlessly duplicate a patient s sit and stand motion. Strengthens muscles, increases range of motion, provides greater stability for sitting, standing and transfers. Unit is adjustable to provide assistance based on body weight and allowing the therapist to maintain control of patient s stability level providing clubs with the ability to offer 30 minutes strength training classes, pilates, small group personal training sessions and post-rehab programming Allows incremental load changes during exercise, providing the utmost versatility for high performance sports specific conditioning, athletic training, and rehabilitation Sport is the newest addition to Total Gym incline Bodyweight Trainer Wheels are provided for easy mobility 182 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

185 ACCESSIBLE FITNESS EQUIPMENT 881E Rehab Trainer Arm and leg ergometer that allows the user to perform exercise without the clinician s supervision. Control knob adjusts resistance and graduated scale provides readout in watts at 50 revolutions per minute. Clinician can document power or work generated during the therapy session. Electronic meter shows pedal rpm, total pedal revolutions and time. Each pedal crank can be individually adjusted both horizontally and vertically to a measurable level, ensuring reproducible positioning Monark 881E Rehab Trainer Adjustable Height Table to 37 Colorado Cycle Upper Body Exercise Includes full-range resistance at the touch of a lever and digital display of pedal revolutions per minute, total pedal revolutions, distance, elapsed time and estimated calories. Comes with standard handgrips. Bi-Directional Other handgrip options available Saratoga Cycle Upper Body Exerciser Improves aerobic fitness and exercise upper and lower extremities. Can be reverse-cranked without resistance. Includes easy-to reach resistance control with full-range resistance at the touch of a lever. Digital display of elapsed time, pedal rpm, total pedal revolutions, beeping pedal rate, calories and distance. Also includes a padded, adjustable forehead rest, hand-adjustable table clamp and thick, non-slip rubber pads. Comes with standard handgrips. Please select from one of the handgrip options below for specific needs. Saratoga Upper Body Exerciser adjustable height table Adjustable Height table for Saratoga & Colorado Foot Pedals With Toe Loops With Adjustable Straps Handgrips Quick Exchange, Standard Quick Exchange; Limited Grasp Quick Exchange; Adjustable Loop Quick Exchange; 2-Way Angled Quick Exchange; 3-Way Angled Grip Cuffs; One Pair Exercise Equipment PhysioTrainer UBE Bi-Directional Resistance for rehabilitation and fitness applications Large Easy to Adjust Resistance Knob with 8 Loading Levels Whisper Quiet Electromagnetic Resistance - No Maintenance Required Commercial Grade High Impact Shroud Cover Industrial Poly V Belt Drive for Smooth and Dependable Pedaling Comfortable Multi-Purpose Handles with Adjustable Velcro Straps Compact Design, Easy to Handle and Store When Not Being Used Bi-Directional Upper Body Ergometer Space-saving, cost-efficient cycle provides an excellent workout in the clinic or at home Retractable casters and long handle make the unit easy to move Allows the Rehab Trainer to be as an arm cycle by both ablebodied and wheelchair users Free-wheeling cranking means user can stop at any time, with crank arms instantly following suit. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 183

186 The ultimate upper body exerciser featuring a fully adjustable head and console, which accommodates users of all heights and allows them to exercise while seated, standing or directly from a wheelchair. The oversized, height adjustable swivel seat has a user weight capacity of 450 lbs. and features a therapy assist pedal for easy positioning The ultimate upper body exerciser featuring a fully adjustable head and console, which accommodates users of all heights and allows them to exercise while seated, standing or directly from a wheelchair. The low back, fixed height seat has a user weight capacity of 500 lbs. Exercise Equipment ACCESSIBLE FITNESS EQUIPMENT (CON T) APT Active and passive training for upper and lower limbs. 5 levels of resistance for active exercise. 5 speeds for passive exercise. Available Accessories: Straight hand grip, standard foot rest, high leg support, angled hand grip, hemi glove. Portable Unit Active Passive Trainer w/ Hi-Lo Stand Active Passive Trainer APT Plus Active and passive training for upper and lower limbs. Fully digital. 5 levels of resistance for active exercise. 5 speeds for passive exercise. Available Accessories: Straight hand grip, standard foot rest, high leg support, angled hand grip, hemi glove, heart rate monitor. Portable Unit Active Passive Trainer w/ Hi-Lo Stand Active Passive Trainer The ultimate upper body exerciser featuring a fully adjustable head and console, which accommodates users of all heights and allows them to exercise while seated, standing or directly form a wheelchair. The oversized, fixed height seat has a weight capacity of 600 lbs. UPPER BODY EXERCISE EQUIPMENT The PRO1 Sport is the industry s most versatile ground-based training rotary device. Use it for one or both arm exercises forward or backward for strength and cardio. Increase exercise variety by using with a stability ball or disc. SciFit PRO1-INT Crank arms easily adjust and reverse for range of motion protocols and exercise variety. Bi-directional resistance allows user to pedal both forward and in reverse with resistance. Direct wheelchair access along with step-through seating allow for easy on and off. Wheelchair platform included, also used as a standing platform. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength. Internal/external rotation device available (optional) Adjustable Cranks and Swivel Seat Adjustable Cranks and Fixed Seat with Adjustable Tilt Head Cranks and Bariatric/Fixed Height Seat Sport Standing Upper Body - Adjustable Cranks 184 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

187 SciFit PRO2 - INT 3 products in 1: upper body exerciser, recumbent bike, total body exerciser. Dependent upper and lower cranks that enable passive assistance. Adjustable cranks provide range of movement, exercise variety and custom fit. Bi-directional resistance allows user to pedal both forward and in reverse with resistance. Direct wheelchair access along with step-through seating allow for easy on and off. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength Adjustable Upper and Lower Cranks and Fixed Seat with Adjustable Head and Bariatric/Fixed Height Seat Adjustable Cranks and Adjustable/Swivel Seat SciFit IF Pro1 Upper Body Exerciser Inclusive Fitness (IF) features include a wheelchair ramp and contrasting colors to aid individuals with visual challenges. Crank arms easily adjust and reverse for range of motion protocols and exercise variety. Bi-directional resistance allows user to pedal both forward and in reverse with resistance. Direct wheelchair access along with step-through seating allow for easy on and off. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength. Internal/external rotation device available (optional) Total body exerciser ideal for general wellness among a broad range of users Versatile total body exerciser ideal for weight loss programs. The oversized, fixed height bariatric seat has a user weight capacity of 600 lbs. Exercise Equipment SciFit IF Pro1 Upper Body Exerciser-Inclusive Fitness SciFit PRO1000-INT Crank arms easily adjust and reverse for range of motion protocols and exercise variety. Bi-directional resistance allows user to pedal both forward and in reverse with resistance. Direct wheelchair access along with step-through seating allow for easy on and off. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength Adjustable Cranks and Adjustable/Swivel Seat with Bariatric/Fixed Height Seat Adjustable Cranks and Low Back/Fixed Height Seat Versatile total body exerciser with adjustment options to accommodate a broad range of users and rehabilitation needs. The oversized, height adjustable swivel seat has a user weight capacity of 450 lbs. and features a therapy assist pedal for easy positioning The ultimate upper body exerciser featuring a fully adjustable head and console, which accommodates users of all heights and allows them to exercise while seated, standing or directly from a wheelchair. The tall back, height adjustable swivel seat has a user weight capacity of 450 lbs. and features a therapy assist pedal for easy positioning An excellent solution for strengthening arms and shoulders and at the same time recruiting core stabilizing muscles. The oversized, height adjustable swivel seat has a user weight capacity of 450 lbs. and features a therapy assist pedal for easy positioning Upper Body Exerciser - Adjustable Cranks and Oversized/Fixed Height Bariatric Seat with a 600 lb. user weight capacity An excellent solution for strengthening arms and shoulders and at the same time recruiting core stabilizing muscles. The low profile seat back provides lumbar support and ideal biomechanical positioning and 500 lb. user weight capacity. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 185

188 UPPER BODY EXERCISE EQUIPMENT (CON T) Exercise Equipment SciFit PRO1000-INT Sport Bi-directional resistance allows user to pedal both forward and in reverse with resistance. Direct wheelchair access along with step-through seating allow for easy on and off. Low profile seat back provides lumbar support and ideal biomechanical positioning. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength Fixed Cranks and Low Back/Fixed Height Seat Fluid Seated UBE - E620 Easy access soft touch comfortable bench-style seat. Easily adjust the power-assisted arm to preferred workout height. 20 levels of patented adjustable Resistance assure you will start easily and never plateau. Monitors time, speed, distance, calories, watts, RPM and HR. Operates in both forward and reverse directions. Built in transportation wheels for easy movement. Features a fixed crank arm configuration for exercise comfort and dependability. Compact and convenient footprint is 56 H x 24.5 W x 60.5 L E-620 Fluid Seated UBE An excellent solution for upper body cardio conditioning in a get-on-and-go atmosphere Step-through design allows for easy in and out access. Great for rehab patients. Medical UBE E-920 Offers 20 levels of variable resistance. Adjustable crank arms 5 to 10 Fully adjustable self-leveling handgrips optimum muscle utilization. Removable seat for wheelchair access. Adjustable seat height. Foot rest for added stability. Interactive performance monitor. ROHS manufacturing compliant Fluid Medical UBE Can be used in seated or standing position and operates in both forward and reverse directions. UBE521m Upper Body Ergometer by SportsArt Includes low starting resistance. Smooth belt-drive operation. Bi-directional rotation and resistance. Seat can be removed for wheelchair or standing users. Adjustments of head position, display angle, crank radius, and seat height make this UBE work well for every user UBE521M Upper Body Ergometer Designed Specifically for Physical Therapy and Rehab. 186 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

189 TOTAL BODY EXERCISE EQUIPMENT SciFit PRO2 - INT 3 products in 1: upper body exerciser, recumbent bike, total body exerciser. Dependent upper and lower cranks that enable passive assistance. Adjustable cranks provide range of movement, exercise variety and custom fit. Bi-directional resistance allows user to pedal both forward and in reverse with resistance. Direct wheelchair access along with step-through seating allow for easy on and off. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength. Sport Fixed Cranks and Seat Total body exerciser ideal for sports training and athletic conditioning The Function C3 provides 3 compound movements commonly used in rehabilitation, exercises and sports training Versatile rehabilitation tool with dependent upper and lower cranks that enable passive assistance. The tall back, height adjustable swivel seat has a user weight capacity of 450 lbs. and features a therapy assist pedal for easy positioning. SciFit IFI Pro2 Total Body Exerciser 3 products in 1: upper body exerciser, recumbent bike, total body exerciser. Inclusive Fitness (IF) features include low support boots to help maintain foot placement, wheelchair ramp and contrasting colors to aid individuals with visual challenges. Dependent upper and lower cranks that enable passive assistance. Crank arms easily adjust and reverse for range of motion protocols and exercise variety. Bi-directional resistance allows user to pedal both forward and in reverse with resistance. Direct wheelchair access along with step-through seating allow for easy on and off. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength SciFit IFI Pro2 Total Body Exerciser-Inclusive Fitness Function C3 by Scifit Terminal knee extension, compound core flexion and compound trunk extension. With the HUMAC 360, the user is guided to perform slow and controlled movements to provide better quality of work at a lower resistance for safer exercise and better results. HUMAC Balance System is ideal for patients working on balance and fall prevention. Orthopedic patients focusing on weight shifts and loads will also benefit with the biofeedback screen indicating weight distribution in all directions. This balance system is very portable and provides full page reports to document improvement and identify weaknesses. The complete Function C3 system includes a 23 touch screen computer and computer cart. Components may be purchased separately Function C3 Exercise Equipment This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 187

190 Exercise Equipment UPRIGHT BIKES SciFit ISO1000-INT Bikes Step-through access allows entry without lifting the leg over center support. Vertical and horizontal adjustments allow for a broad range of users. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength. Optional adjustable pedal cranks, low support boots and sports performance pedals are available. User weight capacity is 350 lbs. Step Through Forward Only SciFit ISO7000-INT Bikes Bi-directional resistance allows the user to pedal in both the forward and reverse direction with resistance. Step-through access allows entry without lifting the leg over center support. Vertical and horizontal adjustments allow for a broad range of users. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength. Optional adjustable pedal cranks, low support boots and sports performance pedals are available. User weight capacity is 350 lbs. Step Through Bi-Directional SportsArt C521U Upright Bike Low stepover height for easy access. One touch ratcheting seatpost. Adjusts to three seat positions. Self generating power source. 400 lbs. weight capacity SportsArt C532U Upright Bike Dot matrix display with Cardio Advisor for accurate heart rate feedback. Easy on/off access. Easy seat height adjustment. Seat adjustment for proper knee alignment while riding SportsArt C532U Upright Bike LC 900 Upright Bike by True Self-generating power for easy placement. User friendly console with True Heart Rate Control Fully adjustable seat with Durable Construction Form and Function Light Commercial Upright Bike Monark Ergomedic 828 E Features electronic display shows time, speed, distance and pedal rpm, large flywheel and pendulum scale. Includes meter showing resistance in Kilo pounds or Newtons and power in watts at 50 and 60 rpm. Conversion table provided to calculate power in watts at various RPMs and resistance. Separate meter shows adjustable resistance and brake power for the user s comfort Cardio Care 827 E Cycle by Monark Rugged, torsion-free steel construction, easy-to-view control panel displays electronic readouts of time, speed, pedal rpm and distance and fully enclosed flywheel and Step-through access makes getting on and off safe and easy Seat adjustment for proper knee alignment while riding. Multi-position handrails provide a variety of grip options for all users Fulfills all requirements for accurate cardiovascular and other physiological testing in clinics, hospitals and training institutions when using ECG recording system Designed for heavy use, low maintenance, smooth pedaling and comfortable riding This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

191 AIR RESISTANCE EXERCISE EQUIPMENT Airdyne AD6 Injection molded fan allows for smooth and quiet operation. Console features large numbers for easy to read feedback Airdyne AD6 RECUMBENT BIKES SciFit ISO1000-INT Bikes Step-through access allows entry without lifting the leg over center support. Vertical and horizontal adjustments allow for a broad range of users. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength. Optional adjustable pedal cranks, low support boots and sports performance pedals are available. User weight capacity is 500 lbs. Step Through Forward Only-Tall Back/Fixed Height Seat Forward Only-Tall Back/Adjustable Height Swivel Seat Step through access makes getting on and off the bike safe and easy. Comfortable tall back seat features side handgrips to provide increased user stability. Small increments of resistance insures safe and rapid progress. Exercise Equipment SciFit ISO7000-INT Bikes Bi-directional resistance allows the user to pedal in both the forward and reverse direction with resistance. Step-through design provides comfortable, easy access for all users. Vertical and horizontal adjustments allow for a broad range of users. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength. Optional adjustable pedal cranks, low support boots and sports performance pedals are available. User weight capacity is 450 lbs Bi-Directional-Tall Back/Adjustable Swivel Seat Step Through Bi-Directional-Tall Back/Fixed Height Seat Step-through access makes getting on and off safe and easy. Comfortable tall back, height adjustable swivel seat features side hand grips to provide increased user stability and a therapy assist pedal for easy positioning. Bi-directional resistance helps create muscle balance and decreases localized fatigue. SciFit IFI Recumbent Bike Inclusive Fitness (IF) features include low support boots to help maintain foot placement along with contrasting colors to aid individuals with visual challenges. Bi-directional resistance allows the user to pedal in both the forward and reverse direction with resistance. Step-through design provides comfortable, easy access for all users. Vertical and horizontal adjustments allow for a broad range of users. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength. User weight capacity is 450 lbs SciFit IFI Recumbent Bike-Inclusive Fitness Step-through access and swivel seat makes getting on and off safe and easy. Comfortable seat features side hand grips to provide increased user stability and a therapy assist pedal for easy positioning. Bi-directional resistance helps create muscle balance and decreases localized fatigue. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 189

192 Exercise Equipment RECUMBENT BIKES (CON T) C521M Recumbent Bike by SportsArt Includes the combination of bi-directional pedal rotation and resistance, plus bi-directional free spin function. Includes Adjustable Pedal Crank and tilt up side-arms for easy access. Low start up resistance makes it easy for deconditioned users to exercise safely. Adjustable crank offers range of motion limits of five, six or seven inches, making it ideal fit for knee and hip rehab patients. Step-through design provides comfortable, easy access for all users. Quick and easy pedal straps keep the foot securely in place C521M Recumbent Bike C521R Recumbent Bike by SportsArt Unique Step through design allows easy access. Adjustable seat pad for customizable comfort. Easy one touch adjustable mesh seatback. Lumbar pouch allows for hot or cold packs and supports lower back C521R Recumbent Bike C532R Recumbent Bike by SportsArt Infra-red remote control Dot matrix display with CardioAdvisor for accurate heart rate feedback. Easy one-touch adjustable mesh seatback Adjustable seat pad Unique step through design allows easy access Lumbar pouch allows for hot or cold pack C532R Recumbent Bike SportsArt XT20 Cross Trainer Step through frame design. Dual action motion. Independent upper arms, not dependent on pedal action. Cordless power supply. Reclining seat back. 500 lbs. weight capacity LC900 Recumbent Bike by True Walk-through design True heart rate design that includes one touch HRC Cruise Control Adjustable reclining seat. 15 touch screen with advanced ipod Light commercial recumbent bike Fluid Cycle E-720 X-Trainer Combines recumbent bike and seated and standing upper-body ergometer to isolate and work virtually every muscle and joint in both forward and reverse direction. Offers 20 levels of variable resistance. Swivel Seat for easy access. Dual Pedal/Hand Grip (patient applied) Interactive Performance Monitor Heart Rate Reception Built-in ROHS Manufacturing Compliant Fluid Cycle XT Designed Specifically for Physical Therapy and Rehab Dot matrix display with Cardio Advisor for accurate heart rate feedback Step through design allows easy access Provides (5) programs (automatic heart rate training, aerobic power measurement, iso-power training, hill profiles and manual training) and (6) different readouts (pulse rate, pedal cadence, time, calories, wattage and resistance level.) LC900 walk-through recumbent bike is built on a custom designed, racetrackinspired steel frame Changes function from recumbent cycling to UBE in seconds with a simple 360 degree rotation of the counterbalanced crank arm. 190 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

193 ELLIPTICAL TRAINERS SciFit SXT Int Elliptical Low impact total body movement. Biomechanics ensure proper posture. Bi-directional resistance to promote muscle balance and exercise variety. Bio-Flex technology pedal movement recruits stabilizing muscles, which is ideal for proprioceptive training and fall prevention. The small footprint of 60 makes it a great choice for facilities with limited space Total Body with Tele-Rail and Bio-Flex CS800- Elliptical by True CS elliptical offers variable Mix3 programming Core Drive makes use easier and more comfortable by centering the user over the crank for a smoother and more stable ride Provides side steps and handrails for safe and simple entry and exit Commercial Elliptical 450LB Weight Capacity CS800 Elliptical E822 Elliptical by SportsArt Electronically adjustable stride length from Breakthrough programming such as Glute Trainer, Vari-Stride, Heart Rate Zone Trainer and Personal CardioAdvisor MyFlex Pedal cushion 400 lb. weight capacity 4 hours/day E822 Elliptical Trainer E825 Elliptical by SportsArt Electronically adjustable stride length from Breakthrough programming such as Glute Trainer, Vari-Stride, Heart Rate Zone Trainer and Personal CardioAdvisor 400 lb. weight capacity 4 hours/day Fingertip controls for stride & resistance E825 Elliptical Trainer Window LCD Screen with Basic ipod Compatibility The low impact, weight bearing SXT7000 Elliptical is a natural movement that ensures proper posture and quality walking form Self Generating design requires no outside power to operate. Exercise Equipment E830 Elliptical by SportsArt Industry leading electronically adjustable stride range between Breakthrough programming such as Glute Trainer, Vari-Stride, Heart Rate Zone Trainer and Personal CardioAdvisor 6 hours/day 450 lb. user rating E830 Elliptical Trainer MyFlex pedal cushioning system adjusts automatically based on user weight and never loses resiliency. Transport wheel makes moving easy. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 191

194 ELLIPTICAL TRAINERS (CON T) PS 100 Elliptical Trainer by True User friendly interaction with True Heart Rate Control and HRC Cruise Control 350 lb. weight capacity Exercise Equipment Landice Elliptimill-E950 Adjustable stride length Orthopedic gel foot pedal inserts Rear step reduces step up height to 6 2 pedal spacing 11 diameter flywheel 11 gauge heavy duty construction. 500 lb. User weight capacity Center mounted contact heart rate bars 5 built-in programs with variable time and 20 effort levels E950 Executive Training Elliptical E950 Cardio Trainer Elliptical E950 Pro Trainer Elliptical SciFit SXT7000e- - INT Elliptical Low impact total body movement. Includes Easy Entry package: sturdy step-up platform and side handrails to assist individuals with flexibility or balance challenges. Biomechanics ensure proper posture. Bi-directional resistance to promote muscle balance and exercise variety. Bio-Flex technology pedal movement recruits stabilizing muscles, which is ideal for proprioceptive training and fall prevention Total Body with Easy Entry Package True Fitness PS100 Elliptical is self generating and is safely entered from the back so only a rear aisle is needed to access machine The SXT7000e- is designed for medical use. The sturdy step-up platform and handrails make getting on and off the elliptical safe Perfect solution for all types of commercial applications including wellness centers, rehab centers and Health Clubs Smooth full range of motion, the T4r provides simultaneous upper and lower body conditioning for muscles and cardiovascular system. 192 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

195 RECUMBENT ELLIPTICAL TRAINERS NuStep T4r Recumbent Cross Trainer Total body workout. Smooth and natural stepping movement. Display is easy to read and use. Sturdy grab ring for support and safety. Easy arm adjustments. Comfortable 360 swivel seat with arm supports. Supportive and stable foot pedals. Fits users from Accommodates users up to 400 lbs NuStep T4r PhysioStep MDX Gives you an easy and effective low-impact total body cardio workout and combines a stable and stress free recumbent sitting position, with the smooth and natural feeling of an elliptical. Features a large, oversized comfortable swivel seat that adjusts easily and rotates 90 degrees making this unit the most accessible for people with low mobility. Other features include a low profile walk-through design and ergo-grip handles to work your arm and core muscles. The fully adjustable arms, seat, and seat back accommodate a wide range of users. uses AC Power to assist de-conditioned users and will automatically shut off after 15 minutes of inactivity. The oversized large LCD display provides all your workout information in a clear and easy to read format Recumbent Elliptical Cross Trainer with Oversized Swivel Seat PhysioStep RXT Provides a stress-free, effective and low-impact total body workout while allowing you to be in a comfortable recumbent sitting position. Has an innovative elliptical stride that is incredibly smooth and easy on your joints. The ergo-grip handles and legs are dependent so you can power yourself while working your arms, legs and core muscle groups. Features fully adjustable arms, seat, and seat back with a low clearance walkthrough design to accommodate a wide range of users. Self-powered so it does not need to be plugged in. The oversized large LCD display provides all your workout information in a clear and easy to read format Recumbent Elliptical Cross Trainer SciFit Rex Optimized blend of upper and lower body exercise. Bi-directional resistance to promote muscle balance and exercise variety. Studies show that REX provides knee movement that allows users to improve functional gait that aids in fall prevention. Dual position handles allow users to change muscle groups and provide a comfortable fit. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs, including Constant Work and Iso-Strength. Optional foot straps are available Total Body Recumbent Elliptical-Fixed Seat Total Body Recumbent Elliptical with Swivel Seat and Foot Straps Exercise Equipment Maximum user weight is 350 lbs Exercisers are drawn to REX s smooth, natural movement and low rate of perceived exertion. The low back, fixed seat has a user weight capacity of 500 lbs. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 193

196 STEPPERS 7100 Stair Climber by SportsArt Dot-Matrix display with multiple program options Self-leveling non-skid foot pedals Cordless, self-powered design 500 lb. Weight Capacity 14 Step Range Stair Climber Exercise Equipment SciFit StepOne User defined stride length. The 1:1 arm to leg ratio produces natural, functional movement and provides patterning similar to walking or climbing stairs. Direct wheelchair access along with step-through seating and grab bar allow for easy on and off. Adjustable arms and rotating hand grips provide user comfort and custom fit. Leg stabilizers available (optional). Easy-to-use full color touch screen displays exercise readouts beneficial for users and clinicians (ex. stride length, ascent, watts, METs) Tall Back/Fixed Height Swivel Seat with a 450 lb. user weight capacity Oversized/Fixed Height Bariatric Seat with 600 lbs. user weight capacity Oversized/Height Adjustable Swivel Seat with a 450 lb. user weight capacity SciFit TC1000 Climber Quiet belt-driven independent step action. Large orthopedic footbeds with safety edge provide superior traction and comfort. Ergonomically designed handlebars that permit multiple hand positions. Broad speed range: per minute. Very low starting resistance with 200 levels of resistance and a variety of programs TC1000 Climber Commercial quality, cordless fully featured stair climber The StepOne is a low impact seated stepper that features a user defined stride length. The tall back, fixed height swivel seat has a user weight capacity of 450 lbs. and features a therapy assist pedal for easy positioning A quiet, smooth movement with independent step action and broad speed range. 194 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

197 UNWEIGHTING SYSTEM Pneuweight Unique cantilevered design for unobstructed access. The largest range of unweighting in the industry: 0 to 300 lbs. 30 vertical oscillation - offering Balance and Exercise modes, as well as a drop-stop. 360 degree rotation allows multi-planar exercise. Patented vest with adjustability for posture and gait Single; H, 4 2 W Double; H, 6 4 W Pneuvest Abilities Worry-free unweighted activities. Exercise in an upright, controlled and safe position. Comfortable, normal rib and diaphragm interaction. Doesn t ride up. Can be 100% Upper or 100% Lower. Unisex design fits both male and female. Easy wheelchair use Small; 22 to 32 (Waist Size) Medium; 32 to 44 (Waist Size) Large; 44 to 55 (Waist Size) TREADMILLS Landice Clinical Rehabilitation Treadmill Perfect for rehab 0.1 mph starting speed, 0.1 to 7 mph, and 0 to 15 incline. 3 HP continuous-drive duty motor. Four-Ply Belt Construction VFX Shock Absorption System High Strength Aluminum Alloy Construction Foot Plant Monitoring System Heavy Duty Elevation Motor L880 RTM Treadmill; 22 x 63 Deck L780 RTM Treadmill; 20 x 58 Deck options VAC, 60Hz, 15A Power for Clinical Rehab Options AccuTrack Heart Rate Monitoring System Orthopedic Shock Absorption System Landice Vision System and TV Tuner Hospital Isolation Leakage Transformer Remote Stop-Start Switch Reversing Belt Exercise Equipment Pneuvest Vectors Unweighting Harness Support for full range of unweighted activities. Easy to get in and out of, comfortable to wear. Unisex design adjusts to fit all body types. Design allows for normal diaphragm and rib interaction. Strapping options allow for gait correction. Sport and abilities 3-in-1 vest also available Small; 28 to 34 (Waist Size) Medium; 34 to 44 (Waist Size) Large; 44 to 55 (Waist Size) The PneuWeight Unweighting System allows patients to perform therapeutic activities in an upright, functional position without altering gait patterns in a safe and secure environment for both client and practitioner Our patented medical PneuVest is designed to comfortably support the patient during unweighting. Each vest also includes a buttock strap, leg straps, and cuffs designed to alter and improve hip and gait problems. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 195

198 Exercise Equipment TREADMILLS (CON T) Landice L780 Club Series Treadmill Usage is greater than 5 hours per day Features the high-tech entertainment console Modern look including a fan and a powerful 100-db stereo speaker system Designed to connect to both ipods and MP3 players 20 x 58 four-ply treadbelt, 2.5 diameter, 14-pound steel rollers, 15% grade electric elevation and reading/accessory rack. 220 VAC, 60Hz, 15A./110V optional 4 HP drive motor 400 lb. capacity Titanium finish 5 year parts/1 year labor With Pro Sports Trainer Control Panel With Cardio Trainer Control Panel With Pro Trainer Control Panel With Executive Control Panel Landice L780 LTD Series Treadmill Light Commercial less than five hours per day Feature the high-tech entertainment console Modern look with great new features that include a fan and powerful 100-db stereo speaker system Designed to connect to both ipods and MP3 players 20 x 58 four-ply treadbelt 4-HP continuous duty motor 0.5 to 11.0 mph speed range 400lb user capacity 15% grade electric elevation 1 thick reversible deck Darker richer Titanium frame 5 built in programs with variable time, speed and elevation Light commercial treadmill 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 15A. 5 year/5,000 hour parts and 1 year labor With Pro Sports Trainer Control Panel With Cardio Trainer Control Panel With Pro Trainer Control Panel With Executive Control Panel Landice L880 LTD Series Treadmill Light commercial less than five hours per day Features the high-tech entertainment console Includes a fan and powerful 100-db stereo speaker system Designed to connect to both ipods and MP3 players Features 22 x 63 four-ply treadbelt, 3.5 diameter, 22-pound steel rollers and reading/accessory rack. 5 built in programs with variable time, speed and elevation 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 15A 5 year/5,000 hour parts and 1 year labor 500lb capacity 4HP drive motor With Pro Sports Trainer Control Panel With Cardio Trainer Control Panel With Pro Trainer Control Panel With Executive Control Panel Landice L980 Club Series Treadmill Usage is greater than 5 hours per day Features the high-tech entertainment console Modern look including a fan and a powerful 100-db stereo speaker system. Designed to connect to both the ipods and MP3 players Features 22 x 63 four-ply treadbelt, 3.5 diameter, 22-pound steel rollers, 15% grade electric elevation and reading/accessory rack. 220 VAC, 60 Hz, 15A./110V optional. 4 HP drive motor 500 lb. weight capacity Titanium finish 5 year parts/1year labor With Pro Sports Trainer Control Panel With Cardio Trainer Control Panel With Pro Trainer Control Panel With Executive Control Panel Landice Treadmill Accessories Parallel Medical Rails AccuTrack Heart Rate Monitoring System Isolation Leakage Kit (>300 micro-amp) Cardio Theater/Broadcast Vision Power Jack This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

199 SciFit AC5000-INT.1-12 MPH speed range. 0-15% elevation. Side handrail switches for speed and elevation. Generous 22 x 62 walking surface. Comes with Intelli-Fit Console 550 lbs. weight capacity Treadmill handrail switches. SciFit AC5000M-INT.1 to 12 mph speed range. -3% decline to 12% elevation Side Handrail switches for speed and elevation. Generous 22 x 62 walking surface. Medical handrails included. 550 lbs. weight capacity Treadmill reverse and decline Full featured commercial treadmill with slow starting speed is ideal for rehabilitation and cardiac rehab applications. SciFit DC1000 Treadmill.4 to 10 mph speed range. 0 10% elevation. Low step up height of 7. Includes easy grip extended handrails. 375 lb. user weight capacity DC1000 Treadmill Shown with medical handrails. Exercise Equipment SciFit Treadmill Accessories Full medical handrails are bio-mechanically angled for increased safety and ease of entry Medical Handrails The compact, low profile DC1000 is easily accessible and ideal for most clinical applications. LC1100 Treadmill by True True heart rate design that includes one touch HRC Cruise Control True s patented Soft System Built on a welded steel frame that carries a lifetime warranty 15 touch screen with advanced ipod Light commercial treadmill PS 100 Treadmill by True Cushioned impact; simplicity and durability. User friendly interaction with hear Rate Control This performance-driven machine is powered by heavy-duty Endura-Drive AC motor. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 197

200 TREADMILLS (CON T) T611 Treadmill by SportsArt Easy to use tilt & go transport wheels Heart rate telemetry with CardioAdvisor and ZoneTrainer 4hrs. /day Touch-N-Go programs Medical handrails optional Spacious 20 x 58 running surface ActivZone Icon illustrates which muscle groups are being activated throughout the workout Exercise Equipment T621 Treadmill by SportsArt 1/10 mph starting speed. FlowTech cooling filtering. Program menus include numerous preset choices, fitness tests, HR interactive options. Light commercial duty. Multiple user amenities. Medical handrails optional. 450 lbs. weight capacity T631 Treadmill by SportsArt 1/10 mph starting speed. FlowTech cooling filtering. Program menus include numerous preset choices, fitness tests, HR interactive options. Moderate duty rating. Available with or without full medical rails. 450 lbs. weight capacity T652M Treadmill by SportsArt Reverse speed up to 3mph T652M Treadmill 86 L x 39 W x 56 H State-of-the-art ECO-POWR motor uses 32% less power than traditional motors without compromising power. Incline range of -3% to 15%; speed range of 3 mph reverse to 12 mph in 1/10 mph increments The compact E-316 Fluid Rower delivers the closest thing to real, on-water rowing. T672 Treadmill by SportsArt 1/10 mph starting speed. FlowTech cooling filtering. Program menus include numerous preset choices, fitness tests, HR interactive options. Heavy duty commercial grade treadmill. Driven by energy efficient AC brushless motor and IntelliDrive speed control. 500 lbs. weight capacity ROWERS Fluid Rower - E316 Size 75 x levels of patented variable fluid resistance. Direct Drive System. Dyneema Cable - no chains, no lubrication. Instant one-touch foot size adjustment. Concealed Roller Design. Office chair seat height for ease of entry and exit E-316 Fluid Rower 198 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

201 Comfortable padded seat supports back Leans torso forward, thus attaining increased contraction in the triceps Easily adjustable for multiple exercise options Multiple adjustments for maximum comfort and versatility Thickly padded foam thigh pads for added security Adjustable chest pad to fit users of different shapes and sizes ROM, range limiter and tibia pad adjustments can all be reached from seated position Pad adjusts to fit all users. Exercise Equipment SPORTSART FITNESS EQUIPMENT Abdominal Crunch Unique design effectively isolates abdominal muscles for maximum training benefits Back Extension Upper pad adjusts to fit any torso size Cable Tower Dual pulley system for smooth operation. 2:1 pulley ratio Horizontal Leg Press Adjustments for pre-stretch, back angle and shoulder pad height. Fully reclining; acts as hip sled Independent Lat Pull Down Gas assisted seat adjustment Independent Mid Row Gas assisted seat adjustment. Independent resistance arms for equal muscle training Leg Extension Gas assisted seat back allows proper alignment of pivot point Prone Leg Curl Angled pads minimize low back stress This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 199

202 Exercise Equipment SPORTSART FITNESS EQUIPMENT (CON T) Rotary Torso Gas assisted seat adjustment Total Hip Multiple adjustments for maximum comfort and versatility SINGLE FUNCTION WEIGHT UNITS Horizontal Leg Press Weight stacks are adjusted with tethered, magnetic selector pins that extend through the entire weight stack weight stack plates are solid steel machines precisely to correct weight Cams are computer designed and laser cut to exact shape to allow proper variable resistance throughout the exercises complete range of motion Rehab Training 80 H X 40 W X 82 L DUAL FUNCTION WEIGHT UNITS Apollo Single Station Leg Ext/Curl by TuffStuff 6-position adjustable leg hold-down accommodates various size users. Multi position back pad and biomechanical seat angle provide maximum ergonomic support. Custom cam design ensures proper strength curve through entire range of motion. Features high density commercial padding and naugahyde two-tone double-stitched upholstery. 200 lbs. Steel Weight Stack Apollo Single Station Leg Press by TuffStuff Custom convex footplate provides neutral ankle and knee alignment during exercise. Adjustable 6-position ergonomic seat and back pad for easy access and egress from exercise station. Heavy weight commercial seat carriage utilizes 2 polyurethane rollers for smooth and precise motion. Dual 2 diameter hard chrome seat rails ensure solid reliable performance. 200 lbs. steel weight stack with custom 2:1 ratio provides 400 lbs. of weight resistance Multi Hip Multi-Hip with Range of Motion Stability bars with rubber comfort handgrips 300 lb. weight stack Rehab Training 66 H X 48 W X 62 L PPS-237 Multi-Hip Flexor by TuffStuff Gas assist platform elevation adjustment Multiple start positions and counter-balanced pivot arm with fully adjustable roller pad to accommodate user heights. Dual handrails provide balance and support. 220 lbs. steel weight with add-on weight system Proformance Plus Series Adjustable Positions to accommodate all users to ensure correct biomechanical function. Adjustments made with heavy duty spring loaded pull pin knobs Multi-Hip with counter balanced range of motion for versatility on each exercise. Enlarged Stainless Steel non skid platform to accommodate all users during every exercise Convenient and comfortable handle placement Shown with AP-70RP Rear Post to make a Free Standing unit Shown with AP-70RP Rear Post to make a Free Standing unit. 200 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

203 Shown with AP-70RP Rear Post to make a Free Standing unit Apollo Single Station Multi Press by TuffStuff Unit can accommodate a variety of exercises from the combined multi-press/row station, let pulldown station, mid-pulley and low pulley positions. 8-position adjustable press bar. Adjustable back pad for custom range of motion settings and ratchet-style adjustable seat pad. 360-degree swivel, multi directional low pulley station. 200 lbs. Steel Weight Stack Apollo Single Station High Low Pulley by TuffStuff Multi-purpose High/Low pulley station offers virtually unlimited cable exercise potential. Counter-balanced roller style pulley carriage offers single hand adjustability. Dual handle pulley carriage allows bilateral and unilateral exercises. 200 lbs. Steel Weight Stack Lifetime warranty on the frame; 1 year on the upholstery; 5 years on the parts. PPD-806 Leg Extension/Curl by TuffStuff Biomechanically correct seat angle provides proper support and isolation of muscle group Gas assist back support easily adjusts for proper positioning and knee alignment Quick release to engage and disengage thigh hold-down support 220 lbs. steel weight stack with add-on weight system Proformance Plus Series PPD-830 Leg Press/Hack Squat by TuffStuff Large aluminum foot plates for exercise variation. Dual self-aligning 1-1 1/2 linear bearing system Back support adjusts to upright or flat for either seated or horizontal positioning. Control lever for multiple start positions. 400 lbs. steel weight stack (optional 500 lbs.) Proformance Plus Series Exercise Equipment PPD-801 Multi-Press by TuffStuff Multi-purpose bench and press bar easily adjusts for flat, incline and shoulder presses. Multiple grip handles on the press arm allow for variation of exercises and muscle isolation. Roller-glide carriage allows easy bench adjustment 220 lbs. steel weight stack add-on weight system Proformance Plus Series Seated Leg Extension/Leg Curl Lower limb adjustment w/numerical indexing, 1-5 Start range limitation with num verical indexing, 1-6 Six position seat back adjustment Custom mad rubber hand grips and feet Form fitted weight stack shields 5 lb. add on weight stack system 250 lb. weight stack Height Width Length L This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 201

204 HUR REHAB LINE COMPRESSED AIR TECHNOLOGY Abdomen/Back Rehab 5310 Designed to implement rehabilitation and physical therapy programs Based on the extremely smooth pneumatic strength air-resistance technology Patients allowed to start rehab earlier by reducing stress on joints and connective tissue Adduction/Abduction Rehab 5520 designed to implement rehabilitation and physical therapy programs based on the extremely smooth pneumatic strength air-resistance technology patients allowed to start rehab earlier by reducing stress on joints and connective tissue Includes range limiters, adjustable seat, adjustable seat position, adjustable lever arms, and isometric testing Includes Dual Function, range limiters, easy access handgrips and isometric testing. Exercise Equipment Leg Extension/Curl Rehab Leg Press Incline Rehab Leg Press Incline Includes Dual Function, range limiters, adjustable lever arms, easy access handgrips, adjustable back support and isometric testing Includes Lock mechanism, adjustable foot plate, electrically adjustable back support and shoulder rollers, isometric testing attachment. Leg Press Rehab 5540 designed to implement rehabilitation and physical therapy programs based on the extremely smooth pneumatic strength air-resistance technology patients allowed to start rehab earlier by reducing stress on joints and connective tissue Push-Up/Pull Down Down Rehab Includes lock mechanism, easy access handgrips, adjustable back support and isometric testing Includes Dual Function, range limiters, adjustable eat, belt, isometric testing. Rotary Torso Rehab Includes range limiters, adjustable start position, adjustable back support, easy access handgrips and isometric testing. 202 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

205 HUR EASY ACCESS LINE COMPRESSED AIR TECHNOLOGY Biceps/Triceps Inclusive fitness & wheelchair exercise equipment Wide Design allows easy access to be used by obese Designed with removable seats that enables the integration of disabled people into mainstream wellness centers. Computerized SmartCard Line Biceps/Triceps Easy Access Chest Press Includes Dual Function joystick, large mushroom buttons includes large mushroom buttons, duplicate hand grips, lock mechanisms. Computerized SmartCard Line Chest Press 9140 Exercise Equipment Dip/Shrug Computerized SmartCard Line Dip/Shrug Includes Dual Function joystick, range limiters, large mushroom buttons, horizontally adjustable lever arms, safety belt and base plate Adjustable chair for use with HUR Easy Access Line of Equipment Easy Access Chair Lat Pull Computerized SmartCard Line Lat Pull Includes large mushroom buttons, duplicate hand grips, and lock mechanism This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 203

206 Exercise Equipment HUR EASY ACCESS LINE COMPRESSED AIR TECHNOLOGY (CON T) Optimal Rhomboid Computerized SmartCard Line Optimal Rhomb Push-Up/Pull Down Down Computerized SmartCard Line Push-Up/Pull Down Functional Trainer HUR MAIN LINE & COMPUTERIZED COMPRESSED AIR TECHNOLOGY Abdomen/Back Air-Resistance Strength Exercise Equipment Dual Function, Stylish, ergonomic Scandinavian design Easy to use and practically maintenance free Smart Card offers users a personalized workout and encourages independent exercise by providing motivational help and feedback Computerized SmartCard Line Abdomen/Back Options Adjustable Lever Arm Adduction/Abduction Computerized SmartCard Line Adduction/Abduction Options Easy Access Handgrips Includes large mushroom buttons, release function, multi-grip handles, adjustable chest support For wide variety of upper, mid and lower body exercises. Adjustable height cable column, dual handles, adjustable support handles Includes Dual Function, resistance adjustment, adjustable seat and adjustable seat position Includes Dual Function joystick, range limiters, large mushroom buttons, safety belt, and baseplate Includes Dual Function, Resistance adjustment. 204 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

207 Biceps/Triceps Computerized SmartCard Line Biceps/Triceps Body Extension Computerized SmartCard Line Leg Extension/Curl Computerized SmartCard Line Leg Extension/Curl Options Easy Access Handgrips Adjustable Lever Arms Body Extension Chest Press Computerized SmartCard Line Includes Dual Function, resistance adjustment, and adjustable seat Includes resistance adjustment, release button, belt and easy access handgrips. Exercise Equipment Chest Press Dip/Shrug Computerized SmartCard Line Dip/Shrug Includes resistance adjustment, adjustable seat and duplicate handgrips Targeted training of biceps and triceps muscle groups Lat Pull Computerized SmartCard Line Lat Pull Includes resistance adjustment and adjustable seat Includes Dual Function, resistance adjustment, leg straps and belt, steplessly adjustable back support. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 205

208 HUR MAIN LINE & COMPUTERIZED COMPRESSED AIR TECHNOLOGY (CON T) Leg Press Computerized SmartCard Line Leg Press Includes resistance adjustment, adjustable back support and easy access handgrips. Optimal Rhomboid Computerized SmartCard Line Exercise Equipment Optimal Rhomb 3175 Computerized SmartCard Line Optimal Rhomboid Rotary Torso Computerized SmartCard Line Rotary Torso Shoulder Press/Lat Pull Includes resistance adjustment. Computerized SmartCard Line Shoulder Press/Lat Pull Includes Dual Function, resistance adjustment, and adjustable seat. 206 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

209 Sil-Air Compressors Sil-Air 50/24 1/2 HP, 6 gallon tank, 2.15 CFM Free Air Sil-Air 100/24 1/2 HP, 6 gallon tank, 4.3 CFM Free Air Sil-Air 150/50, 3x 1/2 HP, 13 gallon tank, 6.45 CFM Free Air PSI Op-Pressure, voltage: 110volt/60Hz PSI Op-Pressure, voltage: 110volt/60Hz PSI Op-Pressure, voltage: 220volt/60Hz Free Standing Double Pulley Free Standing Single Pulley THERAPY SYSTEMS PULLEYS Free Standing Double Pulley Two 100 lb. stacks in 2.5 and 5 lb. increments (2.5 lb. top plate). Comes with two 2.5 lbs. add on plates, two D-ring handles and a stabilizer bar. Adjustable every 2. Stabilizer handle, D-ring and weight stack guard. Portable. Wheelchair accessible. Product dimensions: 93 H x 36 W x 43 L Free Standing Double Pulley Free Standing Double Pulley with Lat Boom Free Standing Double Pulley w/ Upper/Lower Boom & Handrail Free Standing Single Pulley 150 lb. stack in 2.5, 5 and 10 lb. increments (2.5 lb. add-on plate). Adjustable every 2. Stabilizer handle, D-ring and weight stack guard. Portable. Wheelchair accessible. Product dimensions: 86 H x 28 W x 43 L Free Standing Single Pulley Free Standing Single Pulley with lat boom Free Standing Single Pulley w. Lat Boom & Handrail Wall Mounted Double Pulley Two 100 lb. stacks in 2.5 and 5 lb. increments (2.5 lb. top plate). Adjustable every 2. Stabilizer handle and D-ring. Wheelchair accessible. Comes with two 2.5 lb. add on plates, two D-Ring Handles and a stabilizing bar. Product dimensions: Wall Mounted Double Pulley Wall Mounted Double Pulley with Upper/Lower Boom Exercise Equipment Wall Mounted Double Pulley Wall Mounted Single Pulley Wall Mounted Single Pulley 100 lb. stack in 2.5 and 5 lb. increments (2.5 lb. add-on plate). Adjustable every 2. Wheelchair accessible. 2.5 lb. add on plate, D-Ring and stabilizer bar. Product dimensions 86 H x 18 W x 22 L Wall Mounted Single Pulley Wall Mounted Single Pulley with Boom This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 207

210 WALL PULLEYS 306 Double Wall Pulley by Endorphin Total body workout from seated or standing position. High & low pulley position Weight stacks in 5 lb. increments. Factory assembled. Wall Mounted Wall Pulley - Double Two single grip handles are included; two 75 lb. weight stacks. PULLEY SYSTEMS Exercise Equipment 390 Standard Pulley by Endorphin 37.5 lb. weight stack in 2.5 lb. increments. Choose single free standing or single wall mount/mobile double wall mount or double free standing. Total body workout seated or standing. Includes single grip handle connected at an adjustable pivot point for wider range of motion Standard Single Wall Mount Standard Double Wall Mount Single Free Standing/Mobile Frame Double Free Standing Frame Bilateral by Endorphin Total body workout from seated or standing position. Adjustable column pulley with bilateral double handles. Weight is in 2.5 lb. increments. Height adjustable support bar + lat pull bar included. Choose from single wall mount, free standing mobile or double wall mount or double free standing Bilateral Single Wall Mount Bilateral Double Wall Mount Single Free Standing/Mobile Frame Double Free Standing Frame Choose from 4 configurations to fit your needs! The 393 offers a total body workout from either a standing or seated position. Functional Pulley by Endorphin A functional pulley where a multitude of exercises can be performed (lat pulls, bicep curls, chest flies and everything in between.) 75lb weight stack in 5lb increments. Rotary arms adjust from ground level to 7 ; 90 horizontal and 180 vertical. Two single grip handles included. Dimensions: 44 x 32 x Wall Mount/Free Standing Adjustable, rotating arms and swivel handles for wide range of motion. 208 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

211 Speed Pulley by Endorphin Lighter weight stack available in 1.25 lb. increments. Bilateral double handles included. Inertia reduction cable system allows for rapid movement in therapy and training. Modular design allows for conversion from wall mount to free standing/mobile and/or expansion to double free standing Lightweight/Speed Single Wall Mount Lightweight/Speed Double Wall Mount Single Free Standing/Mobile Frame Double Free Standing Frame Apollo 7 Series Modular Gym System by TuffStuff Modular versatility allows customization of station positioning. 11-gauge 2 x4 oval 2 tubular steel frame. Durable electro-static powder coat finish in modern Platinum Sparkle and Cathedral Gray. Full length steel weight shrouds and cover plates enhance aesthetics and user safety. Integrated exercise placards on weight shrouds provide station description and exercise instruction. Elevated frame and integrated rubber stabilizer feet enhance strength and stability. Four independent 200 lbs. steel weight stacks allow multiple simultaneous exercise participation. Also available in 1,2,3 weight stacks Lifetime warranty on frames, welds, cams, and weight plates. See Apollo Dual Function units to purchase as free standing units Multi Functional Trainer by TuffStuff Compact and space efficient design Extension arm offers high-to-low vertical adjustments and 165 (5 positions) of side-to-side horizontal adjustments. Hydraulically supported arms for easy and safe vertical adjustments. Wide-base frame area easily accessible for wheelchair, rehab equipment, workout benches and stability balls. Swivel double-pulley bracket design offers a wide variety of functional and sport specific exercises. 200 lbs. weight stack PS-245 Functional Trainer by TuffStuff Maximum cable travel 108 (9 feet) added versatility Independent weight stacks for bilateral and unilateral training Suitable for rehab training Space saving, compact foot print design Completely free standing with stable base for functional, speed and ballistic training High visibility, Quick Spot adjustment levers simplifies range of motion set up Can be utilized for training one or two users simultaneously Dual Plane independent vertical and horizontal rotating arms Wide base frame also gives greater stability, easy access for all wheel chairs, rehab equipment, workout benches, and stability balls Lifetime warranty on frame, welds, and weight stacks Exercise Equipment An inertia reduction pulley/cable system allows for the functional loading of soft tissues without changing the total number of weight increments used for a particular exercise This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 209

212 Ultimate in adjustable cable systems with dual stacks, dual pulleys, handle storage and chin/pull-up bar. Exercise Equipment Highly versatile adjustable pulley system with double pulleys which allows choices of unilateral or bilateral exercise protocols. PULLEY SYSTEMS (CON T) Dual Hi Low Pulley System Two 150 lb. Weight Stacks dual pulley system Frames 2 x3 x11 gauge base and up rights, 2 x2 x11 gauge steel tubing welded into place. Component parts are constructed of high tensile strength, 1/4 steel. Lifetime warranty against weld failure, bending and cracking of material. Nautilus Pulley Systems - F3ATFS Wheelchair accessible with 21 indexed vertical adjustments. 250 lb. weight stack in 15 lb. increments. 2:1 lifting ratio so the effective incremental increase in resistance at one handle is only 7.5 lbs. Long 20 vertical stabilization handles for added safety and stability Free standing adjustable pulley w/ dual pulleys Nautilus Pulley Systems - F3DTT Wheelchair accessible, capability of two individuals exercising at the same time, unilateral or bilateral exercise choices. 250 lb. weight stack in 15 lb. increments. 2:1 lifting ratio so the effective incremental increase in resistance at one handle is only 72.5 lbs. 21 indexed vertical height adjustments and 20 long stabilization handles add to the versatility and clinical applications Medical dual stack adjustable pulley w/ double pulleys and storage 390 Tri-Pulley by Endorphin The Tri-Pulley is free standing and requires only a 4 ft. x 4 - ft. area of floor space. The 390 Tri Pulleys allow you to design your own custom combo system in 1 Tri-Pulley Single Cable Column With Hi Lat Pull Rubber bumpers included for quiet impact. Weight stacks solid steel plates with self, aligning graphite bushings, rubber bumpers for ultra smooth, quite movement and comes with lifetime warranty. Weight stack is 225 lbs. Selector pins are self locking with weight stack tether. Lat bar and rotary cuff attachments are both included single cable column 91 h x 49 w x 50 w 210 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

213 The Response Euro Triad Pulley Frame The Response Free Standing Mobile Frame Wheels allow pulley unit to be easily moved as needed. Leg extensions provide a safe and stable base when unit is in use. Provides excellent wheelchair access, and may be rolled under a mat table for mobility impaired patients. Comes with handle, triceps bar, and combination ankle/shoulder strap. Solid steel constructed frame comes with lifetime warranty Mobile Pulley System The Response Mini Cable Column 10 x 12 footprint saves space in your clinic. Full range of functional exercises can be performed at a variety of speeds. Weight stack includes 4x 2.5 lb. plates and 8x 5 lb. plates. Comes with handle, triceps bar, and combination ankle/shoulder strap. Solid steel constructed frame comes with lifetime warranty lb. Weight Stack MULTI STATION GYMS Nautilus Multi Station System - NS4000 Four separate, fully enclosed 200 lb. weight stacks allowing four users to exercise simultaneously. Each movement designed using Optimal Strength Curve Technology ensuring proper muscle loading through the entire movement. Every adjustment is color coded, and exercise stations feature easy to follow instructional placards. Stations: Incline press, chest press, shoulder press, leg extension, prone leg curl, pec fly/rear delt/low row, leg press/abdominal/calf raise Total Body Multi Gym 4- stack multi-gym Stations include: leg press, bench press, incline press, shoulder press, hi-lat pulldown, seated leg extension, prone leg curl Total Body Multi Gym 95 H X 96 W X 120 L Tri-Core Includes Sit-to-Stand exerciser, functional pulley, and upper body cycle with stand Fits a 5 x 7 area - space saving! Excellent cardio, upper body, and core exercise in 1 Tri-Core Multi-Station Exercise Equipment Station Multi-Gym TP Tri-Pulley Space saving multi-station fits in 5 x 7 area for balance and stabilization Frames 2 x3 x11 gauge base and up rights, 2 x2 x11 gauge steel tubing welded into place. Component parts are constructed of high tensile strength, 1/4 steel. Lifetime warranty against weld failure, bending and cracking of material. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 211

214 Exercise Equipment BENCHES Free Weight Bench Series by SportsArt Welded Steel Frame Heavy-Duty Vinyl Cushions Commercial Strength Benches Flat Bench Free Standing FID Bench Back/Hyperextension Olympic Flat Bench Olympic Decline Bench Olympic Incline Bench Allows optimum exercise intensity, regardless of the patients level of conditioning or severity. Weight Benches by TuffStuff Flat Bench Flat/Incline Bench Weight Benches Seven back support angles - from flat to full upright position. Independent seat pad adjustment Built-in handle and wheels for easy roll-away. Economy priced 51 x 27 x Flat/Incline Ladder Bench Flat Bench Saunders Total Back Unique pelvic stabilization allows isolation of lumbar extension in any range of motion. Promotes stretch, flexibility and coordination through controlled functional exercises. Product weight: 100 lbs. Comes in black, imperial blue, gray, burgundy, taupe and forest green Saunders Total Back Features Smart Arm linkage allowing multiple movement paths providing for a wide choice of exercise options. NAUTILUS NITRO EVO EQUIPMENT Lat Pulldown Patent pending 240 lb. weight stack in 5 lb. increments with belt drive for a smoother feel. Rotating Ergo Grip handles allow a variety of hand-grip positions. Designed for easy entry/exit, proper stabilization, and uses the highly recommended front pull for no shoulder impingement S9LAT - Lat Pulldown Leg Extension Patent pending 240 lb. weight stack in 5 lb. increments with belt drive for a smoother feel. Full seat back with reclined angle prevents hamstrings from interfering with full quadriceps contraction while providing maximum support and stabilization. Roller arm is heavily padded for user comfort, and movement arm is counterbalanced to reduce starting resistance S9LE - Leg Extension Provides proper muscle involvement with minimum knee and back stress. 212 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

215 Leg Press The four-bar linkage foot platform articulates as you go through desired range of motion to reduce shear forces at the knee. Oversized, non-slip foot platform allows a wide choice of foot placement and a handle to assist entry/exit. Thick, extended back pad is contoured for lumbar support and comfort. 400 lb. weight stack in 10 lb. increments with belt drive S9LP - Leg Press Overhead Press Patent pending 240 lb. weight stack in 5 lb. increments with belt drive for a smoother feel. Standard dual handgrips (neutral and pronated) for a greater choice of exercise protocols. Four-linkage provides the proper resistance throughout the active range of motion S9OP - Overhead Press With 5 seat back angles and 15 starting points, a combination of 75 hip/knee angle choices are available to accommodate to user size, a particular pathology or exercise protocol. Seated Leg Curl Patent pending 200 lb. weight stack in 5 lb. increments with belt drive for a smoother feel. Unique coupled movement arm technology reduces knee strain and maintains axis of alignment. Seat back adjusts for proper alignment of axis, and contoured seat and back pads with side handles provide complete stabilization and comfort during exercise S9LC - Seated Leg Curl Vertical Chest Press Patent pending 240 lb. weight stack in 5 lb. increments with belt drive for a smoother feel. Neutral and pronated hand grips for greater variety of exercise protocols. Back pad adjusts to a variety of starting positions, and is contoured for greater stability and comfort S9CP - Vertical Chest Press Converging movement arms create a proper path of movement, and natural feel Designed to build stronger hamstrings from a seated position with minimal knee strain. Exercise Equipment Converging press arms create a natural path of movement for maximum pec contraction and natural feel. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 213

216 NAUTILUS NOVA EQUIPMENT Exercise Equipment Combination Abdominal/Low Back Optimal Strength Curve Technology uniquely provides individual resistance profiles for each movement pattern for proper muscle loading. Adjustable and indexed starting points for each movement. A combination of the elbow and back pads with hand grips provides the necessary upper body stabilization, while the adjustable foot-bar positions the knees above the hips to prevent pelvic thrust. Incorporates a 200 lb. weight stack in 15 lb. increments, with integrated 5 lb. slide down add on weight system. Belt drive for smoother feel S8AB-LB - Combination Abdominal/Low Back Combination Hip Abduction/Adduction Tough, flexible gel covered with soft, four-way stretch fabric that remains soft and flexible to temperatures as low as -20 degrees F. Heat wraps help to restore flexibility and stimulate blood flow during and after rehabilitation exercise. Elastogel provides moist, warm heat for 20 minutes when heated and remains cold 20 to 40 minutes from freezer S8AA - Combination Hip Abduction/Adduction Combination Leg Extension/Leg Curl Uniquely provides individual strength curve profiles for each movement for optimal muscle loading. Reclined seat back angle prevents quadriceps from interfering with full range hamstring contraction. Adjustable and indexed starting points for each exercise motion. Incorporates a 200 lb. weight stack in 15 lb. increments, with integrated 5 lb. slide down add on weight system. Belt drive for smoother feel S8LE-LC - Combination Leg Extension/Leg Curl Combines two of the most important core strengthening exercises in one compact unit Combines two of the most important leg exercises in one compact machine Unique design where each movement pattern has its own strength cam profile for proper muscle loading Simple and non-threatening functional total leg strengthening system. Combination Leg Press/Calf Flex Patented four-bar linkage technology controls position and angle of the articulating foot platform to reduce knee stress while allowing additional hip rotation. Oversized, non-slip foot platform allows a wide choice of foot placement, and a handle to assist entry/exit. Incorporates a 200 lb. weight stack in 15 lb. increments, with integrated 5 lb. slide down add on weight system. Belt drive for smoother feel S8LP-CF - Combination Leg Press/Calf Flex 214 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

217 Active Care System DRIVEN BY SCIENCE Unlock Revenue Opportunities The TheraBand Active Care System is the ONLY evidence-based clinical management solution that supports both in-clinic and home exercises. Implement proven best practices that have been discovered and refined since the program s inception. Leverage simple, low-tech solutions that improve clinical and financial outcomes. Unlock revenue opportunities with a proven reselling solution. We sold more the next day after the TheraBand Active Care training than our two prior months combined. -Shawn Burger,, VP of Operations Burger Rehabilitation Systems, Inc. Engage Your Patients The TheraBand Active Care System improves patient and clinic outcomes by making patients a full partner in their recovery. Patients progress s faster because exercise continues between therapy sessions. Patients are invigorated with hundreds of new products and exercises. ercises. Products are backed by clinical research and proven protocols. Please contact your sales representative or Paul Rudzitis Vice President Corporate Accounts Phone prudzitis@performancehealth.com and ask about the Motion1 Active Care System Visit us at Powered by

218 HOME TYPE TRACTION DEVICES Cervical Traction System New weight bag holds water for patient adjustability. System contains a coal cervical roll, adjustable head harness and weight bag that holds water. Helps restore proper cervical curve. Effective, affordable & convenient Cervical System Economy Overdoor Cervical Traction Kit Overdoor Cervical Traction Kit Saunders Cervical Hometrac Features moveable and adjustable neck pieces, adjustable extension foot allowing for additional angles of 20 to 25 degrees, calibrated gauge promoting consistency in treatment and a pressure relief valve limits force to 50 lbs Saunders Cervical HomeTrac A convenient, effective and affordable solution which aids in restoring proper cervical curve Kit contains everything needed for patientadministered flexion or extension cervical traction Provides traction in a natural relaxed position at a 15 degree angle. Self-contained home cervical traction device that directly replicates clinician cervical traction. Hand-held pump incorporates easy-to-use device for delivering traction. Patient Care Saunders Lumbar Hometrac Patented pneumatic pump provides up to 200 lbs. of force. Includes belts, instructional video and user s guide Saunders Lumbar HomeTrac Supine C-Trax Designed for optimal supine positioning and comfortable intermittent traction force. Using any door frame, it is quickly and easily set up; positioning into cervical flexion or extension is also as effortless. To securely hold the cervical halter, the uniquely designed spreader bar eliminates the common problem of slippage Overdoor Cervical Traction Kit Folds to only 23 x 24 x 3 and weighs only 16 lbs. for easy storage and portability. Friction-free surface ensures smooth motion. Supine C-Trax TMJ Supine C-Trax TMJ Allows the clinician a choice of intermittent or static distraction Allows the clinician a choice of intermittent or static distraction. 216 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

219 PATIENT EDUCATION Foam Roller Techniques Title Foam Roller Techniques For Your Back Thoroughly covers back facts, simple anatomy, and causes and treatments for the most common types of back problems. Written to accompany The Back Care Program Easy reference for self-massage using foam rollers Written to accompany The Back Care Program or any of our video programs For your Back For Your Neck Use alone or as the companion manual to the Neck Care Program For Your Neck Treat Your Own Back Illustrated, soft cover, 100 pages Easy-to-read book contains updated content, new photos, and numerous pages of education and clinically proven exercises Discusses common causes of neck injuries and preventive strategies Maintain effective long-term back self-management with Robin Mckenzie s completely revised 9th edition Treat Your Own Back Treat Your Own Neck Helps patients learn to relieve their problems and prevent recurrence of their symptoms in the future. 63 pages, illustrated and softcover Treat Your Own Neck Patient care Your Healthy Back Complete guide for back injury prevention. Great to accompany any of our back care videos Your Healthy Back Offers a step-by-step system of education, awareness, exercise and prevention for common neck problems This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 217

220 PATIENT EDUCATION (CON T) Treat Your Own Knee Features self-management and guidelines to reduce knee pain, stiffness, and sorenes. Illustrated, softcover, 108 pages Treat Your Own Knee Treat Your Own Shoulder Teaches the importance of stretching, and how regular practice of proper positioning helps treat and prevent shoulder area pain. Illustrated, softcover, 82 pages Treat Your Own Shoulder CANES & CRUTCHES Adjustable Folding Cane Adjustable Folding Cane; 4, 8, to 6 4 Bariatric Quad Cane Patient Care Quad cane built with durable steel construction for maximum stability. 700 lbs weight capacity Small Base Steel Cane Large Base Steel Cane Easy to adjust and fold for storage Quad Cane Allows for proper fit with right or left-hand use. 250 lbs weight capacity Small Base Large Base Wooden Canes Men s Wooden Cane Women s Wooden Cane Durable, safe designs Wooden canes are constructed of traditional hardwood that is urethane-coated. Quick-Adjust Crutches Push-handle lock for quick hand grip adjustment. Push-button height adjustment and patient height guide allows the crutch to be fitted to the proper user height in 1 increments. Lightweight anodized aluminum and contoured handgrips Junior; 4 6 to Adult; 5 2 to Tall Adult; 5 10 to Patient height guide on crutch for easy accurate adjustment. 218 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

221 Easy to adjust and provides comfortable support Unique cuff with a V design for easy entrance and firm hold for hands free use Contoured underarm design and patient height guide on crutch for easy adjustment Adds comfort to armrests Padded to keep hands and wrists comfortable Padded to keep hands and wrists comfortable Helps grip the surface and absorb shock. Forearm Crutches Features vinyl-coated 1 solid aluminum cuffs, cushioned vinyl hand grips and extra large crutch tips. Height adjusts to center of handle, 28 to Junior Forearm Crutch; Pair Adult Forearm Crutch; Pair Tall Adult Forearm Crutch; Pair Millennial Forearm Crutch Sold in pairs. Short to 5 2 Tall to 6 4 Molded as one piece to eliminate rivets. Spring assist/shock absorption foot absorbs impact and reduces joint and muscle stress. 400 lbs weight capacity. Short Available in Red, Blue or Gray Tall Available in Red, Blue or Gray Bariatric Crutches Large double push buttons allow for height adjustments in 1 increments. Crutch frame offers durable steel construction lbs weight capacity Junior Forearm Crutch; Pair Adult Forearm Crutch; Pair Tall Adult Forearm Crutch; Pair Crutch-Mate Pads Made from a unique high glycerin gel designed to prevent hard spots. Pads will help prevent friction, reduces chance of skin breakdown and will provide long lasting comfort Crutch-Mate Arm Pad Crutch-Mate II Arm Pad Crutch-Mate Hand Grip Replacement Accessories Arm Pads Arm Pads Hand Grips Split Style Closed style Replacement Tips Crutch tip pair 3/4 X 2 7/ Crutch tip pair 3/4 X 1 7/8 Patient care This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 219

222 WALKERS Adult Hemi Walker/Sidestepper Extra hand grip provides ease in folding and wider base provides more stability than a quad cane to width at high height setting and to 16.5 width at low height setting Adult; Fits Users From 5 3 to 6 4 Dual Release Walker Features a wide, deep frame with many height adjustments, lower side brace for added stability and PVC hand grips. Overall depth of base: open (adult): 17.5, open (junior): 16.5, folded: Adult; Fits Users From 5 3 to Junior; Fits Users From 4 4 to For patients with limited or no dexterity in one arm or hand. Tri-level hand grips provide support when rising from a seated position Light and easy to lift and maneuver, with anti-rattle silencers for quiet operation. Patient Care Heavy-Duty Dual Release Adult Paddle Walker Light, easy to lift and maneuver and folds easily for transport or storage. Overall depth: open: 17.5, folded: lbs weight capacity Adult; Fits Users From 5 3 to 6 4 Rollite Rollator Folds into compact unit for storage and transport. Overall depth: open: 24, folded: 7. Height adjustment: 32 to lbs weight capacity Rollite Rollator Options Basket; 10 lb. Capacity Ergonomic release paddles make easy to open and close the walker. Three-Wheel Rollator Easy to operate ergonomic hand brakes. Indoor/outdoor solid rubber wheels. Tote Bag and basket with food tray standard and attach easily to the frame. Patient height 5 3 to 6 0. Weight capacity 295 lbs Three-Wheel Rollator Features a flip-up seat with a built-in handle, flexible backrest, ergonomic dual paddle folding mechanism and handbrakes Easy-to-operate ergonomic hand brakes that lock rear wheels for security. 220 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

223 WALKER ACCESSORIES Accessories Mounts easily with snap hooks onto all folding and rigid walkers. Can be installed on the outside or inside of walker. Basket Walker Basket; 5 lb. Capacity Court-Side Glide Brakes Court-Side Glide Brakes; 300 lb. Capacity Fixed Wheel Attachments Single with Rear Glide Tips Single with Rear Glide Tips Platform Attachment Platform Attachment; 300lb Capacity Swivel Wheel with 13 Cambered SureGlide Brakes with Rear Glide Tips with Rear Glide Tips WHEELCHAIRS Basic Wheelchair Lightweight with 250 lb. Capacity. Desk length arm rests and swing away foot rests. Call for other sizes and styles D x 18 W; Seat HeavyDuty Wheelchair 450 lb. capacity Desk length arm rests and swing away foot rests. Call for other sizes and styles D x 22 W; Seat Transport Wheelchair Designed for safe, efficient patient transport. Additional sizes available D x 18 W; Seat Patient care Walker basket sold separately. Longer lasting than fixed tennis balls Wheels roll freely and quietly over smooth clean surfaces Thick, vinyl-covered pad with heavy-duty Velcro strap for adult and junior walkers Swivel wheels allow the walker to turn in a complete circle and This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 221

224 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSORIES Gel/Foam Flotation Cushion Cushion is covered with grey velour Dimensions x 18 x 2 Healthsmart Contoured Seat Cushion Foam with a gel center provides maximum pressure relief Supports upright seating posture The nylon mesh cover increases air circulation to keep the user cool Contoured cushion molds to the shape of the body for optimal comfort Great for the home, office or travel Fits wheelchairs, transport chairs, office chairs and more Latex free Black Patient Care Polyfoam Wheelchair Cushion Offers soft, even support for maximum comfort and weight distribution Constructed of highly resilient polyurethane foam Removable, machine washable, Navy polyester/cotton cover Dimensions x 18 x x 18 x 3 HOME PEDAL EXERCISERS Deluxe Exerciser Used for upper or lower body exercises at home, the office or while traveling. Automatic, multi-functional electronic monitor with LED display Deluxe Exerciser Quick dial with variable resistance. Standard Exercise Wrap-around foot straps. Comes completely assembled with retail or standard packaging. Extremely lightweight: 5 lbs Standard Exerciser Cando Magneciser Quiet Magnetic, Bi-directional resistance system. Comes with a fully automatic 5 function digital display showing, speed, elasped time, calories, distance and scan. Adjustable base for stability and storage. Small and portable Magneciser For Upper and Lower Body exercises Perfect for any type of rehabilitation. 222 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

225 Clear polycarbonate features an internal V grove that attaches to the rim of the plate PneuWalker offers freedom from the fear of falling for both the patient and the therapist. On the PneuWalker the patient can experience natural movement while working vertically on proper gait patterns Ideal for providing support, stability and confidence during everyday activities Stainless steel features (3) spring action clips to secure the guard to the plate. GAIT TRAINING Pediatric Lite Gait Promotes proper posture, balance, coordination, trunk and lower extremity strength and endurance required for standing and walking. Pediatric Lite Gates are also available with a 27 or 30 base Pediatric Lite Gait Walkable 25 Base Pediatric Lite Gait Walkable Tall 25 Base With Built-in Lift Pediatric Lite Gait 25 Base Pediatric Lite Gait 27 Base Pediatric Lite Gait 30 Base Pneuwalker Mobility Trainer User-friendly, digital control allows for precise unweighting. Max lift weight 300 lbs. Width adjustable to go through doorways or over treadmills. Unweights unilaterally to address hemiplegic conditions. Onboard pneumatic compressor with rechargeable battery that runs up to 12 hours on a single charge. Adjustable handlebars swing out of the way for easy access and patient transfer. Allows a solo clinician to lift and transfer patients. Patented 3-in-1 Abilities Vest with adjustability for posture and gait. Inside Width Outside Width Height Pneugait Foot Strap Highly cost effective. Relief of hip, knee and foot pain. Change dynamic firing patterns. Alter loading pattern on knee and prevents hyperextension. Enhance neuro-proprioceptive awareness. Reduce risk of ankle sprain. Accelerate ankle rehabilitation. Effect lasting correction in a short period of time. Simple to use for patient and clinician Pair DINING ASSISTANCE Dycem Effective anti-slip material. Can be cut to any size and is malleable so it can be fitted around various objects. Comes in yellow, red, blue, black, white, and forest green. Grips on both sides to prevent movement X 10 yd. roll X 6 1/2 ft. Plate Guards Cllear Polycarbonate Size Plate Diameter Small 6 to Large 9 to 11 Stainless Steel Large 9 to 11 Patient care This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 223

226 DINING ASSISTANCE (CON T) Utensils And Accessories Misc. Utensils Rocker Knife Meat Cutter Knife Soft B-U Handle Fork Knife Teaspoon Tablespoon Set of 4 (Fork, Knife, Teaspoon and Tablespoon) Soft Touch Bendable Fork Knife Teaspoon Tablespoon Set of 4 (Fork, Knife, Teaspoon and Tablespoon) Utensil Holders Beige; Small/Medium; 3.5 to Beige; Large/X-Large; 4.25 to Navy; Large/X-Large; 4.25 to 4.75 DRESSING AIDS Button Aids Specially formed stainless steel wire loop goes through the clothing eyelet and secures the button to allow it to be pulled back through the eyelet. Zipper Aid models have a small 5/8 brass plated hook to pull zipper Rubber Grip Button Aid Button Hook with Texture Grip Jumbo Loop Button Aid With Zipper Aid Button Aid/Zipper Aid Rubber Grip Button/Zipper Aid Jumbo Loop Button/Zipper Aid Dressing Stick Makes dressing and retrieving items easier for those with limited range of motion Economy Dressing Stick Weighted Utensils Keatlery ; Stainless Steel Patient Care Keatlery Fork Keatlery Knife Keatlery Teaspoon Keatlery Soupsoon Weighted Utensils Plastic vinyl grip contoured to fit the fingers Can be used on almost any size button, large or small Tablespoon Weighted Utensils (1 Place Setting of 4) Weighted Utensils Set of 4 (Fork, Teaspoon, Knife and Soupsoon) /8 wooden handle and overall length is approximately Rocker Knife allows food to be cut with a rocking motion for those with the use of only one hand Meat Cutter Knife has a curved blade that allows for a rocking motion to facilitate cutting Lightweight dressing stick that features a small C-hook at one end and a large, plastic-coated push/pull hook at the other Utensil Holder has a utensil pocket. Adjusts by a velcro hook and loop closure with D-Ring thumb loop This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

227 Foot Socker Foot Socker provides assistance when donning your socks Foot Socker Shoe Laces Coiler: One Pair; 54 Length Elastic; One Pair; 24 Length Shoehorns Allows patient to put shoes on without bending or reaching. Plastic Length Length Length Specialty Spring Action Shoehorn Easy Slider Shoehorn Easy Slider Shoehorn Stainless Steel Shoehorn Shoehorn Sock Aids Terry Covered Sock Aid-with foam grips Easy-on/Easy-off Sock Aid Kit Formed Sock Aid with foam grips Economy Sock Aid Zipper Pulls Clear Zipper Pull; (3)/Pkg Ring Zipper Pull; (3)/Pkg Shoehorns can be used for pulling up socks Spring Action Shoehorn Easy Slider Shoehorn Stainless Steel Patient care Coiler Shoe Laces eliminates the need of tying shoelaces. Fits all shoe sizes Elastic Shoe Laces for those require better support Assist in closure of zippers for persons with limited finger grasp Sock Aids are perfect for those with limited hand function or back problems, wheelchair users, or those recovering from hip or knee surgery. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 225

228 PATIENT ASSIST Bed Pull-Up Arms can be looped through the rungs Bed Pull-Up Gait/Transfer Belt Helps prevent caregiver back injuries and assists in safe transfer or amulation of patients Length Length Hip Kits The Basic Hip Kit includes sock aid w/foam handles, 2 pair each of black and white elastic shoe laces, 32 helping hand reacher, 27 dressing stick, 24 stainless steel shoehorn and a long handle bath sponge. The Econo Hip Kit includes 27 helping hand reacher, sock aid w/foam handles, 27 dressing stick, 16 1/4 plastic shoehorn and a long handle bath sponge Basic Hip Kit Econo Hip Kit Extra long webbing is provided to attach to the bed legs at the foot of the bed. Heavy duty cotton webbing with (4) rungs of a ladder to assist those with limited hand strength, to pull themselves upright in bed Feature nickel-plated buckles that reduce friction on the webbing for durability and maximum strength. Patient Care Leg Lifters Loop is placed around the foot or cast and can be re-positioned by the user. Size Color Length Regular Navy Basic hip kit offers the most recommended ADL items for patients recovering from hip surgery. Overbed Table 1.5 casters ensures smooth mobility of the table in any direction. Tabletop dimensions: 15 W x 30 L Reachers Trigger operated lightweight aluminum reacher. Non-slip low jaw for added gripping power. Magnet is imbedded in the rubber tip at the front ; Reacher ; Reacher Reinforced webbing with metal rod will extend the user s reach to assist in lifting one leg at a time Light upward touch on patented spring loaded locking handle allows table to elevate freely and a light downward touch on table top locks table in position. Unique U base design permits use with chairs All reachers feature magnets at the tip to assist in picking up metal objects. 226 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

229 Features drain holes, ergonomic handles on seat and non-marring, non-slip rubber tips Ergonomically shaped, reversible backrest accommodates right or left transfers and snaps in and out easily without tools Armrest for added comfort, angled legs for stability, non-skid rubber tips for safety and an anti-rattle collar that reduces noise. Use as a toilet safety frame, a raised toilet seat or outside the bathroom as a stationary commode COMMODES/TOILET SEATS All-In-One Commode Features a splash shield, snap-on seat with pail and lid, external leg extension with (7) height adjustments in 1 increments and a removable backrest. 300 lbs weight capacity All-In-One Commode Helps accommodate transfers in restricted or confined areas Clamp-on locking mechanism tightens easily with one hand. Features a contoured seat for internal rotation of hips. Bariatric Commode Offers strength and comfort with extra wide seat and durable steel frame. 650 lb. Capacity Base Seat Width x 27 3/ Patient care BATHROOM SAFETY Economy Shower Chairs For individuals who require seating support when bathing or showering. Adjustable height chair: 19 W x 13 D x to 21.5 H; (8) height adjustments in 1 increments. 250 lbs weight capacity. Adjustable Height Without Seat Back With Seat Back Transfer Bench Features textured, non-slip seat with drain holes, non-rusting, anodized frame, builtin soap dish and hand-held hower holders. Has (9) height adjustments in 1/2 increments. 400 lbs weight capacity. Width Depth Height Drop-Arm Commode Features armrests for added comfort, anti-rattle collar for less noise and angled legs for added stability that adjusts in 1 increments and large clamp-on seat, lid, upholstered backrest. The lever operates simply, by pushing to release or lifting to lock. 250 lbs weight capacity Commode with Drop-Arm Raised Toilet Seat With Arms Features non-skid pads to prevent the seat from slipping and rear seat wings for more secure attachments. Ample depth of front recess makes hygiene performance more convenient. 250 lbs weight capacity Raised Toilet Seat with Arms Raised Toilet Seat without Arms 300lb capacity. Width Depth This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 227

230 Patient Care SCRUB SPONGES/BRUSHES Long Handle Scrub Brush 22 length handle with soft foam sponge Rounded Long Handle Scrub Brush Contoured Long Handle Scrub Brush MOISTURE PROTECTION Seal-Tight Original Latex-free, easy to apply and guaranteed to last the life of the cast. Improves hygiene - by keeping cast and skin dry reducing potential infections. SEAL-TIGHT Original comes in adult and pediatric sizing. Size Length Pediatric Small Arm Pediatric Medium Arm Pediatric Large Arm Pediatric Small Leg Pediatric Medium Leg Pediatric Large Leg Adult Hand Adult Short Arm Adult Long Arm Adult Short Leg Adult Long Leg Adult Short Leg Wide Adult Short Arm Wide Foot/Ankle 11 Seal-Tight Sport Latex-free, easy to apply and guaranteed to last the life of the cast. Improves hygiene - by keeping cast and skin dry reducing potential infections. SEAL-TIGHT Sport comes in adult and pediatric sizing. Size Length Pediatric Arm Pediatric Leg Adult Short Arm Adult Long Arm Adult Short Leg Adult Long Leg 40 Seal-Tight Protector Superior protection - keeps moisture from penetrating bandages. Latex-free, watertight seal - protects without taping. Reusable and available in three sizes. Size Circumference Small Medium Large Long handle provides extra reach Latex-free, watertight seal is perfect for active youngsters and adults. Easy to use and safe for water sports, whirlpools or hot tubs. No straps, tapes or pumps Watertight seal - flex-seal rubber diaphragm slips easily over the cast or bandage. Provides a comfortable, yet squeegee-tight fit to keep moisture out while patients shower or bathe. No tapes, straps or pumps! 228 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

231 PATIENT LIFTS Apexlift Electric Patient Lift Built-in manual crank lift allows it to function continuously during emergency situations 400lb weight capacity ApexLift Electric Patient Lift Apexlift Hydraulic Patient Lift Features extended (6) point spreader bar for patient comfort and foot operated leg opening 400lb weight capacity ApexLift Hydraulic Patient Lift Compact construction for easy maneuvering, extended (6) point spreader bar for maximum patient comfort and foot operated leg opening. Lift from floor onto bed in one operation. Apexlift Bariatric Electric Lift 600 lb Electric Patient Lift High lifting elevation while lifting from floor. Low base and footpedal base opening Bariatric Electric Lift Apexlift Accessories For Patient Lifts Options Load Cell Weight Module Sling Options Universal Sling Mesh Split Leg; Large Universal Sling with Head Support, Mesh; Small Universal Sling with Head Support, Mesh; Large Universal Sling Deluxe Padded Split Leg; Medium Universal Sling Deluxe Padded Split Leg; Bariatric Universal Sling Deluxe Padded Split Leg w/head support; Medium Universal Sling Deluxe Padded w/head support; Bariatric Pediatric Sling Padded, torso 18 to Toileting Sling Deluxe Padded; Bariatric Universal Sling Mesh Split Leg ; Medium Universal Sling Mesh split leg w/head Support-medium Universal Sling Deluxe Padded Split Leg w/head Support; Small Universal Sling Deluxe Padded Split Leg; Large Universal Sling Deluxe Padded w/head Support; Large Pediatric Sling Mesh, torso 18 to Hammock Sling Deluxe Padded; Large Toileting Sling Deluxe Padded; Small Toileting Sling Deluxe Padded; Medium Toileting Sling Deluxe Padded; Large Bariatric Patient Lift with the perfect combination of patient safety, weight capacity and maneuverability Ergonomically designed for easy maneuvering, lift from floor onto bed in one operation Universal style is easy to apply when user is in a chair because of cut out and split legs. Patient care This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 229

232 PATIENT LIFTS (CON T) Apexlift Stella Electric Stand Assist Lift 400 lb Stand Assist Lift Quick, safe and comfortable transfers. Small platform for ease of use Stella Electric Stand Assist Lift Stand Assist Slings Deluxe Padded Small 400lb (torso ) Deluxe Padded Medium 400lb (torso ) Deluxe Padded Large 400lb (torso ) Deluxe Padded X-Large 600lb (torso ) Buttocks Support Strap for Stand Assist 400lb Buttocks Support Strap for Stand Assist 600lb Apexlift Stella 600 lb Stand Assist Lift 600 lb Bariatric Stand Assist Lift Quick, safe and comfortable transfers. Higher Speed Actuator Stella 600 lb Stand Assist Lift Invacare Full Body Replacement Slings Mesh or Solid Padded Fabric With or Without Commode Opening Mesh Medium 450 lb Large 450 lb XX Large 600 lb Mesh w/ Commode Medium 450 lb Large 450 lb X Large 450 lb XX Large 600 lb Solid Padded Medium 450 lb Large 450 lb X Large 450 lb Patient Care Full Body Sling Ultimate Solution for worry free patient transfers between bed, chair, or commode Heavy gauge steel for years of trouble free service. 230 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

233 HAND EVALUATION B&L Engineering Hand Dynamometer Worldwide clinical and research quality replacement for Jamar Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer. Five handle positions Dual scale displays isometric grip force from zero to 200 lbs. Official certificate of calibration verifying correlation coefficient of or higher. Black pointer indicates applied force. Red pointer remains at subject s maximum reading until reset. Legally CE Marked with Notified Body Number Instruction manual includes normative tables for children and adults. Fitted foam double-walled carrying case Two-year warranty Dual Scale lbs. (0-90kg) with Carrying Case B&L Engineering Hand Evaluation Kit All the necessary instruments for hand and finger evaluation in one convenient carrying case. B&L Engineering Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer B&L Engineering PG-30 Mechanical Pinch Gauge 5.5 Stainless Steel Finger Goniomete Comes with official certificate of calibration Manuals with normative adult and child tables Legally CE Marked with Notified Body Numbers Fitted foam double-walled carrying case Kit with 30 lb. pinch gauge Kit with 60 lb. pinch gauge B&L Engineering Mechanical Pinch Gauge The original mechanical pinch gauge designed and manufactured by B&L Engineering since Black Pointer indicates applied force, red pointer remains at subject s maximum reading until reset. Dual scale in pounds and kilograms Key, Tip, and Palmar Pinch strength testing Comes with official certificate of calibration Legally CE Marked with Notified Body Number Two-year warranty Fitted foam storage box lbs. (13.6kg) in 1.0 lb. increments for normal hand lbs. (27.2kg) in 2.0 lb. increments for athletic hand lbs. (4.5kg) in.25 lb. increments for weak/injured hand Baseline Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer Adjustable handle has (5) positions, able to accommodate any hand size. Indicator remains at the subject s maximum reading until reset. Dual scale shows both pounds and kilograms. CE certified. LiTE, Red, 1 year warranty Standard Head; 200 lb. Dynamometer Large Head; 200 lb. Dynamometer Large Head; 300 lb. Dynamometer Digital; Large Head; 300 lb. Dynamometer Blue, 2 year warranty Digital; Large Head; 300 lb. Dynamometer Standard Head; 200 lb. Dynamometer Large Head; 200 lb. Dynamometer Large Head; 300 lb. Dynamometer HD, Black, 5 year warranty Standard Head; 200 lb. Dynamometer Large Head; 200 lb. Dynamometer Large Head; 300 lb. Dynamometer Digital; Large Head; 300 lb. Dynamometer Diagnostic/ Evaluation Clinical and research quality Hydraulic Hand Dynamometer All the necessary instruments for hand and finger evaluation in one convenient carrying case Known as the Gold Standard for pinch strength measurement and the one most often cited in research literature Gives accurate grip strength readings without the subject being able to feel the handle move. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 231

234 Diagnostic/ Evaluation HAND EVALUATION (CON T) Baseline Hand Evaluation Set Hand dynamometer capacity: 200 lbs., standard size head. LiTE, Red, 1 year warranty Seven Piece Hand Evaluation Set Three Piece Hand Evaluation Set Blue, 2 year warranty Seven Piece Hand Evaluation Set Three Piece Hand Evaluation Set HD, Black, 5 year warranty Seven Piece Hand Evaluation Set Three Piece Hand Evaluation Set Baseline Mechanical Pinch Gauge Indicator remains at the maximum reading until reset. Readings in lbs. and kgs. 2 year warranty lb. with Case; Blue lb. with Case; Red lb. with Case; Gold lb. with Case; Silver Baseline Digital Hydraulic Pinch Gauge 2.5 LCD head. Readings in lbs. and kgs. Blue, 2 year warranty lb. Baseline Hydraulic Pinch Gauge Accurate for all pinch tests-tip, key and palmer. Gauge has dual scale that shows pounds and kilograms. CE certified. LiTE, Red, 1 year warranty Large Head; 95 lb. Capacity Standard Head; 50 lb. Capacity Large Head; 50 lb. Capacity Blue, 2 year warranty Large Head; 95 lb. Capacity Standard Head; 50 lb. Capacity Large Head; 50 lb. Capacity HD, Black, 5 year warranty Large Head; 95 lb. Capacity Standard Head; 50 lb. Capacity Large Head; 50 lb. Capacity Baseline Pneumatic Squeeze Dynamometer Unit is calibrated in PSI. Indicator remains at maximum until reset PSI, with Reset PSI, with Reset Measure tip, key and palmer pinch strength in both pounds and kilograms Measures hand and finger strength. 232 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

235 Baseline Smedley Digital Spring Dynamometer 5 preset grip sizes. Assesses results according to age and gender. Saves results for up to 19 users Adult; 200 lb./90kg Smedley Spring Dynamometer Made of light weight aluminum. The adjustable handle comfortably accommodates any hand size. Unit is calibrated in pounds and kilograms Smedley Spring Dynamometer Baseline Hydraulic Wrist Dynamometer Measures strength of wrist muscles during flexing, extension, abduction, and adduction, or the forearm muscles during supination and pronation. Use with single or dual handle grip. Maximum reading remains until reset. Strength can be viewed as pounds or kilograms. Includes unit, doorknob, and bracket lb./225 KG Analog lb./225 KG Digital Accessories Single Grip Handle Dual Grip Handle Door Knob Grip Shovel Handle Lever Handle Rod/Pipe Grip STRENGTH MEASUREMENT Baseline Back/Leg/Chest Dynamometer Chain length is adjusted to accommodate for height differences and base provides sure footing. Pointer remains at maximum until reset lb. Adult Large Base, 660 lb. Adult Accessories Ankle Attachment Thigh Attachment Wrist Attachment Foot Stirrup Shoulder Harness Head Harness Large Base Measures muscle strength and the amount of force needed to open jars, doorknobs and other ADL activities. Dynamometer interchangeable accessories Measures strength of back, leg and chest in pounds and kilograms. Baseline Electronic Push-Pull Dynamometers Accessories are interchangeable with the Baseline Hydraulic Push-Pull Dynamometers. Comes with 3 push pads, 1 pull hook, 1 snap hook, and carrying case lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer Accessories Single Grip Handle Double Grip Handle Small Hook Large Circular Oval Snap Hook Comes complete with (3) push pads, (1) pull hook and a padded carrying case. Accessories for the Push-Pull Dynamometers. Diagnostic/ Evaluation This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 233

236 Ideal for a wide range of individual muscle groups using both the push (compression) and pull (tension) modes Includes a complete assortment of specialized fixtures that are lightweight an easily screw on Chatillon dynamometers for functional capacity evaluations, job task analysis and musculoskeletal evaluations Easy-to-read dial indicates push & pull strength and peak strength Diagnostic/ Evaluation STRENGTH MEASUREMENT (CON T) Baseline Push-Pull Dynamometer Accessories Push Pads; Padded Curved Pull Hook; Medium Dial lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer Digital (LED) lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer Chatillon DMG Series Dynamometer Rugged, high capacity, mechanical dynamometer for measuring muscle strength, job task analysis and functional capacity. (2) capacities: 200 x 1.0 lbf and 500 x 2.5 lbf. Lightweight design is easy to use for musculoskeletal evaluations. Includes handle assemble and carrying case Must order kit MSC separately DMG-200; 200 x 1.0 lbf DMG-500 Mechanical Force Gauge Chatillon Force Gauge Accessories Order kit or individual components FCEK -Functional Capacity Accessory Kit MSCK - Muscle Strength Comparison Accessory Kit Accessories Carrying Case Hook; with Clasp Flat Compression Disc; Rubber Backing V-Notch Adapter, 1-inch V-Notch Adapter, 5/8-inch Rectangular Compression Fixture; Large Rectangular Compression Fixture; Small Grasping Cable with Loops Extension Rod Palm Compression Fixture Curved Compression Fixture, Rubber Backing Pistol Grip, for Chatillon Dynamometers Chatillon DFE Series Compact, easy to use digital force gauge Designed for economy applications without compromising functionality Ideal for handheld or test stand applications Features an integral loadcell with a measurement accuracy of better than 0.25% full scale Large easy-to-read, high resolution dot matrix LCD full color display Comes with a carrying case, battery adapter/charger, and testing accessories Accessory kits sold separately DFE II DFE II This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

237 Chatillon DFS Series Compact, easy to use digital force guage Designed for basic and complex applications Ideal for handheld or teststand applications and torque measurement Large easy-to-read, high resolution dot matrix LCD full color display Comes standard with RS-232 cable, carrying case, battery adapter/charger and testing accessories Measurement accuracy is better than 0.1% full scale Accessory kits sold separately DFS II DFS II Chatillon DFX Series Economical digital force gauge ideal for applications where users are interested in basic peak force measurement Comes with rechargeable battery pack Large easy-to-read, high resolution dot matrix LCD display Supports a variety of standard gauge functions including normal and peak readings Comes with carrying case, battery universal battery charger, flat and hook adapters Accessory kits sold separately DFX II ErgoFET s unique ergonomic design fits comfortably in your hand for direct compression testing. Excellent for small to medium push-pull force testing, industrial/human factors, job analysis and ergonomic testing applications. ErgoFET Easy to use digital push-pull force gauge Measures Push and Pull forces from multiple direction simultaneously Innovative Ergonomic design fits in the palm of your hand 300lb capacity User selectable units of measure: lbs., newtons, or kgs Handheld Push/Pull Force Gauge 300lb capacity Data Collection Software with Bluetooth Receiver ErgoFET500 Digital Push and Pull force gauge Can be used for a wide variety of force measurement applications where peak force, or a 3 second averaged force is required. Maximum force capacity is 500 lbs. for tension and 300 lbs. for compression ErgoFet500 Force Gauge Data Collection Software with Bluetooth Receiver Durable digital force gauge includes a complete assortment of attachments for measuring muscle strength, functional capacity evaluations, job site analysis and ergonomics. Diagnostic/ Evaluation Lafayette Electronic Manual Muscle Tester Records in pounds or kilograms, measures peak force and time to reach peak, LCD display and data storage for up to 52 trials. Features: manual or automatic reset; variable trial length of 1-10 seconds, set in 1 second increments; interactive menu; (3) interchangeable easy-to-clean molded plastic stirrups with pads; (1) lithium battery (included) with a life of hrs LaFayette Electronic Manual Muscle Tester Built-in automatic calibration routine verifies calibration at 0, 25, 50 lbs. and assures consistent reliability. Scientifically and accurately measure muscle strength with this microprocessor-controlled muscle tester. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 235

238 STRENGTH MEASUREMENT (CON T) Baseline Push/Pull Dynamometers In push mode, all positive features of manual muscle test are retained, pull mode is used to measure tension. Reading remains until reset. Shows pounds and kilograms lb. Capacity Dynamometer lb. Capacity Dynamometer Comes with carrying case and accessories. Diagnostic/ Evaluation MicroFET 2 Digital Muscle Tester Features high and low threshold settings to accommodate large and small muscles. (3) interchangeable padded attachments. User selectable units of measure: lbs., newtons, or kgs. Stores and retrieves up to 30 tests Digital Manual Muscle Tester Clinical Software with Bluetooth Dongle MicroFET 3 Combination Muscle Tester And Inclinometer 150 lb. load cell capacity, (3) testing pad attachments (flat, curved and digit) and an inclinometer resolution of 0 to 360 degrees in 0.1 degree increments Dual Muscle Tester & Inclinometer Clinical Software with Bluetooth Dongle MicroFET 4 Combination Hand Grip And Pinch Only combination grip & pinch gauge available on the market. Supports rapid exchange grip. Computerized version downloads testing data; generates force curves, graphs and tables. New lighter weight ergonomic design Function Hand Grip and Pinch Clinical Software with Bluetooth Dongle MicroFET 5 Intelligent Single Inclinometer Intelligent inclinometer pre-programmed with most common cervical, thoracic and lumbar range of motion tests. Walks tester through each test with simple button clicks. Automatically calculates & displays ROM results Intelligent Spinal Inclinometer Microprocessor precision and ergonomic design. Fits comfortably in the palm of your hand for accurate measure of muscle testing Grip and pinch in one device. Adjustable to (5) different settings Muscle testing range: low threshold: 0.8 lbs. to 200 lbs. in 0.1 lbs. increments and high threshold: 3 lbs. to 200 lbs. in 0.1 lbs. increments; inclinometer measures Self contained unit makes ROM testing easy to perform. Combines patient convenience of single inclinometry with simplicity of automatic ROM calculations. MicroFET 6 Dual Inclinometer Ergonomic design for extreme comfort during use. For use with AMA or DRE testing protocols. Can be used as either single or dual inclinometer. Computerized version: Generates tables, graphs and high impact reports Dual Spinal Inclinometer Clinical Software with Bluetooth Dongle Designed for optimal instrument placement and spinal clearance. Accurate with 1 degree for ROM testing 236 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

239 RANGE OF MOTION Brom II Allows rotation movements in upright position and automatically tracks and compensates for unwanted movements. Includes manual, typical values, instructional video and zippered protective case BROM II CROM Basic Same features as the BROM II Includes manual, normal values, magnetic yoke and convenient storage case CROM Basic Transparent Plastic Goniometers ; 180 degree Goniometer ; 360 degree Goniometer ; 360 degree Goniometer ; 360 degree Goniometer Baseline Absolute+Axis Goniometers 180 Degree Digital Goniometer 360 Degree ; Clear Plastic Goniometer ; HiRes Clear Plastic Goniometer Telescoping Goniometers Includes 4x magnifying lens to read the dual-180 degree high resolution scale and (2) stainless steel arm that extends 9.5 to Telescoping Goniometer 180 X-Ray Goniometers 180 degree head has (2) opposing scales in 2.5 degree increments Diagnostic/ Evaluation Accurately measures flexion and extension, rotation, lateral flexion and pelvic tilt by combining inclinometers and magnets in an easy-to-use instrument Comfortable, lightweight frame positions easily and securely with Velcro straps converts your 12 plastic goniometer to an Absolute+ Axis goniometer Permits observation of joint axis and motion. Linear readings in inches and centimeters Smooth precision glide and adjustable arms give accuracy not possible with other pocket-sized models Black aluminum with easy-to-read white radiopaque markings documents angles on x-ray negatives. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 237

240 RANGE OF MOTION (CON T) Diagnostic/ Evaluation Baseline 180 Digit Goniometers Requires only one hand to measure your patient Plastic Stainless Steel Baseline Goniometer Set Six Piece Goniometer Set Baseline Hi-Res 360 Degree Plastic Goniometers , 360 degree Goniometer , 360 degree Goniometer , 360 degree Goniometer Baseline Stainless-Steel Finger Goniometers For easy ROM measurements of metacarpal, phalangeal and interphalangeal joints Standard, 6 Finger Goniometer Small, 3.5 Finger Goniometer Baseline Stainless-Steel Goniometers The 360 degree goniometer features (1) 360 and (2) 180 degree scales that read in opposite directions. Locking arm. Knurled knob adjusts goniometer arm tension. 180 degree Goniometer degree Goniometer Measure with only one hand by using your finger, moving the measurement head through 110 degree flexion and 40 degree hyper-extension in 5 degree increments and arm has 4 scale White background assures high contrast for added readability and resolution Linear inch and centimeter markings measures 0 to 150 degrees in 5 degree increments Includes: * 6, 180 Robinson Pocket Goniometer * 14, 180 and 360 Stainless Steel Goniometer * 5.5 Stainless Steel Finger Goniometer * 8, 180 X-Ray Goniometer * 8, 180 Stainless Steel Goniometer * Padded Carrying Case Features (2) 180 degree scales that read in opposite directions, clearly marked degree increments and easyto-read inch and centimeter linear measurements. Wall-Mount Goniometer Height adjustable to align with the client s L4 and L5 axis points for measurements Wall-Mount Goniometer Large Joint Stainless-Steel Goniometers , 180 degree Large Joint Goniometer Measures thoracic and lumbar ROM and lateral and forward flexion and extension of the spine Measures large joints such as shoulders, hips and knees. 238 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

241 Universal Inclinometer Replaces the goniometer for quick and easy upper and lower extremity range of motion measurements Universal Inclinometer Baseline Digital Inclinometer ROM can be read directly after the joint has been taken through its range. Case included Digital Inclinometer Acumar Digital Inclinometer Dual Inclinometer for Joint Measurement Satisfies AMA Guidelines; simultaneously captures both angles Acumar Dual Inclinometer for Joint Measurement Baseline AcuAngle Inclinometer AcuAngle Inclinometer Baseline Wrist Inclinometer Adjustable feet adapt to body contours Easily evaluates movement of the wrist Wrist Inclinometer Baseline Bubble Inclinometer Bubble Inclinometer The unique fluid-based design makes it accurate and easy to use Bubble level assures measurement on horizontal plane. With (2) 180 degree opposing scales in 5 degree increments. Baseline Arthrodial Protractor Measure ROM for all major articulations, cervical rotation, cervical lateral flexion, and cervical flexion/extension Arthrodial Protractor Diagnostic/ Evaluation Baseline Skanograph Provides posture evaluations that are more precise than the symmetrigraph Skanograph Baseline Symmetrigraph Includes a suspension cord and a plumb bob. 25 W x 48 L Use the angle pointer to find and measure alignment The plastic posture grid, 25 x 48, can be suspended from the ceiling or wall bracket to evaluate posture Symmetrigraph This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 239

242 Measures in inches and centimeters Spring attachment for tension and precision Features beeper function at peak temperature, memory recall and auto shut-off Powered by two AAA batteries. Aluminum contact strip assures good contact for brighter light. Has a unique V-clip. One year shelf life. Reusable Penlights Features high intensity exam lights for physicians, nurses, and EMTs; includes two (2) AAA batteries. Diagnostic/ Evaluation MEASUREMENT Tape Measure Tape Measure - White Baseline Gulick Anthropometric Tape Provides precise circumferential measurement for progressive anthropometric exams, regardless of examiner s measurement techniques. 60 long, measures in inches and centimeters Gulick Anthropometric Tape Digital Thermometer (60) second readout. Includes storage cover and (5) probe covers Dual Scale (Fahrenheit/Celsius) Penlight Penlights are ideal for motor evaluations. High-intensity diagnostic light. Disposable (6) Penlights/Box with Pupil Gauge Reusable (6) Penlights/Box Brushed Steel Penlight w/push-button switch Subject blows into disposable mouth piece. Ideal for screening large scale populations. Standard Illuminator Economical viewer for wall hanging purposes. 2 bulb illumination. 14 x 17 viewing area. No auto switch. Magic grip film retainer Standard Illuminator 2 In 1 Horizontal Illuminator in 1 Horizontal Illuminator Baseline Buhl Spirometer Indicator registers forced vital lung capacity up to 7 liters and needle stays at maximum until reset Buhl Spirometer w/ 50 plastic mouthpieces Replacements disposable mouthpieces Professional Digital Floor Scale Floor. 397 lb./180 kg Capacity. Platform: 12- x V Lithium Battery Digital Scale This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

243 Physicians Scale With Height Rod Stationary Portable, with wheels Remote Indicator Scale With BMI BMI Calculator. 500 lbs./ 225 kg. Platform: 15 x 14- x Remote Indicator Scale lb /180 kg Capacity, 10- x 14 Platform Handrail Scale With BMI Live handrails and low 2 1/2 platform height offers patient a more comfortable and stable weighing experience. Capacity: 1000lb; Platform size: 15 3/4 x 22 ; 3/4 LCD display with 180 swivel. Powered by 6 AA batteries (not included) or 120V adapter (included). Functions include EMR connectivity via USB, LB / KG Conversion, LB / KG lockout, Body Mass Index (BMI), Zero Out / Tare, Hold / Release, Reweigh, Auto Zero, Auto Off. 2-year limited warranty Scale can be read from either side. Features both pounds and kilogram indications in 4 oz. increments. Height scale measures from 30" to 78" Handrail Scale Wheelchair Scale Capacity: 1000 lbs. Platform Dimension 31- x 31-. Ramp Size 10 W x 31- D. 2 Wheels. 120V Adapter (included) or (6) AA Batteries (not included). - LCD Display Digital Wheelchair Dual Ramp Scale BODY FAT ANALYZERS Advanced technology compensates for patient movement Operating functions include BMI, Tare, Zero Out, Hold, Display Adjustment and Live Weight. 2-year limited warranty. Diagnostic/ Evaluation Baseline Body/Fat Analyzers Hand-Held Body Fat Monitor Portable Palm Size Body Fat Analyzer Credit Card Style Body Fat Analyzer Biodynamics BIA 310 Using regression analysis, the analyzer computes Resistance, Reactance, Fat-Free Mass (or Lean Body Weight), Fat Mass (or Fat Body Weight), Body Mass Index (BMI), Basal Metabolic Rate (BMR), Total Body Water (TBW), TBW/Body Weight and TBW/Fat-Free Mass Biodynamics BIA Subject assessments are conducted using a connection between the analyzer and the wrist and ankle of the subject through standard ECG sensor pad electrodes. Results are printed using the analyzer s built-in thermal printer. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 241

244 BODY FAT ANALYZERS (CON T) Omron Body Fat Analyzer Fast, accurate measurements in just 7 seconds and retains (9) personal profiles in memory. Clinically accurate measurements in (2) modes: standard for any adult or child over age 10 at least 40 tall and athlete or adults involved in intense aerobic exercise. Includes (4) AAA batteries, instruction manual and book Omron Body Fat Analyzer Fat Track Digital Skin Fold Caliper Body fat percentage is automatically calculated using the famous Jackson-Pollock body Density Equation. Includes Improve Your Measuring Skill guide Fat Track Digital Skin Fold Caliper Analyzer measures body fat percentage through bioelectrical impedance analysis (Also measures BIAO and body mass index). Both are displayed on a large digital panel Determines body fat with digital accuracy by measuring (3) areas. Baseline Economy Skinfold Caliper Read directly from the 50mm scale. Comes with instructions and tables Economy Skinfold Caliper Spring loaded arm assures reproducible pinch. Ideal for screening large populations. Diagnostic/ Evaluation Baseline Skinfold Caliper Arm tips under constant pressure. 70mm scale is large, easy to read and lightweight. Protective carrying case Skinfold Caliper Skyndex Skinfold Caliper Measure the appropriate sites, press the enter button, body fat percentage will appear in the display. Jackson-Pollock is standard Skyndex Skinfold Caliper Body fat percentages without using tables Assures accurate, reproducible results with measurement. Lafayette Skinfold Caliper II Floating, pivoting tips adjust automatically for parallel measurement. Measures up to 0-100mm. Light weight, durable and never needs calibration. A tension spring, meeting the pressure requirements of 10g/mm Lafayette Skinfold Caliper II Lightweight, durable and never needs calibration. 242 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

245 SENSORY EVALUATION Babinski Hammer Circular head can be adjusted into a perpendicular or parallel position to the handle Babinski Hammer Baseline Tuning Forks Contains (6) tuning forks: 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, and 4095 cps Baseline Tuning Forks Set Sensory Evaluation Set (30 & 256 cps) unweighted tuning forks cps cps cps cps weighted tuning forks cps cps cps cps Buck Neurological Hammer The hollow shaft contains a point and brush used for cutaneous sensation evaluations. 8 long. Contains latex in rubber tips Buck Neurological Hammer Rabiner Percussion Hammer Chrome plated head with black rubber ring Rabiner Percussion Hammer Taylor Percussion Hammer Hammer has a 7.5 solid chrome steel handle for sure grip and triangular-shaped solid rubber head for reflex testing. Contains latex in rubber head Taylor Percussion Hammer Wartenburg Pinwheel For evaluation of gross cutaneous sensory and pain perception responses Wartenburg Pinwheel Handle tip can be used as a gross aetheisometer Triangular-shaped solid rubber head for reflex testing. Diagnostic/ Evaluation Evaluate hearing and vibratory sensation Made of stainless steel which can be sterilized to ensure safe use on each client Features a percussion head with (2) different sized rubber ends Handle tip can be used as a gross aetheisometer. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 243

246 SENSORY EVALUATION (CON T) West Sensory Evaluators Color coded: green-normal, blue-diminished light touch, pink-diminished protective sensation, red-loss of protective sensation, orange-untestable West Foot Monofilaments West D Monofilaments West Hand Monofilaments Baseline Discriminators Diagnostic/ Evaluation Discrim-a-gon Two Point Two-Point Discriminator Three-Point Discriminator DIGITAL BLOOD PRESSURE MONITORS Heart Smart Automatic Automatic arm digital blood pressure monitor Date and time stamp Irregular heart beat detection 5 year limited warranty Size Arm Circumference Adult 11 3/4 to 16 1/ Large Adult 16 1/2 to 18 7/8 Heart Smart Semi Automatic 60 reading memory storage Date and time stamp 3 year limited warranty Irregular heart beat detection Size Arm Circumference Adult 11 3/4 to 16 1/ Each octagon measures a different 8 labeled fixed 2 point intervals ranging from 1mm to 25mm for accurate and consistent measurements Uses (5) monofilaments to measure hand skin sensitivity and determine peripheral nerve involvement Evaluates cutaneous sensitivity and touch threshold. WRIST MONITORS Heart Smart Digital Premium digital wrist blood pressure monitor Displays systolic, diastolic and pulse readings simultaneously Irregular heart beat detection Date and time stamp Wrist Circumference: 5 3/8 to 7 5/ Fully automatic, auto inflate and deflate. 2 user memory storage with extra large backlit LCD display Semi-automatic unit features manual inflation with automatic electronic deflation person memory bank stores up to 120 readings, 60 each user 244 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

247 SPHYGMOMANOMETERS Legacy Aneroid Sphygmomanometer The entire unit stores in a zippered carrying case for easy portability. Black Cuff Infant Child Adult Large Adult Thigh Latex-Free; Black Cuff Child Infant Adult Large Adult Thigh Mobile/Wall Mounted Combination Mobile/Wall-Mounted Sphygmomanometer Wall Mounted Adjustable Wall Mounted Clock Aneroid Sphygmomanometer Blood Pressure Cuff Manometer measures pressure from 20 to 300mmHg. Certified accurate to +/- 3mmHg Adult Child Match Mates Combination Kit Stethoscope includes (5) interchangeable chest pieces: (3) bells (adult, medium and infant), and (2) diaphragms (small and large) for custom user design, plus (3) different types of eartips. Oversized fanny pack features an adjustable belt, an outside zipper pocket with mesh interior pocket and a pocket inside the main storage compartment Black Royal Blue Black w/ Carrying Case Has a special mounting bracket that allows the unit to swivel or to be removed completely. Diagnostic/ Evaluation Provides the option of either mounting the gauge on the wall or attaching it to a sturdy mobile base Features a comfortable-fitting calibrated nylon cuff and a deluxe release valve Features two-tube latex bladder with deluxe nylon cuff Kit comes with Sprague Rappaport-Type stethoscope, a matching aneroid sphygmomanometer and a color-coordinated fanny pack. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 245

248 Tells you how efficient your workout was by tracking your time in zone and total calories Includes the new Zone Pointer feature that helps keep you in your Target Zone Diagnostic/ Evaluation HEART RATE MONITORS Polar Heart Rate Monitor-FT1 Shows heart rate on large and easy-to-read display Helps improve your fitness with manual heart rate target-zone Displays a summary of your latest workout Simple one-button start and coded heart rate transmission to avoid cross-talk Records average and maximum heart rate Polar Heart Rate Monitor-FT1 Polar Heart Rate Monitor-FT2 Shows heart rate on large and easy-to-read display Helps improve fitness with automatic age-based heart rate target-zone Displays a summary of your latest workout Simple one-button start and coded heart rate transmission to avoid cross-talk Records average and maximum heart rate Polar Heart Rate Monitor-FT2 Polar Heart Rate Monitor-FT7 The EnergyPointer tells you if the main effect of your training is fitness improvement or fat burning Displays calories burned Comes with comfortable textile transmitter and coded heart rate transmission to avoid cross-talk Polar Heart Rate Monitor-FT7 Heart Rate Monitor Accurate heart rate readings are instantly displayed on watch receiver while wearing transmitter. Alarm option to indicate high and low personal heart rate limits. Mounting bracket included to allow watch receiver to be displayed on most treadmills and bicycles. Adjustable transmitter strap fits torso 12 to 44. Water resistant watch and transmitter approximately to 30 meters. Additional features include stopwatch function, time/day display, backlight and storage case Heart Rate Monitor 246 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

249 VITAL SIGN INSTRUMENTS Pro Advantage Sprague Stethoscope Features double-tube configuration for improved stereo separation and a patented chestpiece valve stem which delivers outstanding acoustics.. 22 tubing length. Five year warranty. Latex free Black Navy Blue Dual Head Stethoscope Combination diaphragm/bell chestpiece. 22 Y tubing. Non-chill rim. Lightweight adjustable binaural with choice of eartips. Latex Free Black Accessory kit contains five interchangeable chestpiece fittings - an adult and pediatric diaphragm, and three bells (1 1/4, 1, 3/4 ), deluxe eartips, and a chestpiece key Pro Advantage Dual Head Stethoscope Signature Cardiology Stethoscope Includes diaphragm retaining ring to ensure proper diaphragm fit for optimum sound transmissions, (2) extra sets of flexible eartips in (2) sized and a lifetime limited warranty. Overall stethoscope length is Black Signature Stainless Steel Stethoscopes Nonchill ring and diaphragm retaining ring provide excellent patient comfort. Includes (2) extra sets of flexible eartips in (2) sizes, (1) extra diaphragm and a lifetime warranty Adult Infant Features a dual inner-spring stainless steel binaural, deep cone-shaped stainless steel bell for excellent acoustical sensitivity Features a deluxe stainless steel chestpiece, 22 tubing (30 total length) and a stainless steel dual inner-spring binaural. Diagnostic/ Evaluation Piccolight Fiber Optic Otoscope Includes (10) 2.5mm and (10) 4.0mm disposable ear specula and matching fabric pouch Blue Black Red Green Standard Otoscope Requires (2) 1.5V C Cell batteries (not included.) Standard Otoscope An intensive, white circular light is produced from its halogen lighting source (2.5V) and high-grade fiber optics. Requires (2) AA batteries (not included.) Features 2.5V standard illumination with dimming capability. It offers 3 times lens magnification and includes (10) 2.5mm and (10) 4.0mm disposable ear specula complete in a black zippered pouch. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 247

250 VITAL SIGN INSTRUMENTS (CON T) Welch Allyn Halogen Otoscope/Ophthalmoscope Halogen Diagnostic Otoscope Halogen Ophthalmoscope Options Wall Transformer Halogen Instrument Handle Handheld Pulse Oximeter Digital hand held pulse oximeter Delivers quick and reliable spot check results 50% larger LED than comparable devices 3 year limited warranty Pulse Oximeter Baseline Pulse Oximeter Measures Pulse Measures SpO2 Compact and lightweight Fingertip pulse oximeter DEXTERITY AND FLEXIBILITY TESTS Minnesota Dexterity Test Measures manual dexterity of the arm and hand for manipulative work, utilizing a broad range of shoulder motion. Requires unilateral and bilateral movements. Comes with two-folding pegboards, 60 wooden blocks, carrying case and instruction manual Minnesota Dexterity Test Purdue Pegboard Test Measures unilateral and bilateral dexterity for two types of activity gross movements of hands, fingers and arms, and fingertip dexterity in an assembly task. Includes examiner s manual. Stopwatch, needed for administration of test, is not included Purdue Pegboard Test Standard Sit & Reach Tester Accurately measures flexibility and reach in both inches and centimeters Standard Sit and Reach Tester Diagnostic/ Evaluation Test involves turning, placing or moving (60) discs in a prescribed manner Involves sequential insertion of pegs and assembly of pegs, collars and washers Nonadjustable, durable steel construction with foot rest plate. 248 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

251 Functional Testing Grid Colorful markings provide directional and spot location for easier instruction of neurologically or visually impaired patients. Can be mounted on a floor or wall and replaces the need to continually mark floors with tape Functional Testing Grid Vertimetric Vertical Jump Assessment System Measures and records vertical leap and leg power for fitness evaluations. Leg power calculations completed using the Sayers Formula. Portable, wireless transmission, that stores 30 tests equivalents to 150 jumps and analyzes data. Evaluates subjects with up to 5 jumps per test. Accurate with in + or- 1.2 inch. PC software with the ability to emulate the handheld unit, storing all jump results within a database Vertimetric Vertical Jump Assessment System Aids performance of functional activities such as lunging, reaching and throwing. Wall-Mounted Vertical Jump Tester Quickly measure vertical jump and reach from 1 to 48 in 1/2 increments. Board features screened measurements for years of use and magnets for marking reach and jump height. Includes solid steel board, 48 retrieval rod, and 2 magnets. White with black markings. 50 H x 6 W Wall-Mounted Vertical Jump Tester An Accelerometer instrument, analyzes, and interprets a subject s vertical jump height and power delivered to lower extremities Baseline Sit And Reach Flexibility Test Printed in both inches and centimeters. Sturdy construction with built in foot plate. Stretch indicator remains until reset Deluxe Trunk Flexibility Instrument Diagnostic/ Evaluation O Connor Finger Dexterity Test Self-contained 11 x 5.5 board has shallow well for 1 pins and 100 holes that holds (3) pins each. Includes 300 pins and examiners manual O Connor Finger Dexterity Test O Connor Tweezer Dexterity Test Using tweezers, a 1 long x 1/16 diameter pin is inserted into each hole. Includes 100 pins, tweezers and a detailed examiners manual with norms for adults O Connor Tweezer Dexterity Test For timed evaluation of rapid manipulation of small parts and coordination training Requires precision, steadiness and a high degree of eye-hand coordination. This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 249

252 BASELINE VOLUMETRIC EDEMA GAUGES Partial Leg Volumetric Set Graduated 1,000 ml cylinder is marked in 10 ml increments Baseline Arm Volumetric Set With hand extended, arm is immersed until fingertips approach bottom and finger webbing straddles rod (lowers and raises for varying arm lengths). Excessive overflow can be weighed on a metric scale (not included). More accurate than a tape measure Baseline Forearm Volumetric Set For hand-to-elbow measurements. Adjustable spacer accommodates different forearm lengths. Graduated 1,000 ml cylinder is marked in 10 ml increments Baseline Hand Volumetric Set For hand and distal forearm. 500 ml overflow cylinder is marked in 5 ml increments for precise readings from -5 to 10 ml Baseline Foot Volumetric Set Graduated 1,000 ml cylinder is marked in 10 ml increments Designed to measure volume on the body part by using the fluid displacement method. The body part is placed in a waterfilled tank. The resultant overflow is collected and measured. Diagnostic/ Evaluation By taking measurements over time, edema can be measured and quantified. Sets include volumeter, overflow cup, and measurement vessel. 250 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

253 EXTREMITY WHIRLPOOLS E Series by Whitehall Dimensions L x W x H 15 Gallon 25 x 13 x Mobile With Sump Mobile Stationary 22 Gallon 28 x 15 x Mobile With Sump Mobile Stationary 27 Gallon 28 x 15 x Mobile With Sump Mobile Stationary 45 Gallon 32 x 15 x Mobile With Sump Mobile Stationary Li l Champ Aqua Whirl by Whitehall Gallon; x x Replacement Turbine Little Champ with SDP Pump HIGH FULL BODY WHIRLPOOLS Li l Champ is a compact whirlpool tank designed for podiatry and handtherapy use on table-tops or floors. H Series Hi-Boy by Whitehall Dimensions L x W x H 60 Gallon 36 x 20 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary 75 Gallon 42 x 20 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary 90 Gallon 48 x 20 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary 105 Gallon 48 x 24 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary Hydrotherapy This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 251

254 LONG AND LOW FULL BODY WHIRLPOOLS L Series Lo-Boy by Whitehall Dimensions L x W x H 75 Gallon 52 x 24 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary 90 Gallon 60 x 24 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary 105 Gallon 66 x 24 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary Options Enviro-Glaze Applied Logos (Team/Facility/Company) SPORTS TRAINER WHIRLPOOLS Hydrotherapy S Series by Whitehall Dimensions L x W x H 85 Gallon 48 x 20 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary 90 Gallon 46 x 24 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary 110 Gallon 56 x 24 x Mobile with Sump Mobile Stationary SLANT BACK WHIRLPOOL SB Series by Whitehall Dimensions 76 L x 40 W x 21 H Mobile Stationary This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

255 WHIRLPOOL ACCESSORIES Adjustable Suspension Seat For 20 Wide Tanks For 24 Wide Tanks (except Lo-Boy) Adjustable Whirlpool Chair Designed for use with either mobile or stationary whirlpools to facilitate treatment of the lower extremities. Constructed from heavy gauge tubular steel. Protective rubber bumper and restraint belts are provided. Whitehall Height adjusts 33 to Height adjusts 29 to Height adjusts 24 to 29 Tank Top Seat Thermostatic Mixing Valve Whitehall gpm gpm Whirlpool Chairs High Whirlpools Chairs Mobile; 33 to 43 Seat Height Stationary; to Seat Height Low Whirlpool Chairs Mobile; 33 to 43 Seat Height Stationary; 21 to 31.5 Seat Height Combination Table With Seat For 20 Wide Tank; Whitehall For 24 Wide Tank; Whitehall Whitehall For 20 Wide Tank For 24 Wide Tank Both adjustable high chairs featurea a reinforcing brace, arm rests, padded seat and back rest. Attached step is covered with a non-slip rubber mat. # provided with 3 casters, #70401 has rubber tips Adjustable flat seat is supported between ladder brackets hanging from tank rim Usage: Podiatry, Extremity and LO-Boy Whirlpools. Comes with rubber tips Seat Wraps around tank supported by brackets gripping the rim. Hydrotherapy Valves constantly adjust the outlet water to maintain the desired temperature Sturdy tubular chrome-plated steel frame. treatment of the lower extremities. Features 3 ball-bearing casters, two with locking brakes. # comes with crutch tips and Sturdy tubular chrome-plated steel frame. Facilitates treatment of the lower extremities. Features 3 ball-bearing casters, two with locking brakes. # comes with crutch tips This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 253

256 WHIRLPOOL SUPPLIES D-Foaming Agent Compatible with all hydrotherapy additives One Gallon Bottle Sanizene One Gallon Bottle Z Case of (4) One Gallon Bottles Hydrochlor Contains 100% Chloromine-T, proven to be an effective way to sanitize. How much HydroChlor do I need 3-5 gallon tank: 5 gram packet gallon tank: 15 gram packet gallon tank: 30 gram packet gallon tank: 50 gram packet gallon tank: 80 gram packet gallon tank: 200 gram bottle gallon tank: 320 gram bottle gram packet; 8 per box gram packet; 48 per box gram packet; 36 per box gram packet; 24 per box gram packet; 24 per box gram bottle lb. bottle Adding a small amount of this concentrated anti-foam emulsion before or during treatment controls excess foam. Non-toxic and non-irritating This concentrated, multi-purpose germicidal detergent and deodorant is effective against a broad spectrum of pathogenic bacteria, fungi and viruses WHIRLPOOL PATIENT LIFTS Hydrotherapy Aquatic Access Pool Lift In-Ground automatic turn 180 degrees Lifts up to 400 lbs Completely green to operate Standard Vertical Seat travel - 42 Portable (lift out and put away) Flip up footrest included Pool lift IGAT degree clockwise turn in-ground pool lift Pool Lift IGAT-180/ degree clockwise turn seat in-ground pool lift Certified to meet the 2010 Standards for Accessible Design as well as the requirements for the ADA, ABA, and the CBC Meets the 2010 Standards for Accessible Designe for ADA regulations 254 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

257 FIBER SUPPORT PILLOWS Basic Cervical Pillow Standard Support Gentle Support Cervitrac Pillow Delivers maximum support with exceptional comfort in the clinic or home. 27 x Cervitrac Pillow Standard Cervitrac Pillow Gentle D-Core Pillow 24 x D-Core Pillow Patented D shaped center gently supports the head and neck during sleep. A comfortable fullback support for your upper and lower back. Double Core Pillow With (2) different support lobes; choose the size that s comfortable for you. Smooth surface, standard support. 22 x Medium/Firm Support Firm/Extra Firm Support Designed for either back or side sleeping. Petite Core Pillow The trapezoid center has been sized to ensure proper support. Filled with Fortrel BactiShield 19 x Petite Core Pillow This pillow supports your neck, allowing you to fully relax. The second to this pillow s versatility. Tri-Core Pillow High quality fiber cervical pillow. Fortrel BactiShield antimicrobial fiber combats the growth of bacteria, mold and other micro-organisms while promoting lasting freshness. 24 x Standard, Firm Support Gentle, Soft Support Designed for small adults and children Designed for either back or side sleeping. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 255

258 SPECIALTY PILLOWS Chiroflow Pillow Relieves cervical pain and associated headaches. Adjusts to any sleeping position and provides responsive support for the head and neck. A layer of super-soft, hypo-allergenic DuPont polyester fiber floats over top of the water layer and provides outstanding comfort. A Popular pillow in the Chiropractic market Chiroflow Pillow MediFlow Pillow Relieves cervical pain and associated headaches. Adjusts to any sleeping position and provides responsive support for the head and neck. A layer of super-soft, hypo-allergenic DuPont polyester fiber floats over top of the water layer and provides outstanding comfort. Great pillow for Physical Therapist to recommend to their rehab patients to improve sleep and reduce neck pain Mediflow Pillow Cervalign Pillow Provides comfort and support, excellent for people new to orthopedic pillows. 3 lobe sizes available to fit any body size. Patented fitting guides available (5-6-7.) Cervical Support Pillow Cervical Support Pillow Cervical Support Pillow Soothe-A-Ciser Gives massage therapists better access to neck and shoulder muscles. Helps patients relieve tension headaches and neck pain. Patented design helps restore proper neck posture. High-quality, precision-cut foam Traction Pillow Core Roll Our most versatile fiber-filled support pillow. Its size and shape allow you to use it for your neck, back or under your knees. Use at home or when traveling x 7 ; Core Roll Slip-on Blue Pillowcase Core Memory Foam Pillow Made of viscoelastic foam for more comfort and molds to the unique shape of your head and neck to provide custom support. Includes a removable, plus fabric cover x 19 w/ 4 & 5 lobes; Core Memory Continuously responds to changes in your sleeping position, adjusts to fit your shape and firmness can be personalized to your preferred comfort level. Orthopedics A gentle center and firm ends ensure maximum comfort and proper support High quality pillow that provides comfort for special needs at a great price This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

259 Core Deluxe Water Pillow Water instantly responds to changing body positions for comfort. Built-in lobe provides extra neck support. Fully adjustable to fit every patient.. Can help relieve neck pain and snoring Core Deluxe Water Pillow Leg Spacer The unique hourglass shape first between your legs and moves with you when you turn over. Straps are not needed. Covered with a blue cloud fabric Standard; 10 x 8 x Petite; 9 x 6.5 x Unique, trapezoid displacement panel keeps head and neck properly aligned for support. Deluxe Knee Wedge Use under the knees while reclining for comfort, pressure relief and better circulation. Relieves pain in the lower back by flexing the lumbar spine. High-quality polyester cover for increased comfort Knee Wedge Designed to help relieve pressure and strain on the lower back, knees and ankles CERVICAL COLLARS Universal Foam Cervical Collar 1 thick polyfoam covered with a cotton stockinette. Extra beige stockinette sleeve included. Medium support, 24 total length. Natural Collar Height Collar Height Collar Height Collar Height Contoured design and hook-and-loop closure provide support and act as a gentle reminder to limit motion. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 257

260 LUMBAR & CERVICAL ROLLS Lumbar And Half Lumbar Rolls Half Lumbar Roll Standard Standard with Strap Firm Firm with Strap Lumbar Roll Standard Standard with Strap Firm Firm with Strap Cervical Roll Fits the contour of the neck to help correct poor sleeping posture. Provides positive neck support while sleeping. Designed to use with a conventional pillow Cervical Roll; 20 x 3.5 Dutchman Roll Small; 18 x Medium; 18 x 8 Medic-Air Inflatable Cervical Pillow Cervical roll size: 21 x Medic-Air Inflatable Cervical Roll Medic-Air Inflatable Lumbar Roll Customize the amount of support by adjusting the cushion s level of inflation. Lumbar roll size: 8 x Blue Effective for maintaining proper lumbar lordosis while sitting. Show with Strap Add cervical support to your favorite pillow Pick the support level that s best for you. Delivers maximum support with exceptional comfort in the clinic or home. Orthopedics Full-length cylinder slips into a pillowcase to comfortably support cervical area during sleep Allows support for the lordotic curve, reducing stress and assisting in maintaining spinal curvature 258 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

261 COMFORT SUPPORTS Sitback Rest Our side-support wings, ensure ultimate comfort by helping keep you in the correct position. Cushion size: 13 x 14 Available in blue, black or gray Firm Support Standard Deluxe; Velour Cover with 60 Belt Bucketseat SitBack Rest Fits snugly against bucketseat to maximize comfort and support while driving. Cushion size: 14 x 13 Available in blue, black or gray Firm Support Standard; With Durable Fabric Cover Deluxe; Velour Cover with 60 Positioning Belt Hibak Rest durable fabric cover high quality percision-cut foam is contoured to fit most curves in your back Available in blue, black or gray x 14 (5 4 to 6 Height) Lobak Rest Lobak Rest ; With Durable Fabric Cover Hot/Cold SitBack Rest Add hot & cold therapy to our popular SitBack Rest. Use the hot & cold pack to treat back pain and ease discomforts. SitBack Rest can be used with or without the hot and cold pack Hot & Cold SitBack Rest Chiroflow LogicBack Supreme Open no-stress zone places pelvis at ideal angle to support lumbar spine. Adjustable internal straps custom fit your back for optimum lumbar support Side legs are key to keeping the no-stress zone correctly placed in the chair. Backrest Chiroflow LogicBack Supreme Promotes proper posture in any chair while providing firm support and comfort for your lower back at home, office or in your car A comfortable fullback support for your upper and lower back This version helps make those long drives enjoyable Pick the support level that s best for you Provides neutral effortless posture Inflatable Backrest durable air bladder encased in a breathable foam pad cover for comfort. Includes a positioning belt that straps easily to any chair for proper positioning. Cushion size: 7 x Backrest with Blue Cover Adjust the level of support with the squeeze of the pump. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 259

262 COMFORT SUPPORTS (CON T) Medic-Air Inflatable Back Pillow Support curve of lower back by adjusting amount of air for firmness. Strap holds pillow in place Medic-Air Inflatable Back Pillow Medic-Air Seat Cushion Adjustable density by adding or subtracting air. Suitable for office, sporting events, or short term wheelchair use. Maximum weight capacity is 300lbs. Measures 15 1/2 X 17 1/ Medic-Air Seat Cushion Provides back pain relief and long-term sitting comfort. Mesh D-Roll Provides targeted support for the lumbar curve. The mesh material ensures maximum breathability, making it cooler and more confortable than back rests constructed from foam. Compact & lightweight design Elastic strap fits almost any chair Mesh D-Roll This seat cushion provides comfortable, stress free sitting with a gentle layer of air that helps eliminate pressure points. Mesh SitBack Rest Conforms to the body for uniform support Cool & Comfortable Helps relieve low back tension Affordable Mesh SitBack Rest The Mesh D-Roll backrest is a shorter, more compact version of the original Mesh Sitback Rest. LUMBAR SUPPORTS Abdominal Binder Plus Comfortable plush elastic CorEdge finish for comfort L/XL +12 to fit larger statures Constructed from nylon, which is known for its strength and resiliency Abdominal/Back Support 9 Orthopedics Abdominal Binders Comfortable, multi-tiered plus elastic contours easily, helps prevent rolling. CorEdge finish for comfort Semi-universal sizing that comes in sm/med and lg/xl. White Size Chest to to Designed for those of large stature Versatile, use as an ab binder, back support, rib belt or post-operative belt. 260 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

263 The Corfit System Lumbar Support Patented fitting system, fits 95% of users Features (3) closures, overlapping abdominal straps, even tension at top and bottom, contoured in front for comfort and soft plush elastic. Easy to put on even for patient of below normal strength. Wicking material draws moisture away while the CorEdge finish adds comfort and compression without binding or irritation. Size HIP Small 27 to Regular 32 to X-Large 40 to XX-Large 46 to 62 Criss Cross Controlled Support Can be used with a heat moldable insert (sold separately). Size Waist X-Small 24 to Small 30 to Medium 35 to Large 40 to X-Large 46 to XX-Large 53 to 60 Dual Pull Elastic Criss-Cross Lumbar Support Dual elastic side pulls, 9 high, reinforced, criss-cross back for maximum compression and support. CorEdge finish for comfort (6) flexible stays prevent rolling Features overlapping closure, contoured to 10 in front with 12 elastic for higher support in back. Size Waist Hips Small 22 to to Medium 26 to to Large 32 to 37 3* to X-Large 38 to to XX-Large 43 to to 52 P.R.* 12 Lumbar Support Size Waist X-Small 16 to Small 24 to Medium 32 to Large 40 to X-Large 48 to XX-Large 56 to XXX-Large 64 to 69 P.R.* 8 Lumbar Support Features a pocket for the P.R. Heat Moldable Insert, #080265, or any suitably sized hot/cold pack, contour top and overlapping closure designed with two layers of elastic Low temperature plastic molds directly to the skin, allowing a perfect mold and maximum support from a light 6 oz. unit. Inconspicuous under clothing. Size Waist X-Small 16 to Small 24 to Medium 32 to Large 40 to X-Large 48 to XX-Large 56 to XXX-Large 64 to 69 P.R.* Heat Moldable Insert Extremely rigid along the spine, it provides superior lumbar support without the discomfort of stays P.R.* Heat Moldable Insert Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 261

264 Designed to compress and support sacroiliac joints and relieves stress and instability at sacroiliac joints high back tapers to 6 in front, elastic construction with CorEdge finish, (4) flexible stays prevent rolling and customized compression from (2) independent, triple-action pulls. LUMBAR SUPPORTS (CON T) Supports the lower back and abdominal muscles, encourages proper lifting techniques and helps reduce the possibility of job related back injuries Buckle design allows for easy use. Orthopedics Triple Pull Elastic Lumbar Support Size Waist Hips Small 22 to to Medium 26 to to Large 32 to 37 3* to X-Large 38 to to XX-Large 43 to to 52 Wraptor System Lumbosacral Orthosis Low profile supports spine from the sacrococcygeal junction to the T-9 vertebra. C.R.E.S.T. system provides mechanical advantage for consistent support with minimal effort. Sized proportionately in height and width. Easily moldable panels provide custom fit with minimal effort. Thumb loops allow for tensioning with minimal effort Small 8 Tall (27-38 Hips) Regular 9 Tall (32-43 Hips) X Large 10 Tall (40-52 Hips) XXL 10 Tall (46-58 Hips) The Industrial Lumbar Support Elastic, crisscrossing abdominal straps, (4) plastic back stays and removable suspenders. Size Waist Measurement X-Small 22 to Small 26 to Medium 30 to Large 34 to X-Large 38 to XX-Large 42 to 46 Serola Sacroiliac Belt Provides correct balance of resistance and resilience, re-establishes the joint s normal motion. Non-elastic layer mimics action of ligaments. Additional elastic layer provides compression. No irritating buckles or pads New Style Serola Belt Small (up to 34 ) Medium (up to ) Large (up to ) X Large (up to ) Active SI Belt For clients in all stages of SI pain. Developed by a Physical Therapist/Orthopedic Clinical Specialist. Comfortable, secure and stays in place. Pelvis is stabilized by the only Double Belt sacroiliac support which incorporates sturdy nylon for stabilization with an inner belt of flexible, non-slip neoprene. All Black Small (26-33 ) Black Medium (34-42 ) Black Large (43-52 ) Black X-Large (53-62 ) Black Blue/Black Small (26-33 ) Blue Medium (34-42 ) Blue Large (43-52 ) Blue X-Large (53-62 ) Blue 262 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

265 Sacroiliac Belt And Stabilization Pad Can be used with or without stabilization pad, which is sold separately. Sacroiliac Pad Stabilization Pad Sarcoiliac Belt Size Hip Measurement Small 26 to Medium 32 to Large 42 to 54 Bariatric Support Plus The low temperature heat moldable insert (included) supports the spine and transfers the load to it evenly and comfortably. Size Girth SRP Size to 55 Call Size to 65 Call Size to 75 Call Stabilization Pad fits between sacral sulci and provides form, comfortable support and proprioceptive input to the sacral area. Semi-elastic construction allows a snugger fit and eliminates riding up with patient activity. Lordoloc Back Support by Bauerfeind Four, 9.25 flexible, stainless steel stays integrated at the back can be adapted individually. Easy to put on and take off, features Velcro fastenings with hand straps. Additional elastic tension straps permit individually adjustable compression and thus variable adjustment of the stabilizing effect. This elastic, breathable support adapts itself to the anatomy, and has a compact design for maximum comfort. Size Circumference Lumbotrain Back Support by Bauerfeind Velcro fastenings and hand straps allow for easy application and adjustment, even for people with arthritis. Lightweight, breathable knit will not retain heat and sweat. Machine washable. Titanium (Gray) Size Circumference to to to to to to Designed to properly fit obese patients, providing both lumbar and abdominal support. Its unique abdominal support pad contains and lifts the abdomen Excellent stabilizing orthosis for the lumbar spine and lumbosacral transition with muscle-activating and relieving properties Silicone insert with raised nodules provides intermittent compression to the soft tissue, leading to increased circulation, and allowing for unicompartmental movement. Rib Belt Comfortable plush, two-tiered, 6 high elastic body. Women s belt contours to 4 around bustline for comfort. Semi-Universal Sizing of sm/med and lg/xl. White Size Chest Male 24 to Female 24 to Stabilizes and supports the rib cage with CorEdge finish for comfort. Can be worn next to skin. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 263

266 LUMBAR SUPPORTS (CON T) Sacroloc Back Support by Bauerfeind Can be worn under clothing. Inelastic knit fabric provides stabilization to the pelvis and iliosacral joint. Tension straps increase stabilization and can be individually adjusted for strain relief. Two-part friction pad with massage knobs provides a friction massage which promotes circulation and improves muscle tone. Size Circumference /2-33 1/ /2-39 1/ /2-45 1/ /2-51 1/ /4-57 Semi-Universal Trochanter Belt Elastic inset allows for additional stretch and compression; 100% stretch elastic pulls increase intra-abdominal pressure and help relieve muscle strain while supplementing abdominal muscles. Size Hips Small/Med 28 to Large/XL 38 to SacroLoc is low profile and provides support to the lower back at the iliosacral joints Permits universal sizing with maximum support to the sacrum with a durable, plush, 4 high hook-and-loop laminate closure. MATERNITY SUPPORTS Loving Comfort Maternity Support Size Dress Size Small 3 to Medium 7 to Large 17 to 20 Mother-To-Be Maternity Support Virtually eliminates low back, leg and abdominal pain common during pregnancy. Sized according to pre-pregnancy dress size and will fit throughout the entire term and is available with or without Heat Moldable Insert. Orthopedics With Insert Size Dress Size Small 3 to Medium 9 to Large 15 to X-Large 19 to XX-Large 22 to 26 Without Insert Small 3 to Medium 9 to Large 15 to X-Large 19 to XX-Large 22 to Maximum comfort for women with moderate symptoms. Lightweight ventilated elastic is cool and feather soft to the skin The large, cushioned Velcro pad is contoured to provide lift with no undesirable abdominal compression. Reduces pressure at the pelvis and improves circulation in the legs. Gently compresses the pelvic ring, restoring its integrity and reducing pain. 264 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

267 POSTURE SUPPORTS Active Posture Belt Relieves back pain and teaches correct posture/spine stabilization. Tri-adjustable lumbar support corrects sitting posture. Back brace unloads spinal segments in standing and sitting positions. Features a pocket for hot or cold pack. Can utilize a dowel bar to provide feedback and accelerate motor learning Small; Waist Medium; Waist Large; Waist Extra Large; Waist Posture S Port Size Waist Measurement Small 22 to Medium 30 to Large 42 to Rapid back pain relief with adjustable posture correction. KNEE SUPPORTS Cho-Pat Dual Action Knee Strap Helps reduce the pressure that causes decubitus ulcers. Features cotton/poly fabric filled with cool, Corefill polyester fiber and hook-and-loop closures. Applies constant dynamic forces to the surrounding areas of the knee, reducing the likelihood of overuse syndromes. At the same time the strap allows for full mobility while providing maximum benefits. Size Knee X-Small Less than Small 10 to Medium to Large 14.5 to X-Large 16.5 to 18 Cho-Pat Patellar Strap Elevates the kneecap slightly. Provides symptomatic relief of acute/chronic pain associated with patellartendonitis, Chondromalacia Patella Syndrome, Osgood-Schlatter s Disease and Iliotibial Band Syndrome. NOTE: Not recommended for those with large varicose veins crossing the knee. Size Knee Small 10 to Medium to Large 14.5 to X-Large 16.5 to 18 Extended Plus Size Supports 2X - 4X Designed to provide optimum support Plush latex-free neoprene in wrap-around style fits either knee Extra padding around patella adds additional warmth and support Knee Support Can be worn directly on the skin or over clothing. Anchors around the waist, discourages stooped shoulders, and assists in alignment of the entire spine Pressure is placed on the patellar tendon which guides the kneecap into place Choice of black or beige Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 265

268 Orthopedics KNEE SUPPORTS (CON T) Use for patellar instabilities, subluxation and dislocation, chondromalacia, and postoperative management. Gametime Brace Lightweight composite w/contoured pads, low profile and versatile strapping. Extension stops at degrees and flexion stops at degrees. Suitable for mild MCL, LCL, and/or ACL, PCL instabilities, this neoprene brace is an ideal intermediate level product that can be used in sporting events. Black Size 3 Above 3 Below X-Small Small Med/Small Medium Med/Large Large X-Large Blue X-Small Small Med/Small Medium Med/Large Large X-Large J-Brace Patellar Stabilizer 13 sleeve is 1/8 thick and features 2 lateral and 2 medial spiral steel stays along with a tubular rubber buttress to align the patella. Laterally attached straps pull medially to displace force to the patella. Allows complete range of motion while providing stability. Left Brace X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to 20 Right Brace X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to degree hinges set in enclosed pockets medial and lateral spiral stays Offers light support and a popliteal cut-out that is used for minor strains and sprains. Knee Wrap W/Hinges Easy off and on wrap design. Opposing hook and loop straps. 2 moveable felt buttresses patellar stabilization. Open popliteal for comfort X-Small/Small; 12 to Medium/Large; 14 to X-Large/XX-Large; 16 to 20 Knee Wrap W/Stays X-Small/Small; 12 to Medium/Large; 14 to X-Large/XX-Large; 16 to 20 Kneedit And KneedIT Xm Assists in the relief of minor knee pain by placing gentle pressure along the medial and lateral soft tissues of the knee. Can be worn on the right or left knee and easily adjusts to fit the contour of the patella and patellar tendon. One Size Fits Most KneedIT KneedIT XM ; With Therapeutic Magnet Open Popliteal Sleeve X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to Enables the muscles to relax and reduces stress on tendons and muscles. Straddles the patellar tendon and applies gentle selective pressure directly to the joint lining. 266 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

269 Osgood-Schlatter Syndrome Support This 13 long sleeve has a 1/4 thick pad to protect the tibial tuberosity, along with a circumferential strap with an elastic inset for pressure to the area X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to 20 Palumbo Patella Tracker Use in Osgood Schattlers Lateral pad control insert is constructed of visco-elastic material to better conform and adjust to the floating action of the brace. The new laterally positioned elastic insert in the patella strap between the anchor and pad allows for the floating action which repositions the pad according to the full physiologic range of motion to the knee. 1/8 Neoprene; Black Size 3 Above 3 Below X-Small Small Med/Small Medium Med/Large Large X-Large /8 Neoprene; Blue X-Small Small Med/Small Medium Med/Large Large X-Large /8 Neoprene; Tan X-Small Small Med/Small Medium Med/Large Large X-Large Patella Stabilizing Brace Includes encircling patented pad-straps for patellar control. 1/8 Neoprene; Black Size 3 Above 3 Below X-Small Small Med/Small Medium Med/Large Large X-Large Blue X-Small Small Med/Small Medium Med/Large Large X-Large Tan X-Small Small Med/Small Medium Med/Large Large X-Large Patellar Knee Support 13 sleeve is 1/8 thick with patellar cut-out, movable horseshoe buttress. Use for post-operative rehab, patellar tendonitis and dislocations, anterior/posterior cruciate instability and lateral/medial collateral ligament instability. Features 2 lateral and 2 medial spiral steel stays and opposing loop and lock straps above and below the patellar opening X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to Use for Osgood- Schlatter Syndrome Utilizes a patella bracing mechanism wherein the lateral bracing pad is allowed to float so as to maintain the most effective position with respect to the patella during flexion of the knee Creates a dynamic, medially displacing force to the patella and allows functional activity while providing stability throughout the full range of knee motion Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 267

270 KNEE SUPPORTS (CON T) Performance Wrap Wraparound design makes it easy to apply and wear, even or over clothing. Husky Wrap Thigh Shin Up to Regular Wrap Up to Plain Sleeve X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to 20 Plain Sleeve With Patellar Cut-Out X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to Maximum support to patella and knee joint while maintaining a full range of motion Long and 1/8 thick sleeve with anterior oval pad that is used for strains and sprains, post-operative rehab or arthritis of knee joint. Sleeve With Felt Buttress 13 sleeve with patellar cut-out, movable horseshoe buttress X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to sleeve with anterior oval pad that is used for strains and sprains, post-operative rehab, arthritis of knee joint or turf protection. Orthopedics Sleeve With Rubber Buttress 13 sleeve with patellar cut-out and circular rubber buttress. Section of the buttress may be removed to form a lateral or medial crescent or an inferior or superior horseshoe X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to Use for subluxation of the patella and chondromalacia. 268 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

271 Straight Hinge Sports Knee 13 sleeve is 1/4 thick with moveable felt horseshoe buttress. 180 degree fixed hinges set in completely enclosed DermaDry(RM) pockets, reinforced for extra durability. (2) 2 circumferential straps above and below the patellar opening X-Small; 12 to Small; 13 to Medium; 14 to Large; 15 to X-Large; 16 to XX-Large; 18 to 20 Universal Knee Wrap This universally sized knee support with movable felt horseshoe may be used for light support and minor injuries Universal Oversize Use for lateral/medial collateral ligament instability, or anterior/ posterior cruciate instability. Genutrain A3 Knee Support by Bauerfeind Treats osteoarthritis, patellar subluxation, Chondromalacia, patellar dislocation, anterior knee pain, knee instability, Osgood-Schlatter s disease and jumper s knee. Integrated guide in silicone helps patella from shifting out of place. Centers the patella during movement and stimulates the skin receptors and nerve endings in the muscle-tendon transition around the knee to enhance proprioception and decrease pain and swelling. Lightweight, breathable knit optimizes temperature regulation for a cool, comfortable fit. Counteracts patellar malaginment and provides a friction massage on the receptor zones of the knee joint reducing pain and swelling. Left Nature (Beige) Size 4.75 Below 5.5 Above Left Titanium (Gray) Right Nature (Beige) Right Titanium (Gray) Use for light support and minor injuries Anatomically knitted support with knobbed silicone insert around knee. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 269

272 KNEE SUPPORTS (CON T) Genutrain Knee Support by Bauerfeind Breathable knit provides controlled compression to decrease pain and swelling. Graduated compression at the edges prevents constriction of circulation. Designed to be worn during activity, ideal for treating knee strains or sprains, preand post-operative inflammation, chondromalacia, arthritis, degenerative joint disease, adolescent knee pain, post-arthroscopy, recurrent knee pain and knee instability. Contoured silicone insert around the patella leaves the patella pressure-free and gently massages the soft tissue of the joint to improve circulation. Black Size 4.75 Below 5.5 Above Nature (Beige) Titanium (Gray) SHIN SPLINTS Shin Splint Compression Wrap Alleviates conditions of medial and anterior tibial stress syndrome. Absorbs stress and prevents additional tearing of soft tissue away from tibia. To be worn during activity to reduce strain. Black, One Size Fits All Shin Splint Compression Wrap Comfortable, lightweight support ideal for rehabilitation therapy and post-operative care Active support is deal for athletes. Orthopedics Genutrain P3 Knee Support by Bauerfeind Active knee support that improves patellar tracking. Two integral massage pads and an adjustable corrective strap hold kneecap securely in a natural, central position. Activates the musculature to speed healing. Lightweight, breathable knit will not retain heat. Promotes proprioception and sensory awareness to increases joint stabilization. Specify Right or Left knee and color when ordering. Available in Black, Nature and Titanium. Size 6 Below 6.75 Above Compression strip provides targeted compression to help stabilize the tibia and surrounding tissues. 270 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

273 THIGH SUPPORT Hamlock Reduces pain and strain, facilitating healing and a more rapid return to normal activities. Indications: Hamstring strains, sprains and pulls X-Small; 18 to Small; 19 to Medium; 20 to Large; 22 to X-Large; 25 to 28 Myotrain Thigh Support by Bauerfeind Similar to a muscle taping bandage. Prevention, especially against repetitive injuries. Anatomical, breathable knit with siliconized and pressure reducing edges. Both pads acute and functional can be added and removed. Velcro straps make it easy to put on and remove and provides individualized compression. Size 11 3/4 Above Knee to to to to to to to Ultimate support for painful hamstring strains Use for thigh injuries, especially cramps, pulls, ruptures, and tears. Thigh Support Sleeve Use for hamstring strains, sprains and pulls X-Small; 18 to Small; 19 to Medium; 20 to Large; 22 to X-Large; 25 to This pull-on sleeve has anterior oval pad and contoured fit. Thigh Wrap Contoured DermaDry thigh wrap is universally sized Thigh Wrap Use for Hamstring strains, sprains and pulls. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 271

274 ANKLE SUPPORTS Aeris Walking Boot by Swede-O Can be inflated and deflated Lightweight low profile. Two-part splint includes forefoot wrap and 3-point corrective toe wrap. Black, short and tall, and fixed boot available. (short fixed pictured) Pneumatic Size Small Large Medium FP Walker Foam Pnenumatic Wider foot base offers ample room for dressings. Semi-rigid shells and adjustable aircells for secure support and protection. Size Women Men Small 5 to 8 4 to Medium 8 to 1 7 to Large 11 to to 13 SP Walker Short Pneumatic Ideal for patients whose limb length or calf circumference prohibits them from using a standard height walker. Low rocker sole for enhanced comfort and natural ambulation. Wider foot base offers ample room for dressings. Semi-rigid shells and adjustable aircells for secure support and protection. Size Women Men Small 5 to 8 4 to Medium 8 to 11 7 to Large 11 to to 13 XP Walker Extra Pneumatic Foam-filled aircells cushion the foot, ankle and leg, providing pneumatic support with full-shell protection. Size Women Men Small 5 to 8 4 to Medium 8 to 11 7 to Large 11 to to X-Large 15 and Above 13 and Above Air-Stirrup Ankle Brace Features the patented Duplex aircell system which provides pulsating, graduated compression for efficient edema reduction and maximized patient comfort. The standard of care for the functional management of ankle sprains. Adult; Left Size Brace Length Small Medium (Training ) Standard Large 10.5 Adult; Right Small Medium (Training) Standard Large 10.5 Height 6 Fits Side X-Small Pediatric Left X-Small Pediatric Right ASO Brace Superior support is achieved through exclusive non-stretch nylon stabilizing straps that mirror the stirrup technique of an athletic taping application. The Calcaneus is captured, effectively locking the heel. Specifically indicated for treatment of injured ankles, prevention of re-injury and prevention of ankle injury. Sturdy closure keeps laces and stabilizing straps secure. Size Circumference X-Small 10 to Small 11 to Medium 12 to Large 13 to X-Large 14 to XX-Large 15 to Orthopedics Pneumatic walking boot with rocker bottom Low rocker sole for enhanced comfort and natural ambulation This support is effective in managing edema and fracture healing For sizing of ASO Support, measure circumference from the base of the heel around the malleoli, over an athletic sock. Fits easily into an athletic or street shoe. It is made of thin, durable ballistic nylon. 272 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

275 Ankle Support With Figure-8 Strap Ankle Circumference X-Small/Medium 7 to Large/X-Large 10 to XX-Large 14 to 16 The Allsport Ankle Ortho II Simulates the lateral and medial sides of the ankle providing exceptional support against inversion yet allowing range of motion. Proven to be extremely effective in the acute, rehab and long term phases of ankle management Right Support Left Support Figure-eight elastic strap allows variable compression and support. Use for strains, sprains, swelling and arthritis of ankle. (2) Velcro side closures with cut-out heel. Active Ankle - T2 Solid U-shape design off loads 8.2% of body weight in gait and provides excellent inversion/eversion protection. Bilateral, anatomically positioned hinge allows freedom of motion in plantar flexion/dorsiflexion. Custom molded EVA padding for unequaled fit and comfort. Single strap adjusts for either high or low top shoes. For prophylactic use as well as for minor ankle sprains and injuries Small (black) Medium (black) Large (black) Pad conforms to and cushions the malleolus and can be charged for hot or cold therapy. Active Ankle Multi-Phase Innovative, dual density padding system with integrated memory foam technology provides compression for edema control while continually adapting to the changing anatomy of the injured ankle. Padding is easily modified for greater comfort when normal activities resume Xtra-Small (black) Small (black) Medium (black) Large (black) Exceptional ankle protection for active lifestyles during exercise or athletic activity. Active Innovations - ProMed Unique Y-shaped vertical stabilization straps allow for exceptional control over both the forefoot and heel. Total control lacing allows for an even pull throughout the body of the brace, creating a better fit for a variety of foot shapes. Four spring steel stays help support the ankle and aid in preventing heel release by supporting the body of the brace. Circumferential strap helps stabilize the brace, prevent unwanted slippage and provides a secure and comfortable fit Xtra-Small Small Medium Large Xtra-Large The mobility of a lace-up with added support by controlling the heel and forefoot The 2-in-1 ankle orthosis that takes the patient from acute phase through rehab. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 273

276 ANKLE SUPPORTS (CON T) Lace Up Ankle Support Black Support Size Women Men X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 13 to 14 White Support X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 13 to The ambidextrous design features a triple layered fabric body, medial and lateral spiral stays, lined tongue and side panels. Ideal for use during sports or high activity. Ankle Lok by Swede-O Full elastic back ensures complete unrestricted blood flow to the Achilles tendon and virtually eliminates the chance for blistering. Exclusive Ankle Lok offset panel traps the laces between the inner and outer flap to hold the laces tighter longer than any other brace. Exclusive close spaced eyelets concentrate the holding power where it s needed most creating the most effective heel lock. Arch fits the contour of the foot and is seamless so it virtually eliminates irritation to the bottom of the foot. Triple layer vinyl laminate and internal U-shaped spiral stay provides extra support. Black Size Women Men X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 13 to XX-Large 15 and Above White XX-Small 2 to X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 13 to XX-Large 15 and Above Inner Lok 8 by Swede-O Internal figure 8 straps are pre-configured through the inside of the brace. This allows you to easily apply the brace in the correct position every time and customize the level of support. Black Support Size Women Men X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 13 to 14 White Support X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 13 to Short curved heat sealed arch fits the contour of the foot and is seamless so it doesn t irritate the bottom of your foot Simulates an Athletic Trainer s professional taping procedure. Orthopedics 274 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

277 Strap Lok by Swede-O Mimics the figure eight configuration effectively locking the ankle in a protected position. Thin low bulk design fits even in the tightest of athletic shoes. Full elastic back ensures complete unrestricted blood flow to the Achilles tendon and virtually eliminates the chance for blistering or irritation of the bottom of the foot. Black Support Size Women Men X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 13 to XX-Large 13 to 14 White Support X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 13 to XX-Large 15 and Above Tarsal Lok by Swede-O Built in stabilizer will mold to the shape of your ankle. Speed lace system allows for quick and easy brace application. Breathable tongue actually wicks moisture away from your skin. Black Size Women Men X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 13 to 14 X8 Ankle Brace by Swede-O Figure eight strap lace up brace. Two removable side stabilizers. The exclusive strap design is also pre-positioned halfway through the figure 8 configuration for easier application and to ensure proper placement. Black Size Women Men X-Large 13 to Large 12 to to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Small 7 to 9 6 to X-Small 4 to 6 3 to 5 Proband Ankle Bandit Helps relieve pain and swelling often associated with chronic ankle sprains, arthritis, bursitis, and tendonitis. Eases discomfort commonly experienced with degenerative joint disease of the ankle. Recommended for individuals suffering from synovitis and plantar fasciitis Proband Ankle BandIT Pull-On Ankle Support Size Women Men Small 6 to to Medium 8 to 9 7 to Large 9.5 to to X-Large 11 to to XX-Large 12.5 to to 13 The Rollblock Support Simulates athletic taping. Non-stretch lateral strap resists inversion and non-stretch medial strap helps provide arch support while prohibiting pronation. Helps prevent inversion and provides warmth and compression for strains and sprains Right Support Left Support Combines the exclusive ankle lok lacing system with figure-eight straps for maximum support Combines the superior comfort of a lace-up brace with the greater support provided by a rigid brace Utilizes twin dual-purpose straps Pull-on support with heel cut-out that is used for strains and sprains Fits comfortably into athletic shoes and excellent for prevention of recurrent injuries. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 275

278 Orthopedics ANKLE SUPPORTS (CON T) Dynamic Ankle Stabilizer For protection, support and comfort in management of inversion sprains and strains and minor fractures. Blue Size Measurement Small Up to Medium Large Xlarge Tan Small Up to Medium Large Xlarge AFO Brace Indicated for post-stroke flaccid or spastic foot drop. Left Brace Size Women Men Small 6 or Less 5 to Medium 6.5 and Above 7.5 to Large 10.5 to X-Large 13 and Above Right Brace Small 6 or Less 5 to Medium 6.5 and Above 7.5 to Large 10.5 to X-Large 13 and Above Extended Plus Ankle Brace Soft nylon lined neoprene support with latex free elastic straps X - 4X Does not limit flexion or extension Made from polypropylene to a 1/8 thickness for necessary rigidity and comfort and can be heated for further modification and individual fit Excellent support, flexibility, warmth, and comfort. Achillotrain Achilles Tendon Support by Bauerfeind Anatomically contoured viscoelastic insert runs alongside the Achilles tendon to provide effective pressure-relief. When active, it provides an intermittent massage to help reduce pain and swelling. Provides peak shock load reduction to joints and back with both heel cushions in place. Silicone heel-wedge is incorporated in the support to raise the heel for pain relief of the Achilles tendon. Non-binding, lightweight, breathable knit remains cool and moves with the body for maximum comfort. Ideal for Achilles tendonitis, Achilles tendon strains, bursitis of the Achilles and post-achilles tendon rupture. Left; Black Size Circumference of Ankle to to to to to Left; Nature (Beige) to to to to to Left; Titanium (Gray) to to to to to Right; Black to to to to to Right; Nature; (Beige) to to to to to Right; Titanium (Gray) to to to to to Additional heel-wedge provided for the unaffected foot to prevent leg length discrepancies. 276 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

279 Malleoloc Ankle Brace by Bauerfeind Ideal for chronic ankle instability, prophylactically to prevent sprains, post operative rehabilitation and post-cast. Thermoplastic material may be heat-molded to provide custom fit. Figure-8 Velcro strapping numbered for easy patient application. Lightweight and streamlined to fit in any shoe. Individually adjustable Velcro straps for precise comfort and fit. Unique design leaves heel and front of the foot free for natural stabilization and allows for full plantar and dosiflexion. Size 1: heel width is smaller than 2.25 Size 2: heel width is larger than 2.25 Left; Titanium (Gray) Size Right; Titanium (Gray) Stabilizing ankle brace specifically contoured to increase stability without restricting mobility Knitted support with improved stretch, breathability, and moisture wicking for effective compression and comfort. Malleotrain Ankle Support by Bauerfeind Promotes proprioception, thus heightening sensory awareness in the ankle for increased joint stabilization. Ideal for chronic ankle swelling, ankle sprains, and ligamental weakness. Silicone insert leaves malleoli pressure-free and provides intermitten compression to the soft tissue of the joint. Left; Black Size Circumference of Ankle to to to to to to 11.5 Left; Nature (Beige) to to to to to to 11.5 Left; Titanium (Gray) to to to to to to 11.5 Right; Black to to to to to to 11.5 Right; Nature (Beige) to to to to to to 11.5 Right; Titanium (Gray) to to to to to to 11.5 Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 277

280 Comfortably and effectively relieves the painful symptoms of Plantar Fasciitis Made of lightweight neoprene fabric and is simple to apply Nighttime Anterior Positioner Designed to provide relief from pain and discomfort of plantar fasciitis and Achilles tendonitis. PLANTAR FASCIITIS SPLINTS Orthopedics Active Innovations - DNS (Dorsal Night Splint ) Patented clamshell supports soft tissue and metatarsal while holding foot in a neutral position during sleep. Triple-stitched, stretch resistant strap for exceptional support. Thick, lightweight padding improves comfort along with anti-slip pad on bottom for safe nighttime ambulation. The Dorsal Night Splint can also be used for severe ankle sprains, Achilles tendonitis, foot drop/neurological deficits, muscular strains and many other conditions that require ankle stabilization in a neutral position Small Large Airheel Specifically designed to treat plantar fasciitis, Achilles tendonitis, and heel pain. Using 2 interconnected aircells located under the foot arch and in back of the heel, the Air Heel applies pulsating compression with every step to help reduce swelling and discomfort and enhance circulation. Black Size Women Men Large 13 and Up 11.5 and Up Small Up to 8.5 Up to Medium 8.5 to to 11.5 N.A.P. Splint Designed to help provide relief from pain and discomfort of Plantar Fasciitis and Achilles Tendonitis. Lightweight, low profile design provides comfort Helps patient sleep more comfortably therefore increasing compliance Non-skid tread provides safety for minimal ambulation Slips onto the foot and is easily adjusted with hook closure Fits either left or right foot Small-Medium (Male sizes 5-9; Female sizes 6-10) Large-XL (Male sizes ; Female sizes ) Easy to apply, has low profile and is comfortable to wear. P.F.S. Plantar Fasciitis Stretch Splint Allows the patient to apply consistent stretch to the plantar fascia by holding the foot in gentle dorsiflexion. Lightweight design for patient confort while sleeping Slip resistant sole for greater patient safety. Fits either left or right foot Latex free Small (Male sizes up to 7; Female sizes up to 7.5) Medium (Male sizes ; Female sizes 8-10) Large (Male sizes 10.5+; Female sizes 11+) Plantar Fxt by Swede-O Pulls the toes back slightly and comfortably. The alternative to bulky night splints. Thermoskin s patented Trioxon lining creates a micro-climate that maintains elevated skin temperature while still allowing the skin to ventilate for long-term user comfort. Beige Size Women Men X-Small 4 to 6 3 to Small 7 to 9 6 to Medium 10 to 11 8 to Large 12 to to X-Large 14 to to XX-Large 16 and Above 15 and Above 278 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

281 FOOT SUPPORTS Cambion Heel Pads Size Women Men A 4 to 6 2 to B 7 to 9 5 to C 10 to 12 8 to D 13 to to A traditional heel pad providing concentrated shock absorption in a heel-size insert. Cambion Heel Spur Pads Provides relief from heel spurs, bruised heels and plantar facilitis. Size Women Men A 4 to 6 2 to B 7 to 9 5 to C 10 to 12 8 to D 13 to to Removable plug creates a cavity to disperse painful pressure. Cambion Posted Heel Cushions Provides 4 degrees of posting to align heel strike horizontally to help correct pronation or supination. Size Women Men A 4 to 6 2 to B 7 to 9 5 to C 10 to 12 8 to D 13 to to Cupped contouring utilizes the heel s natural cushioning properties. Cambion Shock Absorbing Insoles Ideal for all-day protection to relieve pain and fatigue in the feet, knees, hip an low back. Size Women Men A 4 to 6 2 to B 7 to 9 5 to C 10 to 12 8 to D 13 to to Provides shock dampening and cushioning for the entire length of the foot and additional protection provided in the heel area. Tuli s Classic Gel Heel Cups The unique character of TuliGEL, combined with our patented waffle design, provides the ultimate in shock and absorption for everyday use. Aids in the relief of aching feet, legs and back; heel spurs; painful heels; backache; neckache; plantar fasciitis; heel bursitis; heel support; foot support and heel cushion Regular; under 175 lbs Large; over 175 lbs Softer more resilient than the material used in other heel cups. Warwick Heel Wedge Small Medium Large A varus/valgus wedge with a slight incline that can be used for pronation or suppination applications and other clinical problems, such as problems with the medial collateral ligament, located on the inner side of the knee. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 279

282 FOOT SUPPORTS (CON T) Adjust-A-Lift Heel Lift Three layer construction results in only three sizes because the layers are removable Unsurpassed patient comfort Applicability to several clinical conditions Small Medium Large Foot Comfort Pad Applies constant dynamic forces to the surrounding areas of the knee, reducing the likelihood of overuse syndromes. At the same time the strap allows for full mobility while providing maximum benefits. 1 size fits most Foot Comfort Pad; One Pair Step-Smart by Swede-O The exclusive jacob joint gently pushes the foot into dorsiflexion. Shock absorption at heel strike. Left Size Small/Medium Large/Xlarge Right Small/Medium Large/Xlarge 3pp Arch Lift Soft, foam-lined strap will not slip or roll. Thin enough to be worn in shoes or at night to relieve morning pain in the plantar fascia. Sewn- in arch pad contours to the foot. Additional metatarsal pad can be added to relieve pain in the ball of the foot. Adjustable straps allow the wearer to control the amount of compression. Hand or machine wash. Air dry. Latex-free. One Size pp Arch Lift 3pp PF Lift The 3pp PF Lift stretches and lifts the Plantar Fascia to reduce heel pain when walking, standing or running. This soft foam-lined strap is thin enough to wear in shoes and maintains stretch for long term relief of foot and heel pain. Non-slip foam lined straps stay in place without sliding on the leg or foot. Hand or machine washable. Latex free. Circumference Above Ankle Sm/Med; Med/Lrg; Thera-Band First Step To Foot Relief Equips patients with practical tools they can use at home to treat their heel pain. Contains: Thera-Band Foot Roller, Thera-Band Professional Resistance Band (red), Biofreeze Roll-On, and Instruction Insert. Packaged for resale with full-color consumer packaging First Step to Foot Relief The only complete solution for drop foot A Practical Solution for Heel Pain Orthopedics Excellent durability, non-slip construction and very comfortable to wear Features cotton/polly fabric filled with cool, Corefill polyester fiber and hook-and-loop closures Designed to lift and support the plantar arch to relieve pain from Plantar Fasciitis, flat foot and heel spurs Applies a controlled lift and stretch to reduce pain from plantar Fasciitis. 280 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

283 // The The Formthotics Formtthotics D Difference iffer fference Versatile V ersatile ffoot oot o orthoses rt that provide the clinician nician w with ith a ccustomizable ustomizable ttool oo ol tto o fifitt tthe he p atient s ffoot oot aand nd shoe, assisting treatment nt of of lower lower extremity extremity problems. problems. FFormthotics ormthotics patient s aare re designed designed to to provide p port and and comfort comfort that that every ever y patient patient nneeds. eeds. the ultimate support T THERMOFORMABLE HERMOFORMABLE ANTIMICROBIAL ANTIMICROBIAL FFormthotics ormthotics aare re tthermoformed hermoformed ((heat heat molded) molded) at relatively relatively low low temperatures te mperatures and and retain retain the th e molded m olded shape. shape. Molding Molding an an orthotic o r thotic to the the shape shape of of the the foot f o ot provides provides a truly truly customized customized fifit. t. FFormthotics ormthotics contain contain U ltra-fresh which which inhibits inhibits the th he Ultra-Fresh growth grow th of of bacteria bacteria and and fungi fungi that th a t odor ccreate reate ffoot o ot o dor aand nd staining, s t a in in g, keeping fe et healthy. healthy. keeping feet HEEL HE EL CUP CUP TThe he d deep eep h heel eel ccup up p provides rov id e s iincreased ncreased support support around around the the heel, heel, aassisting ssisting with with sshock hock aabsorption bsorption aand nd minimizing m inimizing heel heel strike. strike. e FFUNCTIONAL UNCTIONALL SU PP O RT SUPPORT TThe he g graded raded medial medial support s up p o r t eensures nsures the the foot foot is is stabilized stabilized by by providing p roviding longitudinal, longituudinal, lateral lateral and an d transverse tr ansverse aarch rch ssupport. uppor t. t MPBRM020 MPBRM020 formthotics.com formtho tics.com facebook.com/formthotics facebook.com/formthotics Made M ade in Ne New w Zealand Zealand FFormax ormax 33D DM MILLED ILLE LLED FFoot oot Science Science IInternational s nternational s own o wn ffoam oam is is made made from from a range ran g e off high o high grade grade closed closed cell ce l l ffoams, oams, designed designed to provide provide the th e most m ost flexible, flexible, lightweight lightweight and an d orthotic possible. ssupportive uppor tive v o r thotic p o si b l e. os FFormthotics ormthotics are are 3D 3D milled m ill e d block off ffoam, ffrom ro m a b lock o oam, ensuring e n s ur in g tthey hey provide provide a consistent consistent spread sp re a d off support o suppor o t across across the the skeletal skeletal off the ssystem ystem o the ffoot. o ot.

284 Orthopedics FOOT SUPPORTS (CON T) Formthotics Medical Orthotics A revolutionary custom medical orthotic invented by a Sports Medicine practitioner. Used for the treatment of lower limb injuries, injury prevention, enhanced performance and improved comfort. Thermoformed (heat molded) in the clinic to fit each unique foot shape and shoe type. 3D milled from Formax a closed cell Polyethylene foam which has unique mouldable qualities. The effectiveness of Formthotics has been evidenced by many independent researchers. Original Shockstop Size Color Large, Camel/ Black Medium, Camel/ Black Small, Camel/ Black X-Large, Camel/ Black X-Small, Camel/ Black XX-Large, Camel/ Black XX-Small, Camel/ Black Original Single Density Size Color Firm, Large, Black Firm, Medium, Black Firm, Small, Black Firm, X-Large, Black Firm, X-Small, Black Firm, XX-Large, Black Firm, XX-Small, Black Hard, Large, Red Hard, Medium, Red Hard, Small, Red Hard, X-Large, Red Hard, X-Small, Red Hard, XX-Large, Red Hard, XX-Small, Red Hard, XXX-Large, Red Medium, Large, Blue Medium, Medium, Blue Medium, Small, Blue Medium, X-Large, Blue Medium, X-Small, Blue Medium, XX-Large, Blue Medium, XX-Small, Blue Medium, XXX-Large, Blue Soft, Large, Burgundy Soft, Medium, Burgundy Soft, Small, Burgundy Soft, X-Large, Burgundy Soft, X-Small, Burgundy Soft, XX-Large, Burgundy Soft, XX-Small, Burgundy X-Soft, Large, Beige X-Soft, Medium, Beige X-Soft, Small, Beige X-Soft, X-Large, Beige X-Soft, X-Small, Beige X-Soft, XX-Large, Beige X-Soft, XX-Small, Beige Slim Fit Dual Medium, Perforated, XX-Large, Green Medium, Perforated, Large, Green Medium, Perforated, Medium, Green Medium, Perforated, Small, Green Medium, Perforated, X-Large, Green Medium, Perforated, X-Small, Green Wide Fit Dual Medium, Large, Green Medium, Medium, Green Medium, Small, Green Medium, X-Large, Green Medium, X-Small, Green Medium, XX-Small, Green Youth Original Single X-Soft, Y1, Beige X-Soft, Y2, Beige X-Soft, Y3, Beige Medium, Y1, Blue Medium, Y2, Blue Medium, Y3, Blue Globoped Relief Shoe by Bauerfeind Reduced convalescent time. Adjustable straps for optimal fit. Early patient mobility. Soft inside lining, no seams. Shield made from ABS, heat moldable. Forefoot Relief Shoe Foot Length Shoe Size Men - Women (SM) 8 5/8-9 3/ / / (MD) 9 3/8-10 3/ / / (LG) 10 3/8-11 3/ / (XL) 11 3/8-12 3/ /2+ Heel Relief Shoe (SM) 8 5/8-9 3/ / / (MD) 9 5/8-10 3/ / / (LG) 10 5/8-11 3/ / (XL) 11 3/8-12 3/ / Shield prevents undesired contact with foreign objects See page Four closure straps for optimal fit. 282 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

285 Powerstep Pinnacle Full Length Orthotics Provides proper foot positioning and cushion to relieve heel and foot pain. Dual layer foam cushioning with deep heel cradle and arch support. Heat and friction reducing anti-microbial top fabric. Women Men to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to N/A 14 to 14.5 Powerstep ProTech 3/4 Orthotics Prescription-like arch and a heel support sealed in two layers of foam for resilient cushioning and shock absorption. Heel cradle with Poron comfort cushion to stabilize and protect the heel. Heat and friction reducing anti-microbial fabric for dryness. Women Men to to to to to to to to to to to to to to 13.5 Powerstep ProTech Full Length Orthotics Semi-rigid foot support calibrated with flexibility for comfort. Unique dual-layer Poron /EVA cushion casing to enhance comfort from heel to toe. Heel cradle with Poron pad for additional cushion and protection. Heat and friction reducing anti-microbial fabric for dryness. Women Men to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to N/A 14 to Maximum cushioning and full length, total contact support Designed to relieve heel and arch pain and prevent foot strain and injury. Powerstep ProTech Control Full Length Orthotics Deeper heel cup and 2-degree heel post to prevent the heel from rolling inward. Firmer arch support to increase stability. Dual-layer cushioning for a soft, supportive feel. Poron heel pad for additional comfort and heel protection. Women Men to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to N/A 14 to New ProTech Control s Foot Secure System offers pain relief for mild to moderate overpronators Provides complete foot support and comfort while stabilizing the foot in the balanced, neutral position. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 283

286 FOOT SUPPORTS (CON T) Powerstep Slimtech 3/4 Length Orthotics Helps relieve pain and prevent injuries by enhancing the structure and stability of the foot. Bi-layer design with firm but flexible support shell, built-in arch support and heel cradle. VCT foam cushioning with heat and friction reducing anti-microbial top cover. Women Men to to to to to to to to to to to to to to Ultra-slim, 3/4 length orthotic is versatile to fit in a variety of shoes ValguLoc provides excellent relief and alignment to the big toe. Valguloc Bunion Splint by Bauerfeind Big toe is brought into correct axial alignment by the application of small forces. Corrects Hallux Valgus or bunions according to the 3-point principle. Velcro fastening allows for variable adjustmetn of the correction pressure. Great for nighttime us. Wear without a shoe when the foot is not placed under load. Not suitable for walking. Latex-free construction. Provides comfortable compression to help reduce swelling and preven migration of the splint on the foot. Left Size Shoe Size Men s less than 5 Women s 6 and below Men s 5-7 1/2 Women s 6 1/ Men s 8-12 Women s 9 1/2-14 Right Men s less than 5 Women s 5 1/2 and below Men s 5-7 1/2 Women s 6 1/ Men s 8-12 Women s 9 1/2-14 Viscoheel K Corrective Heel Cushions by Bauerfeind No definite left or right so raised part can be placed toward the inside or outside of the shoe, depending on the treatment needed. Comfortable and long lasting, does not absorb odors or exude oils. Cleans with soap and warm water. Sold in Pairs Size Women Men Child Child to to and Above 8 and Above Provides cushioning and shock reduction to joints and back. Ideal for pronation, varus, bow legged, supination, valgus, knock knee, lateral ankle sprains and osteoarthritis. Orthopedics Viscoheel N Heel Cushions by Bauerfeind Provides superior cushioning and shock reduction to the joints and back. Comfortable and long lasting, does not absorb odors or exude oils. Cleans with soap and warm water. Sold in Pairs Size Women Men Child Child to to and Above 8 and Above Anatomically tapered heel rim prevents sliding. Ideal for heel pain, joint, back and arthritis pain, and leg length discrepancies. 284 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

287 Viscoped S Insoles by Bauerfeind Easily trimmed for precise fit. Comfortable and long-lasting does not absorb odors. Cleans with soap and water. Full-length insoles provide superior shock load reduction to relieve foot, knee and back pain, also ideal for metatarsalgia and diabetic foot. Size Women Men to to to to to to to to to to to to to to Medical grade silicone with softer blue silicone at the heel and ball of the foot to aid in the desired realignment of metatarsal regions and to provide additional cushioning. Viscospot Heel Cushions by Bauerfeind Proven 95% successful for initial treatment of heel pain (Plantar fasciitis.) Superior shock absorbing qualities reduce shock to the joints and vertebral column. Does not absorb odors or exude oil like some heel cushions. Cleans with soap and warm water. Sold in Pairs Size Women Men to to and Above 8 and Above Proband Arch Bandit The soft medial Arch BandIT alleviates foot, arch and heel pain, excessive pronation, and inflammation. Beneficial for foot pain associated with flat feet and fallen arches, plantar fasciitis, bunions and arthritis Proband Arch BandIT Non-compressible, viscoelastic silicone heel cushions have a softer blue spot correctly placed for additional cushioning where heel pain originates. 3pp Toe Loops Loop and wrap design secures two or more toes together to stabilize fractures and correct flexible hammertoes and claw toes. The layer of thin, dense foam offers superior pressure distribution without adding bulk. Easy to apply and so light and comfortable, Toe Loops can be worn in any type of footwear. Available in two sizes. Narrow is 1 wide and 3 long to accommodate smaller toes. Wide is 1 1/4 wide and 4 long. Narrow Quantity Package of Package of 25 Wide Package of Package of The unique cushioning and grip of our foam-lined material makes these straps i deal for repositioning toes to treat fractures, hammertoes and overlapping toes. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 285

288 SHOULDER SUPPORTS Shoulder Ease Abduction Support Relieves Tension on the joint capsule, muscles and tendons Bilateral, can be used on left or right arm and positioned from anterior to lateral Brushed hypoallergenic nylon foam laminate cover, 3 wide elastic shoulder strap, 2 wide pressure sensitive double side loop Shoulder Ease Abduction Support Sully Shoulder Stabilizer Comes with highly adaptable bifurcated neoprene strap and (2) 4 neoprene straps. Black Size Chest Biceps X-Small 34 to 40 9 to Small 34 to to Medium 38 to to large 42 to to X-Large 46 to to 17 Omotrain Shoulder Support by Bauerfeind Knobbed silicone insert provides intermittent compression to the soft tissue of the joint, which increases circulation, decreases pain and swelling. Knitted shoulder support incorporates an adjustable, anatomically contoured silicone insert. Ideal for shoulder pain, post-operative, rotator cuff rehabilitation, shoulder subluxation, arthritis and nerve palsy. Anatomical knit with graduated compression at the edges prevents constriction of circulation. Lightweight, breathable knit will not retain heat and sweat. Machine washable. Titanium (Gray) Size Circumference to to to to to to to Universal design fits both right and left shoulder with multiple applications. (Actual product is black.) Supports arm in an ideal rest position. Relieves pain, promotes healing and reduces risk of frozen shoulder Orthopedics 286 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

289 # Complete line of Torex Cold Therapy Products includes unique roll-on sleeves; premium reusable Clinical Cold Packs and the MC2 Pro Ankle.

290 ELBOW SUPPORTS Bandit And BandIT Xm Helps increase circulation and aids in the prevention and treatment of Repetitive Stress Injuries by reducing inflammation and muscle spasms, and by increasing blood flow and oxygen. Aids in the relief of pain associated with tennis, golf, bowling, weight lifting, racquetball, and other similar activities. Allows muscles to relax, reducing stress on tendons. Can be worn on the right or left arm. One size fits most BandIT BandIT XM ; With Therapeutic Magnet Cho-Pat Tennis Elbow Splint Contains a small air cell that focuses more compression on the involved muscle, and not around the arm, providing more support, less constriction. Works by absorbing and dispersing forces, relieving stress on forearm muscles and their attachments. Velcro fasteners keep the splint intact. Size Elbow Small 9 to Medium 10.5 to Large 12 to X- Large 13.5 to Comfortable pneumatic compression for epicondylitis helps reduce swelling and edema. Elbow Comfort Pad Works by absorbing and dispersing forces, relieving stress on forearm muscles and their attachments. Velcro fasteners keep the splint intact. 1 size fits most Size Elbow pair Elbow Sleeve X-Small; 8 to Small; 9 to Medium; 10 to Large; 11 to X-Large; 12 to pull-on sleeve, contoured for comfort is used for strains, sprains, arthritis, bursitis and turf protection. Orthopedics Pneumatic Armband Aids in the relief and prevention of pain associated with Tendonitis, Tennis Elbow and Carpal Tunnel Syndrome. One Size Fits Most; Beige Aircast Pneumatic Armband One Size Fits Most; Black B Aircast Pneumatic Armband Comfortable pneumatic compression for epicondylitis helps reduce swelling and edema. 288 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

291 Radial Tennis Elbow With Pad Features a wide, circumferential, elastic strap, and has an orthopedic felt pressure pad for extra compression and to further inhibit muscle rotation Small/Medium; 9 to Large/X-Large; 11 to X-Large; 14 to X-Small; 8 to 9 Tennis Elbow Sleeve With Strap 2 wide circumferential strap with elastic inset X-Small; 8 to Small; 9 to Medium; 10 to Large; 11 to X-Large; 12 to 14 3pp R.O.M.E.O. (Range of Motion Elbow Orthosis) Forearm and humeral (upper arm) cuffs adjust for comfort and to accommodate post-operative bandages and swelling. The light weight R.O.M.E.O. elbow hinges adjust in 30 degree increments using the included hex wrench. Removable hand section aids in the prevention of supination/pronation and is length adjustable with the included hex wrench. Fits right or left arm. Fits Right or Left Circumference at Mid-Bicep / /2-14 1/ / Use for indications of epicondylitis pull-in sleeve, contoured for comfort is used for strains, sprains, arthritis, bursitis, turf protection and epicondylitis. Epipoint Elbow Strap by Bauerfeind Pressure may be controlled by an adjustable elastic band for a comfortable, precise fit. A red warning section on the adjustable band indicates when the strap may be pulled too tightly providing exact compression everytime. The pivoting compression pad can be adjusted for the right or left arm, providing correct anatomical pressure and placement for each user. Epipoint provides a high degree of stability while allowing the strap to respond dynamically to muscle movement. Elbow Straps One Size Fits All Epitrain Elbow Support by Bauerfeind Comfortable, lightweight knit support ideal for epicondylitis, elbow strains or sprains, overuse syndromes, and pre and post-operative conditions, chronic edema and does not retain heat. Promotes proprioception, thus heightening sensory awareness in the elbow for increased joint stabilization. Black Size Circumference to to to to to to to Nature (Beige) to to to to to to to Titanium (Gray) to to to to to to to Adaptable elbow orthosis includes adjustable hinges and cuffs EpiPoint is an elbow strap for the targeted application of pressure/relief over muscles and tendons on the outside of the forearm Knitted support incorporating (2) anatomically contoured silicone inserts surrounding the medial and lateral epicondyles and lying over the flexor and extensor muscles. Graduated compression at the edges prevents constriction of circulation. Silicone insert leaves the epicondyles pressure free and provides intermittent compression to the soft tissue of the joint, leading to increased circulation which reduces swelling and edema. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 289

292 Short-term stabilization that limits motion at MP and CMC joints Arthritic glove provides warmth and gives compression The only wrist brace that allows for safe lateral movement Carpal tunnel glove provides comfortable firm support for weak, injured or aching wrists. Orthopedics WRIST & HAND SUPPORTS Active Innovations - DWO (Dynamic Wrist Orthosis) Contoured dorsal design is light-weight; low profile design limits flexion and extension while allowing finger dexterity. Palm remains open and free from obstruction while protecting the carpal tunnel. Functional strapping system includes proximal neoprene elastic strap for individual fit and non-elastic distal and wrist straps for stabilization and comfort. Dynamic performance hinge allows 20 degree ulnar/radial deviation while protecting movements that may be a cause of carpal tunnel Small Medium Large Active Innovations - MTS (Moldable Thumb Spica) Heat moldable thermoplastic stay for superior immobilization can be custom molded to accommodate for pressure points, swelling etc. Uniquely designed to be applied with one hand. Non-stretch hook and loop closure straps at the wrist and thumb ensure proper immobilization. Customizing of the thermoplastic splint can be done by immersing in hot water, the use of a hydrocollator or low heat with a heat gun. Allows use of the hand while limiting motion at metacarpophalangeal (MP) and carpometacarpal (CMC) joints Small Medium Large X-Large Ambidextrous Cock-Up Wrist Splint Fits either hand, breathable elastic, removable & reshapable palmer spoon Cock-Up Wrist Support Arthritic Glove by Thermoskin Provides warmth to help relieve arthritic pain. The outer layer is textured to provide additional grip. Pair Size Extra Small Small Medium Large Extra Large Extra Extra Large Carpal Tunnel Glove by Thermoskin Splint helps to prevent wrist movement. Provides heat therapy and compression. Left Size Extra Small Small Medium Large Extra Large Extra Extra Large Right Extra Small Small Medium Large Extra Large Extra Extra Large 290 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

293 Carpal-Lock Unique dorsal splint protects the wrist from movements that can lead to Carpal Tunnel Syndrome yet leaves hand free for normal use. Left Wrist Support Size Wrist Small 5 to Medium 6 to Large 7 to 8 Right Wrist Support Small 5 to Medium 6 to Large 7 to 8 Double Buckle Wrist Support Size Small/Medium Up to Large/X-Large Up to XX-Large Up to 9.5 Elastic Wrist Supports wrist in a neutral position and thumb loop holds support in place for easy application. One Size Fits All Elastic Wrist with Thumb Loop Epi-Lock Small/Medium; 7 to Large/XX-Large; 12 to 15 Long Cock-Up Wrist/Forearm Support 10 long and features (3) top Velcro closures with plastic D-rings for variable compression and suede pocket that holds aluminum stay. Left Wrist Support Size Wrist X-Small 4 to Small 5 to Medium 6 to Large 7 to X-Large 8 to 9 Right Wrist Support X-Small 4 to Small 5 to Medium 6 to Large 7 to X-Large 8 to 9 Quick-Fit Wrist Dorsal stay within adjustable stay pod can be moved prodimal or distal for desired controlled range-of-motion. Secondary dorsal stay may be removed to accommodate rehabilitation needs. Contoured palmer stay may be adjusted for specific patient needs. Brace is designed to fit below palmer crease for full finger dexterity. Ideal for sprains, strains and carpal tunnel syndrome. Left Universal Right Universal For strains, sprains, and chronically weak wrists Worn comfortably snug, its (2) straps together give exceptional support and pain relief. Lightweight, won t slip and completely washable Lightweight and cool to wear. Straps are designed so as to apply no external pressure at Carpal Tunnel For strains, sprains, and weak wrists. 3 wide support with Velcro closure and (2) 5/8 loop and lock straps For strains, sprains, Carpal Tunnel post operative rehab Cool, soft felt/brush nylon construction with a single one-pull design fits on a wide range of wrist sizes. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 291

294 Cool, soft felt/brush nylon construction with a double-pull design for convenient application. WRIST & HAND SUPPORTS (CON T) Comfortable, lightweight nylon/foam laminate with adjustable dorsal pod to accommodate various size patients For strains, sprains, post operative rehab and Carpal Tunnel post operative rehab Steel stay at thumb area for thumb abduction is removable. Quick-Fit Wrist & Forearm Orthopedics Left Size Wrist Circumference Universal Up to Universal XL 13 + Right Universal Up to Universal XL 13 + Quick-Fit W.T.O. Pre-contoured aluminum palmer and thumb stays may be adjusted for proper anjulation to address wrist and thumb pathologies. Elastic straps with d-ring closure provide compressive support and maximum patient comfort. Ideal for addressing dequervain s Single Pull design to provide compressive support and maximum patiet comfort Left Universal Right Universal Short Cock-Up Wrist Support 6 long with (3) top Velcro closures and plastic D-rings and a pocket that holds anatomically curved aluminum stay. Left Wrist Support Size Wrist X-Small/Small 4 to Medium 6 to Large 7 to X-Large/XX-Large 8 to 10 Right Wrist Support X-Small/Small 4 to Medium 6 to Large 7 to X-Large/XX-Large 8 to For strains, sprains, post operative rehab and post cast. Vinyl Wrist/Forearm Splint Left Splint Size Palm Width Small 3 to Medium 3.25 to Large 3.5 to X-Large 3.75 to 5 Right Splint Small 3 to Medium 3.25 to Large 3.5 to X-Large 3.75 to 5 Wristlet 4 plastic stay in a suede pocket, backed with Velcro allows stay to be placed where needed. One Size Fits All With Abducted Thumb and Movable Stay With Abducted Thumb With Thumb Cut-Out 292 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

295 3pp Carpal Lift NP Soft, foam-lined splint lifts and supports the wrist to reduce pain on the ulnar (small finger) side of the wrist caused by weakened or torn TFCC ligaments. A soft foam pad and adjustable straps lift the ulnar carpal (wrist) bones to reduce the popping and pain felt when gripping, rotating the forearm or pushing up from a chair. Easy one-handed application, this splint is soft and breathable for all day comfort. Machine or hand washable. Latex free. Reduce pain from TFCC injuries, Ulnar-sided wrist pain and Guyon s Canal Compression. Left Circumference at MP s / /4-9 Right / /4-9 3pp U Wrap This universal wrap works by supporting the muscles and tendons to relieve pain and apply flexible support. Unlike elastic straps, the 3pp U Wrap will not roll or slip making it ideal for use during sports or gym activities. Hook closure attaches anywhere on the fabric so the U Wrap is fully adjustable. A removable stay is included to apply extra support wherever it s needed. Machine washable. Latex free One Size Fits Most Straps extend from the palmar aspect to lift and support the ulnar carpus and ligaments. Palmar pad cushions and supports the ulnar carpus and pisiform One contoured wrap. Five or more ways to use it for the hand, elbow, ankle, and foot. 3pp Wrist Wrap Four-way stretch material offers adjustable compression, will not roll or bind and stays comfortable all day. Breathable foam-lined material stays cool even during competitive activity. Small circumference is 6.25 x 7.5 Medium circumference is 7.5 to 8 Black Size Small/Medium Medium/Large Gray Small/Medium Medium/Large The 3pp Wrist Wrap provides controlled compression with non-slip foam lining to support injured wrists. 3pp Wrist Wrap NP This wrap is fully adjustable so the wearer determines how much support to apply. Lined in soft, breathable foam, this wrap will not roll or slip making it ideal for use in sports or gym activities. A removable stay is included to apply extra support wherever it s needed. Machine washable. Latex free Size Wrist Circumference Sm/Med 6 1/4 to 7 1/2 Size Wrist Circumference Med/Lrg 7 to 8 1/ Hook closure attaches anywhere for optimal fit and adjustability. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 293

296 THUMB SPLINTS 3pp Thumsaver CMC Long Seamless molded splints offer Firm/Firm+ control in thin, lightweight splint. ThumSaver splints can be adjusted using heat gun. Recommended for Tendinitis and post-scaphoid Fracture. Left Size Small Medium Large Right Small Medium Large 3pp Thumsaver CMC Short Left Size Small Medium Large X-Large Right Small Medium Large X-Large 3pp Thumsaver MP 3pp Thumsling Four-way stretch material conforms in the palm without adding bulk. Wrap-around thumb sling helps maintain web space and reduce CMC subluxation. Small/Medium circumference is 6 x Medium/Large circumference is 7.25 x 9. Left Size Color Small/Medium Black Small/Medium Gray Medium/Large Black Medium/Large Gray Right Small/Medium Black Small/Medium Gray Medium/Large Black Medium/Large Gray 3pp Thumsling Long NP Soft, foam-lined splint features a contoured strap that supports the thumb and wrist to reduce pain from arthritis and overuse conditions. Adjustable design means the wearer can determine how much support to apply to reduce pain and allow function. A removable stay is included to apply extra support wherever it s needed. Machine washable and breathable One size fits most. Instructions included with each splint. Order left or right. Left Circumference at MP s Right Left Size Small Medium Large X-Large Right Small Medium Large X-Large Provides Firm thumb support and limits wrist motion Wrap-around sling hugs the CMC joint to reduce the subluxation and grinding pain from arthritis. Orthopedics Carefully trimmed to leave the ulnar side of the hand free. Immobilizes the wrist and thumb for protection while allowing light functional activity Stabilizes the MP and Controls CMC motion The next level of control for wrist and CMC support. 294 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

297 3pp Thumsling NP Soft, foam-lined material supports the CMC (basal) joint of the thumb to reduce the pain caused by CMC joint arthritis. Easy-to-apply, adjustable splint allows the wearer to determine the amount of support needed to reduce thumb pain when pinching or gripping. A removable stay is included to be applied wherever extra support is needed. Machine washable and breathable Two sizes fit a broad range of hands. Application instructions included with each splint. Left Circumference at MP s / /4-9 Right / /4-9 Rhizoloc Thumb Stabilizer by Bauerfeind Ideal for skier s thumb, gamekeeper s thumb, osteoarthritis and chronic arthritis affecting the thumb and joint, irritation in the region of the saddle and first MCP joints of the thumb and collateral ligament injuries. Adjustable Velcro fastenings around the wrist and thumb for individualized compression, precise fit and ease of fitting and removal. Individually shaped aluminum strap ensures maximum stability for the thumb saddle and first metacarpophalangeal joint. Machine washable. Left Thumb Stabilizer Wrist Thumb to to to to 3.5 Right Thumb Stabilizer to to to to 3.5 HAND SPLINTS 3pp Comforter Splint The Comforter Splint holds the wrist and MP joints (large knuckles) of the fingers straight to reduce stress on muscles and tendons, making it a great night splint for arthritis sufferers. Flexible padded stays protect the fingers to lessen the damaging effects of arthritis and certain neurological impairments. The small joints of the fingers and the thumb are free to allow the wearer to manage bedding and nighttime activities. The wrist and the metacarpal joints are supported in a neutral position. The neoprene straps include finger holes for independent application and removal of the splint even by those who have difficulties with fine motor skills. Quilted cover is removable and machine washable. Latex free. Left Size Width Across MP s Small; 2 3/ Medium; 3-3 3/ Large; 3 3/8-3 5/8 Right Small; 2 3/ Medium; 3-3 3/ Large; 3 3/8-3 5/8 3pp Polycentric Hinged Ulnar Deviation The Polycentric Ulnar Deviation Splint fits the top of the hand, leaving the palm free for gripping objects. The patented polycentric hinge allows full flexion (bending) and extension (straightening) of the fingers. Softly cushioned finger stays can be opened and closed to make this splint easy to put on and take off even if your fingers are swollen. Left Size Width Across MP s X-small; 2 1/4-2 3/ Small; 2 3/ Medium; 3-3 3/ Large; 3 3/8-3 5/8 Right X-small; 2 1/4-2 3/ Small; 2 3/ Medium; 3-3 3/ Large; 3 3/8-3 5/ Longer and flexible design for improved thumb support Adjustable Velcro thumb tab allows optional adjustment of movement restriction at the base of the thumb This softly padded splint provides the rest needed to reduce inflammation and morning stiffness caused by Rheumatoid Arthritis Recommended for persons with MP ulnar deviation that can be corrected with mild to moderate force. Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 295

298 HAND SPLINTS (CON T) 3pp Radial Hinged Ulnar Deviation Splint Soft finger straps permit each finger to be individually aligned for maximum control. Lined in soft felt, dorsal based splint leaves palm free for function. Left Size Width Across MP s Small; 2 3/ Medium; 3-3 3/ Large; 3 3/8-3 5/8 Right Small; 2 3/ Medium; 3-3 3/ Large; 3 3/8-3 5/ This split improves alignment of strongly-deviated fingers. FINGER SPLINTS Active Innovations - tfs (Trigger Finger Solution ) Relieves pressure on the affected area so patients can resume daily activities. Protects A-1 pulley and allows the hand s protective fat pad to heal. Can be worn on any finger with complete freedom of movement. Developed by an Orthopedic Surgeon Xtra-Small Small Medium Large Xtra-Large The world s first noninvasive solution for painful trigger finger. Orthopedics 3pp Buddy Loop Single loop design makes these easy and fast to apply. Soft foam lining clings to the skin to prevent slipping. Use to wrap two or three fingers and simply angle the wrap to accommodate the 4th and 5th fingers. Available in half inch, one inch and three-quarter inch widths. Size Quantity / / / / / / / / Loop design allows for easy use. 296 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

299 Reduce IP deviation due to osteoarthritis Adjusts from 0 degrees to near full flexion Provides adjustable tension to restore full IP extension Oval-8 Finger Splints stabilize and align the PIP and DIP joints. Can be used to treat tendon or ligament injuries, protect healing fractures, control unstable joints and more. 3pp Oval-8 A fit for every finger - Available in splint sizes 2 through 15, each oval-8 splint has size adjustability built into the angled band and can be adjusted with heat for a precise fit everytime. Individual Splints Size Kit Splints; Sizes 2-15; Instructions and Case Pediatric Kit ea. Of Sizes 3-7; Instructions and Box Sizing Set Splints; One of each Size 3pp Side Step Splint Adjustable splint applies gentle tension to straighten the middle (PIP) or end (DIP) finger joint. Ideal to prevent the progression of deformity in osteoarthritis. May help reduce the formation of Heberden s or Bouchard s nodes on the finger joints. Soft foam-lined straps and pads are Latex free. Sizing and fitting by a health care provider is recommended Small Medium Large 3pp Step Down Splint Lightweight wire splint allows the wearer to control the force to gradually bend fingers stuck in a straight or extended position. The 3pp Step Down Splint will help reduce a mild to severe contracture caused by a fractured, jammed finger or tendon injury. Soft straps and pads are Latex free Small Medium Large 3pp Step Up Splint Lightweight wire splint uses adjustable tension to straighten fingers stuck in a flexed or bent position. The wearer controls the amount of force applied. Whether due to a jammed or fractured finger, or a tendon injury, the 3pp Step Up Splint will help reduce a mild to severe contracture. Soft foam-lined straps and pads are Latex free. Sizing and fitting by a health care provider is recommended Small Medium Large Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 297

300 CHESAPEAKE MEDICAL PRODUCTS CUSTOM SPLINTING MATERIALS Hand Therapy Chesapeake Medical Products Custom Splinting Materials Consistent, contolled stretch Reduced/eliminated fingerprints and marks Superior surface and non-stick coating Latex Free and non-toxic Unlimited shelf life no undesirable aroma Availalble in 7 levels of flexibility CUSTOM SPLINTING MATERIALS Excel, Minimum Resistance To Stretch Controlled Stretch Controlled drape and mold ability Perforated 1% Thickness Size Color /8 18 x24 Oyster /32 18 x24 Oyster Smooth /8 18 x24 Oyster /32 18 x24 Oyster Excel Infinity, Moderate Resistance To Stretch Intricate Conformability for precise fit Sufficient rigidity, no need for reinforcements Perforated 1% Thickness Size Color /8 18 x24 Beige /32 18 x24 Beige /16 12 x18 Beige Smooth /8 18 x24 Beige /32 18 x24 Beige /16 12 x18 Beige Infinity Orthopedics 298 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

301 Rebound, Moderate Resistance To Stretch Rebounds with 100% elastic memory Transparent at proper molding temperature Does not stick when heated Instant bonding Available in White, Blue or Blush Perforated 1% Thickness Size Color /8 18 x24 White Perforated 13% /16 18 x24 White Perforated 19% /8 18 x24 White /32 18 x24 White /16 18 x24 White Perforated 36% /16 18 x24 White Perforated 38% /32 12 x18 White /32 18 x24 White Perforated 42% /8 18 x24 White Smooth /8 18 x24 White /32 12 x18 White /32 18 x24 White /16 18 x24 White Colours, Moderate Resitance To Stretch Characteristics of plastic and rubberlike materials True memory allows for reheating, reshaping and remolding available in White, beige and blue Perforated 1% Thickness Size Color /8 18 x24 White Smooth /8 18 x24 White Fiberform Soft with Kevlar Lightweight and durable Maximum rigidity on the market Edges seal when cut, hot or cold FiberForm Stiff in Maximum Resistance is also available Perforated 1% Thickness Size Color /8 18 x24 Beige /32 18 x24 Beige /16 12 x18 Beige Perforated 19% /8 18 x24 Beige /32 18 x24 Beige /16 12 x18 Beige Smooth /8 18 x24 Beige /32 18 x24 Beige /16 12 x18 Beige Marque Easy, Maximum Resistance To Stretch Resistant to Stretch Material can be aggressively worked Has light tack when warm and will remain in place Self Bonds Perforated 1% Thickness Size Color /8 18 x24 Oyster Smooth /8 18 x24 Oyster Rebound Short Thumb Fiberform Long Finger Colours Trigger Finger Orthopedics Marque Easy This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 299

302 PRECUT SPLINTS Thumb Hole Wrist Cock-Up Excellent control of radial and ulnar deviation. The ideal base for many dynamic splints Material Size Infinity 1/8 Small Infinity 1/8 Medium Infinity 1/8 Large Excel 1/8 Small Excel 1/8 Medium Excel 1/8 Large Thumb Hole Wrist Cock-Up Resting Pan Position Made from Infinity or Excel materials. Available with or without thumb extension Material Size Infinity 1/8 Small Infinity 1/8 Medium Infinity 1/8 Large Perforated Infinity 1/8 Small Infinity 1/8 Medium Infinity 1/8 Large Resting Pan Position Radial Bar Wrist Cock-Up Excellent control of radial deviation. Can be applied as a volar or dorsal splint. Material Size Infinity 1/8 Small Infinity 1/8 Medium Infinity 1/8 Large Excel 1/8 Small Excel 1/8 Medium Excel 1/8 Large Radial Bar Wrist Cock-Up Wrist & Thumb Spica With IP-extension. Ideal for DeQuervain s and Game Keeper s syndromes. Material Size Infinity 1/8 Small Infinity 1/8 Medium Infinity 1/8 Large Orthopedics Wrist & Thumb Spica 300 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

303 Radial Based Thumb Spica Thumb spica fits the radial half of the hand and arm. Unique design leaves the ulnar border of the hand free for functional use. Material Size Infinity 1/8 Small Infinity 1/8 Medium Infinity 1/8 Large Dorsal Blocking Limits extension of the hand and wrist while allowing free flexion. Available in INFINITY, REBOUND or MARQUE EASY materials Material Size Infinity 1/8 Medium Infinity 1/8 Large Radial Based Thumb Spica Gauntlet Thumb Spica Helps immobilize the MP joint of the thumb. Available in INFINITY Thin, EXCEL Thin or REBOUND Thin materials. Material Size Infinity 1/16 Small Infinity 1/16 Medium Infinity 1/16 Large Rebound 1/16 Small Rebound 1/16 Medium Rebound 1/16 Large Dorsal Blocking PreFormed Splints also available. Gauntlet Thumb Spica Orthopedics This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 301

304 Orthopedics SPLINTING SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT SCISSORS AND TOOLS Precision Spot Heat Gun Master Heat Gun Arm Elevation Wedge Gingher Heavy Duty Scissor Fiskars SoftTouch Scissors FiskarsUtility Cutter Lister Bandage Scissors 7" Lister Bandage Scissors 5" Fiskars Scissor Sharpener Fiskars Rotary Cutter Replacement Blades Fiskars Power Grip Utility Knife Shark Tape Cutter Replacement Blades Rotary Punch Needle Nose Pliers Splint Markers Spatula Tape Measure HOOK AND LOOP " Hook 10 yd., White " Hook 10 yd., Beige " Hook 10 yd., White " Hook 10 yd., Beige " Hook 10 yd., Pressure Sensitive, White " Hook 10 yd., Pressure Sensitive, Beige " Hook 10 yd., Pressure Sensitive, White " Hook 10 yd., Pressure Sensitive, Beige " Loop 10 yd., White " Loop 10 yd., Beige " Loop 10 yd., White " Loop 10 yd., Beige " Loop 10 yd., Pressure Sensitive, White " Loop 10 yd., Pressure Sensitive, Beige " Loop 10 yd., Pressure Sensitive, White " Loop 10 yd., Pressure Sensitive, Beige Adhesive Back Hook Tabs 1"x2" Adhesive Back Hook Tabs 7/8" Adhesive Back Hook Tabs 1-7/8" ACCESSORIES Stockinette 2"x25 yd Stockinette 3"x25 yd Velfoam 2" 10 yd., Box Velfoam 2" 25 yd., Box Orthopedic Felt Adhesive Backed ¼ "x5 ½ x 90" Orthopedic Felt Adhesive Backed 1/8" X 5 1/2" X 90" Elastogel Cast/Splint Pads, 4" x 4", 5/Box Elastogel Cast/Splint Pads, 6" x 8", 5/Box Adhesive Foam 1/8"x12"x18" Sheets Adhesive Foam 1/4"x12"x18" Sheets Felt Variety Pack Silipos 1" Self Adhesive, 15 dots/sheet Silipos 2.5" Non-Adhesive, 2 discs/sheet Silipos 4" Non-Adhesive, 2 discs/sheet Moleskin Beige Standard 1" X 15' Moleskin Beige Standard 2" X 15' Moleskin Beige Standard 9" X 12' Moleskin Beige Standard 12" X 15' Moleskin Beige Latex Free 1" X 15' Moleskin Beige Latex Free 2" X 15' Moleskin Beige Latex Free 9" X 12' Moleskin Beige Latex Free 12" X 15' Super Glue Gel, 2 Pack Elmers Rubber Cement, 4 oz. Jar Bonding Solvent Cramer Cold Spray SPLINTING EQUIPMENT Therapy Tables, refer to pages Forma Splint Pan model SP Forma Splint Pan model SP Little Splint Pan model LS Hausmann Mobile Splinting & Supply Cabinet Stainless Steel Splinting Workstation Stainless Steel Splint Cart with Handle 302 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

305 IontoPatch SP See page 30 Putty and Tools See page 42 Hand Exercise Devices See pages Hand & Finger Splints See pages Orthopedics Thumb Splints See pages This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 303

306

307 A 3 Point Products , 280, 285, 289, M Health Care , 15 Abdominal Binders Abdominal Exercise , 214 Accessible Fitness Equipment Ace Bandage Achillotrain Active Ankle Active Ortho , 265 Active Passive Trainers Activity Table Adapta Mesa & Summit AD-AS/POPULAS Furniture Adjustable Back Treatment Tables Adjustable Small Float Table Adjust-A-Lift Heel Lift Adjustment Tables Advanced Therapy Massage Products... 6 AEDs Aeris Walking Boot AeroMat/EcoWise , 66-68, 77, 164, 168, AFO Brace Air Resistance Exercise Equipment Aircast Cryo/Cuff Compression Dressing System Airdyne AD Airex , 168 Airheel Alcohol Prep Pads Allstim Ambulation , 119 Anatomical Charts & Models Ankle Supports Ankle Weights Anthropometric Tape Antibacterial Soap Apexlift Accessories for Patient Lifts , 230 Apollo Modular Gym System by Tuffstuff Apollo Laser Apollo Pulley by Tuffstuff APT and APT Plus Aquasonic 100 Ultrasound Gel Aquatic Exercise Products Arch Supports Armedica , 96, 142 Arthritic Glove by Thermoskin Arthrodial Protractor Artiflex Artromot , 159 ASO Brace Assist Tables Assist Traction Table Athletic Tape Athletic Taping Supplies Auto*Therm Autoprism Autosound Axelgaard Mfg , 29 B B&L Engineering Babinski Hammer Back Supports Balance Activity Platform Balance Aids Balance Beams, Pads and Mats Balance Boards Balance Trainers Ball Chairs Ball Dynamics International... 47, 50, 67-68, 70, , Balls ABS Cando , 49 Chair Exercise Gel Medicine , 177 Pilates Pressure Point Pumps SCP Sensory Storage and Holders... 50, 68, 77, 177 TheraBand , 49 Band and Tubing Band and Tubing Accessories Band Dispenser Rack Bandage Scissors Band-Aids Baps Bariatric Arm Chair Canes and Crutches Commodes Exercise Equipment. 181, , 194 Footstool Lifts Parallel Bars Slings Staircases Stand-In Table Supports Tables , 102, 104, 120 Baseline ; Bathroom Safety Bauerfeind USA , , , 282, , 289, 295 Bed Pull-Up Bedside Stepstool Bench, Chiropractic Bench, Transfer Bench, Weight Biodynamics Bia Biofeedback Biofreeze Pain Relievers... 5, 48, 280 Bioknit Conductive Garments BioMedical Life Systems, Inc , Biostim Biotone , 22 Blood Pressure Cuff Blood Pressure Monitors Body Fat Analyzers Bodyblade Bolsters Bongo Board Bosu Brom II Brookdale Medical Buck Neurological Hammer Buddy Loops Bungie Cordz Bunion Splint Button Aids C Cabinet Style Tables , 88, 90-92, 94, Cable Tower Calipers Cambion Cando ; 44-47; 49-50; 54-56; 58; 65; 69; 73; ; 169; 178; 222 Canes & Crutches Capes, Exam Carbon Rubber Electrodes Carpal Tunnel Glove Carpal-Lock Carts , , 156, 302 Cast Covers Cast Iron Plate Weights Cavicide Cervical & Lumbar Rolls Cervical Traction , 216 Chairs Ball Chair Bariatric Arm Chair Cushions and Pillows , Hip Chair Massage Chair Pilates Stability Chair Reception Chair Shower Chair Wheelchairs Whirlpool Chairs Chango Products , 163 Charts & Models Chatillon Force Gauge , 235 Chattanooga Treatment Tables Chesapeake Splinting Material Chest Press , 205, 213 Chest Pulley Weights Chiropractic Headrest Rolls/Sheets Chiropractic Tables Cho-Pat , 288 Cica-Care Citrace Hospital Germicide Citrus II Germicidal Deodorizing Cleaner Cleaners/Disinfectants , 22 Clinic Forma-Splint Pans , 302 Clinical Electrotherapy , Closed Chain Disk Cloth Products Coban Self-Adherent Wrap Cock-Up Wrist Splint Cocoa Butter Coflex Self-Adherent Wrap Cohesive Wrap Cold and Heat Therapy Systems Cold Packs Cold Spray Coolant , 302 Cold Therapy Cold Therapy Systems Cold Therapy Units Colpac Freezer Combination Therapy Units , 126, Comfort Supports Commodes/Toilet Seats Compression Therapy Comprilan Cones Conforming Gauze Bandage Continuous Passive Motion Core Products , 34-36, 39, 143, 160, 216, , 268, 274, 280, 288, 290 Cotton Tipped Applicators Coverlet Fabric Bandages Cover-Roll Stretch Tape CPM Cramer... 9, 11, 273, 278, 290, 296, 302 Crom Basic Crutches and Accessories Cryocup Cryotherapy , 33-34, 155 Cubicle Curtains and Tracks Cuff Ankle/Wrist Weights Curtains and Tracks Cushions, Wheelchair D Debridement Kit Defibrillators Derma Sciences Dexterity and Flexibility Tests D-Foaming Agent Diathermy Dickson Paraffin Units Digi-Flex Hand Exercisers Dining Assistance Discriminators Disinfectants/Cleaners , 22 DNS-Dorsal Night Splint Doczac Handmaster Plus Dressing Aids Dual Purpose Massage Cream Dumbbell Storage , 75-77, 119 Dumbbells Durapore Cloth Tape Dycem Dynamometers Dynatron Dynatron Light Therapy Dynatron Traction Systems E Earthlite Tables Elastic Bandage Elastikon Elastic Tape Elastogel Hot/Cold Packs Elastomull Elbow Comfort Pad Elbow Supports , 291 Electric Hi-Lo Mat Platform Electric Hi-Lo Tables , 141 Electrode Sponges Electrodes This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 305 Index

308 Electrodes/Sensors Electrotherapy Units , Elliptical Trainers Emergency Products Epi-Lock Epipoint Epitrain Ergofet Exam Drapes Exam Gloves Exam Gowns Exam Shorts Exam Table Paper Rolls Exercise Ball Accessories Exercise Ball Racks Exercise Balls Exercise Band , 55 Exercise Band Loops Exercise Bikes Exercise Mats Exercise Tubing Extremity Whirlpools E-Z Exerboard F Face Favors Face Rest Cozies Felt, Adhesive Finger Splints Fitness Mats Fitter International , 173 Fleece Covers Flexion Stool Flexi-Wrap Floor or Platform Mats Fluid Cycle E-720 X-Trainer Fluid Rower-E Fluid Seated Ube-E Fluidotherapy Foam Roller Rack Foam Roller Techniques Foam Rollers Foam, Adhesive Foot Science International Foot Supports , Force Gauges Forma-Splint , 302 Formthotics Orthotics Free Up Massage Cream Functional Testing Grid G Gait Training Gait/Transfer Belt Gauze Gel & Lotion Warmers Gel Balls Gel Mate Silicone Gel Gelocast Gentle Stim Electrodes Gentle Stim Ionto Genutrain Globoped Gloves , 290 Gojo Goniometers , 238 Gowns, Patient Graham Professional , 24 Gyms Home Modular Systems Multi Station H Hammers, Sensory Evaluation Hand and Wrist Exercise Devices Hand Dynamometer Hand Evaluation Hand Helper II Hand Sanitizers ,22 Hand Splints Hand Therapy Section Hand Therapy Tables Hand Volumetric Set Hardwood Treatment Tables Hausmann , 72, 75-77, 84-94, , , , 166 Headrest Rolls/Sheets Health O Meter Professional HealthCare International , 188, 193 Heart Rate Monitors Heat Gun Heat Therapy , 152 Heat Therapy Accessories Heating Unit Accessories Heating Units Heel and Lace Pads Herbal Select Massage Products Hex Dumbbells and Rack Hip Chair Hip Kits Hoggan Health Industries, Inc Home Pedal Exercisers Home Ranger Home Traction Devices Hook and Loop Hot and Cold Therapy Packs Hot Packs & Covers Hot Pack Service Center Hot Pack Tongs Hot Pack Units HUR , Hur Easy Access Line Compressed Air Technology Hur Main Line & Computerized Compressed Air Technology Hur Rehab Line Compressed Air Technology Hurdles, Mini Hydra-Therm Hot Packs Hydra-Therm Units Hydrochlor Hydrocollator Heating Units Hypafix I Ice Machines Ice-Up Portable Ice Massager Incline Board Inclinometers , 239 Inflation Devices Infrared Lamps Intelect Legend , 126, 128,129 Intelect Transport , 128 Insoles , Iomed , 124 Ionto Device Iontopatch Iontophoresis , 30,124 Iontophoresis Electrodes J Jar Holsters Jeanie Rub Massager K Kettlebells , 71 Kinesio Taping Kinesio Tape Kinesio Books and Accessories Knee Crescent and Knee Wedge Knee Gatch Table Knee Supports Knee Supports for Traction Korebalance L Lafayette Electronic Manual Muscle Tester Laminate Treatment Tables Landice , Landice Clinical Rehabilitation Treadmill Landice Treadmill Accessories Laser/Light Therapy Latex Exam Gloves Lead Wires Leg Lifters Leg Spacer Leukotape P Lido-Gel Liftran Mobility Lifts, Patient , 254 Lite Gait Lordoloc Back Support Lotion Warmers Lumbar & Cervical Rolls Lumbar Supports Lumbotrain Back Support Lymphoedema Products , M Magneciser Malleoloc Ankle Brace Malleotrain Ankle Support Manual Muscle Tester Manual Therapy Manual Therapy Hi-Lo Treatment Table MAPS (Multi-Axis Platform System) MarV , 58, Massage Table Accessories Massage Tables Massage Therapy.. 6, 8, 34, , 256 Massagers Mat Platforms , 94, 98 Maternity Supports Measurement , 302 Mechanical Pinch Gauge Mediball Rebounder Medibeads Moist Heat Medicine Balls and Racks , 177 Medicordz Accessories , 175 Mettler , 137, 139, 148, 184 Microfet Micropore Paper Tape Minnesota Dexterity Test Mirrors , 112, 119 Mobile Therapy Tables Mobility Research Modality Carts , 302 Modality Treatment Table Modular Taping Station Moisture Protection Moleskin Monark , 188 Mother-To-Be Maternity Supports MR4 Laser Therapy Multi Radiance Medical Multi Station Gyms Myossage Lotion Myotool Myotrac Myotrain Thigh Support N N.A.P. Splint Naugahyde Face Pillows Nautilus Equipment Nested Stool Set Norsk Mobilization Wedge Nustep T4r Nutri-Naturals Massage Creme Nylatex Wraps O O Connor Tests Omotrain Shoulder Support Omron , Ophthalmoscope Optiflex CPM OPTP Slant Osgood-Schlatter Syndrome Support. 267 Otoscope/Ophthalmoscope Oval Overbed Table Overdoor Cervical Traction Kit Overdoor Shoulder Pulley P Pain Relievers, Topical Palmers Cocoa Butter PALS Platinum Electrodes Palumbo , 276 Paper Products , 24 Index 306 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

309 Paraffin Therapy Parallel Bars Parker Labs , 28 Pathway Units and Accessories Patient Education Patient Gowns Patient Lifts , 254 PDI Pedal ExercIsers Pediatric Lite Gait Pencil Electrode Penlight Percussion Hammer Periform Vaginal Sensor Physicians Scale with Height Rod Physiostep Physiotools Pilates and Yoga Pilates Ring Pillowcases , 23 Pillows , 39, 143, Pinch Gauges , 232 Plantar Fasciitis Splints Plate Guards Platform or Floor Mats Plyo Boxes Plyosled Pneumex , 195, 223 Pneuvest Pneuwalker Pneuweight Point Stimulator Pool Lift Portable Electrotherapy Portable Treatment Tables Posture Mirrors Posture Supports Powder Board Power Plate Power Web Powerplay Cold & Compression Therapy Powerstep Orthotics Pre Pak Products , 56, 58-63, 286 Pre-cut Splints Presssion Prewrap Privacy Screens Pro Advantage , 9, 11, 14-16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 34, 36, 42, 85, 136, 240, 247, 302 Prometheus Group Pron Pillo Prossage Heat Prostretch Proteam , 103 Prothermo Pt Pulleys , 63-65, 119, 201, Pulleys, Shoulder Exercisers Pulse Oximeters Purdue Pegboard Test Purell Push-Up Bars Push-Up Blocks Putty Puttycise Tools Q Quad Cane Quick Board Quick-Fit R Radial Cold Packs Ramp and Curb Set Range of Motion Reachers Rebounders Reception Chair Recovery Couch Recovery Tables Rectal Sensors Recumbent Bikes Recumbent Elliptical Trainers Reflex Balls and Roller Rescue Shears Resistive Band and Tubing Response Pulleys Rhizoloc Thumb Stabilizer Rib Belt Rich-Mar , 126, 128, , 150 Rocker Boards Rollator Rollers, Foam Rolls, Lumbar Rotational Platform Rowers Rumble Roller S Sacroiliac Belts Safety Bungie Sani-Cloth Wipes Sanizene Saratoga Cycle Upper Body Exerciser SASTM Instruments Saunders 3D Activetrac Saunders Hometrac Saunders Total Back Scales Scar Rx SCIFIT , , 197 Scissors , 14,302 Scott Specialties/CMO , 271, 273, , , Scrub Brush/Sponge Seal-Tight Products Sensors Sensory Balls Sensory Evaluation Sharps Container Sheets, Pillowcases and Draw Sheets , 104 Shin Splints Shoe Laces Shoehorns Shoulder Exercise Devices Shoulder Horn Shoulder Supports Shoulder/Finger Ladder Shoveling Station Shower Chairs Shuttle Balance Shuttle Minipress Shuttle MVP Shuttle Rebound Shuttle Recovery Shuttle Systems , 177, SI Belts Signaspray Silipos Single Function Weight Units Sit and Reach Flexibility Test Sit to Stand Exerciser Sitback Rest Skanograph Skeleton, model Skillbuilders Skinfold Calipers Skin-Lube Slant Board Sled Station, Push Pull Slide Boards Smedley Spring Dynamometer Smith & Nephew , 17 Soap, Antibacterial Sock Aids Soft Boards Soft Tissue Mobilization Soft Touch Deep Tissue Massage Wax.. 7 Soft Weights Sombra Gel Sonicator Soothe-A-Ciser Southwest Technologies , 219 Space-Saver Treatment Tables Speed Pulley Sphygmomanometers Spirometers Splint Pans Splinting Supplies and Equipment Splinting Workstation , 302 Splints, Finger Sportcords Sportkat Balance Sports Training Tables SportsArt , 188, , 194, , 212 Sportsart Fitness Equipment Stability Ball Storage Stabilizer Stair Climber Staircases and Ambulation Stand-In Tables Standing Box Staple Removal Kit Step Stools Steppers Stethoscopes Stim Units , STI Industries , 57, 121 Stonehaven Medical , 55, 95, Stools , 114, 144 Stop Watch Storage Racks Storage Wagons Stott Pilates Strength Measurement Strength Training Stretching Devices Sully Shoulder Stabilizer Surface EMG Biofeedback Suture Removal Kit Swede-O Inc , , 278, 280, 290 Swim Bar and Belts Symmetrigraph Synergy 3-D Software Sys*stim T Tables Taping Accessories for... 22, 86, 104, Activity Adjustment Assist Bariatric , 102, 104, 120 Bo-Bath , Chattanooga Chiropractic Hi-Lo, Treatment Hi-Lo, Work Knee Gatch Massage Mat , 98 Overbed Paper Portable ProTeam , 103 Space Saver Sports Training , 103 Stand-in Stonehaven Balance Therapy Tilt , 104 Traction Treatment, Adjustable back Treatment, Cabinet style Treatment, Hardwood , 103 Treatment, Laminated Treatment, Straightline Tape Cutter Tape Measure , 302 Tape and Supplies , 302 Taping Tables Taylor Percussion Hammer Tennis Elbow Splints TENS Units , 139 Tensoplast Elastic Adhesive Bandage.. 11 Tensoplast Tan Athletic Tape Thera-Band Products.. 41, 44-46, 49, 51-55, 58, 62-63, 69, 161, 163, 169, 280 Thera-Cane Theraloop Therapure Deep Tissue Massage Cream.. 7 Therapy Ball Storage Racks Therapy Systems Pulleys Therapy Tables Therapy Zone , 58, 64-65, 121 Therapy/Powder Board Table Therasound Theratherm Digital Moist Heating Pad This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 307 Index

310 Theratouch Series Thermalator Heating Units Thermazone Therapy Thermo Therapy Thermometer, Dial Thermometer, Digital Thermotech Digital Moist Heating Pads ThermoTek Thigh Supports Thought Technology Thumb Splints Thumsaver Thumsling , 295 Tilt Tables Timers Toe Loops Toilet Seats/Commodes Tongue Depressors Topaz Medical , 180 Topical Pain Relievers Torex Cold Therapy Total Body Exercise Equipment Total Body Multi Gym Total Gym Towels Traction Trampoline, Mini Transeptic Cleansing Solution Transfer Bench Transpore Plastic Tape TransQe Iontophoresis Electrodes Treadmills Treatment Tables Trigger Finger Splint Trochanter Belt True Fitness , 188, , 197 Truestretch Tubular Compression Bandage Tuff Stuff , 209, 212 Tuf-Skin Taping Base Tuli s Classic Gel Heel Cups Tuning Forks Turfcordz U UBEs Ultrasound Gels and Lotions Ultrasound Units Ultra-Violet Lamps Underwrap Uni-Band Band & Tubing , 55 Universal Inclinometer Universal Knee Wrap Unweighting System Upper Body Exercise Equipment Upright Bikes Utensils and Accessories V Vaginal Sensors Valguloc Bunion Splint Valutrodes Vascucomp Vertical Jump Assessment System Vest, weighted Vestibular Discs Vestibular Wedge VHI Prescription Kits Vibe Plate Vibration, Whole Body Vinyl Exam Gloves Viscoheel Viscoped Viscospot Vital Sign Instruments Volumetric Edema Gauges W Walkers and Accessories Wall Pulleys , 208 Walslide Pulley Exerciser Wartenburg Pinwheel Warwick Heel Wedge Wate Bars Waxwel Web-Slide Exercise Rail System Wedges and Bolsters , 83, 257, 302 Weight Benches Weight Box Weight Storage , 71-72,74-77 Weight Sled Weight Wagon Weighted Utensils Weights , 119 Welch Allyn West Sensory Evaluators Wet Pruf Waterproof Tape Wheelchair Accessible Table Wheelchair Accessories Wheelchair Scale Wheelchairs Whirlpool Chairs and Lifts Whirlpool Supplies and Accessories , 253 Whirlpools Whitehall , , , , 302 Whole Body Vibration Winner Series by RichMar.. 126, 128, 130 Wireless Iontophoresis Wires Wobble Boards Wood Treatment Tables Wooden Canes Work Hardening Work Tables Wound Care Woven Elastic Bandages Wrist Dynamometer Wrist & Hand Supports Wrist and Hand Exercise Devices Wrist Monitors Wrist Weights X Xering Xertube X-ray Illuminator Xtensor Finger Exerciser Y Yoga Z Zipper Pulls Zoll Aed Plus Zonas Porous Tape Index 308 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

311 C D E F G H I J , , , , , , , This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 309 Index

312 L M S Index 310 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

313 Z Z Z Z Z This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 311 Index

314 Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z z z z Z z z z z z z , , , Index 312 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

315 , , 126, , , , , , This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 313 Index

316 , , Index 314 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

317 , This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 315 Index

318 B Index 316 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

319 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 317 Index

320 Index 318 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

321 , , , , , , This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it. 319 Index

322 PPAN PPCC PPDC PPEL PPGP PPGP PPGP PPGP PPGP PPGP PPHP PPIC PPKN PPKN PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPKT PPRT PPSH PPTX Index 320 This is a representation of the products we offer. If you don t find what you need on these pages please ask us about it.

323 TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALE TERMS OF PAYMENT We accept most major credit cards and checks. Net 30 day terms with approved credit. Past due invoices may be subject to interest. SHIPPING Shipping charges will be added to all orders unless otherwise noted. Orders will be shipped promptly. Expedited shipping is available upon request for an additional charge. PRICING All prices are subject to change without notice. RETURNS All products to be returned must have a Return Authorization Code. Products should be in original containers and in saleable condition. Returns will be credited or exchanged (excluding shipping charges). DAMAGED GOODS We take great care in filling, checking and packaging your order. Damaged or short shipments should be reported immediately. Damage to a shipping container must be noted with carrier at time of delivery. Please save all packaging materials as they are needed for insurance purposes. If a shipment arrives damaged... Note damage on the delivery bill and have the driver sign it acknowledging the damage. If an item is missing from your shipment... Call Customer Service immediately. Once 30 days have passed, no credit will be issued for missing product. PRODUCT WARRANTY We reserve the right to repair or replace warranted products at our discretion. PRODUCT INFORMATION Equipment described and illustrated is subject to modification consistent with the latest trends, designs or other factors. SATISFACTION GUARANTEED We are committed to providing the highest quality at the lowest possible prices with exemplary service. If your purchase is anything less than anticipated, please call us and let us know so that we may promptly correct it.

324